RFK - Bloodline Assassins, Mind Control, Jonestown Guyana CIA Experiment and mass murder (2013 Full Documentary)-video

Robert Kennedy assassination by CIA with LAPD and FBI cover up.
LAPD and the LA county disrict attorney's office takes orders from and cooperates with CIA.

Also Jonestown CIA mind control experiment in Guyana murder of over 918 people, not suicides by special forces of Guyana and the US military..

Caveat-at 1.24 and 1.40 Dr. Colin Ross MD who is always presented a a 'good guy' exposing CIA doctors atrocities is  in my opinion and my investigation into Dr. Ross is an active  CIA doctor psychiatrist in mind control with his own CIA clinic in Texas...

CIA front “Premier Executives” airline for rendition [kidnapping] exposed by former UK ambassador

In an interview with the Voice of Russia the former UK Ambassador to Uzbekistan Craig Murray revealed that over 127 rendition flights had taken place during Mr. Murray’s tenure as ambassador and the no less than 127 people who were renditioned to Uzbekistan by the Central Intelligence Agency were never flown out of the country and never heard from again.
Mr. Murray raised the issue with the authorities in the United Kingdom, his home country, and faced extreme backlash for doing so. He claims that most likely every person on those flights was later killed.
It was revealed to Mr. Murray by pilots operating the flights and working for the CIA that they were working for a company called Premier Executives out of the state of South Carolina in the US. Premier Executives is a private carrier used by the CIA and is a CIA front company set up to facilitate extraordinary rendition flights, which appear to be flights of no return.
Full interview to be published soon here on the Voice of Russia.
Voice of Russia
Read also:
The Iraq invasion fatally damaged the UNSC – Craig Murra

Read more: http://voiceofrussia.com/news/2014_01_28/CIA-front-Premier-Executives-exposed-by-former-UK-ambassador-3673/

The glowing red cross on Perry’s dress is very similar to the red cross of the Knights Templar

The glowing red cross on Perry’s dress is very similar to the red cross of the Knights Templar.
The Knights Templar were a medieval occult secret society that is considered to be the originator of Freemasonry, the Bavarian Illuminati and the keepers of the secrets of sex-magick as practiced by Crowley’s O.T.O.. The Knights Templar were prosecuted due to their alleged worshiping of Baphomet and for practicing of witchcraft. Perry wearing their cross is therefore very fitting. It also represents the occult elite’s philosophy as a whole.

The violent protesters in Kiev Ukraine were using shields with a cross of the Knights Templar. See:

Ukraine opposition trying to topple the government, bring in early elections
(Compare the Kiev violent thug protesters' shields with the Knights Templar shield and insignia. The knights templar at the highest levels worship lucifer-satan as their god..Order out of Chaos, in Latin Ordo ab Chao, is the slogan of the 33rd degree of Freemasonry.Sol-War)

Read more: http://sol-war.ru/sod.html#snapelections#ixzz2rmCBhj8q

The 2014 Grammy Awards: Still Pushing the Illuminati Agenda

Read more at http://vigilantcitizen.com/musicbusiness/2014-grammy-awards-still-pushing-illuminati-agenda/#XkMWMRACW9olE7ZE.99

Kerry in Davos-by Stephen Lendman - [War crimes, Syria & Ukraine]

Secretary of State John Kerry mocks legitimacy. He’s an unindicted war criminal. He represents the worst of America’s dark side.
He craves power. He’s mindless of rule of law principles. He supports imperial lawlessness. He’s indifferent to human suffering. He’s an embarrassment to the position he holds.
He’s a moral coward. He’s Israel’s man in Washington. He deplores peace. He’s unabashedly hawkish. He relishes the spoils of war.

On January 23, he arrived in Davos. He came for the annual World Economic Forum (WEF). He participated many times before.
A previous article called WEF a money power celebration. It’s a convocation of rich, powerful, privileged elites.
It’s a billionaire’s ball. Kerry is one of hundreds worldwide. He’s wealthy in his own right. He’s heir to the Heinz fortune through his wife. Their combined net worth is an estimated $3.5 billion.
Kerry came for bilateral meetings. He and fellow war criminal Tony Blair discussed carving up the Middle East for dominance, exploitation and profit.

Fact check:
Wherever America shows up, death, destruction and human misery follow. It’s by far the world’s leading civil and human rights abuser.
It tramples on rule of law principles. It deplores democratic values. It tolerates none at home or abroad.
It ravages and destroys one country after another. It threatens humanity’s survival. Kerry champions wrong over right. He belongs in prison, not high office.

He lied saying he’s “working with our partners to press the Government of Ukraine to forgo violence, to address the concerns of peaceful protesters, to foster dialogue, promote the freedom of assembly and expression.”
Washington shares full responsibility for weeks of Ukraine turmoil. EU partners share it. At issue is Ukrainian independence. It’s co-opting another nation.
It’s imposing Western rules. It’s letting monied interests run things. It’s plundering Ukraine for profit.
It’s ousting democratically elected officials. It’s installing US subservient stooge replacements.
It’s encroaching closer to Russia’s border. It’s weakening one of its main global rivals.
“We will stand with the people of Ukraine,” said Kerry. He wants them transformed into serfs. He wants their rights denied.
He wants American interests served. He wants its divine right to carve up whole continents for profit preserved. He wants unchallenged US dominance.
He wants the right to eliminate rivals. He favors violence, instability, turmoil, coups, and war as ways to do it.

Kerry demands Washington’s right to determine Syria’s future. Assad “cannot be part of” it, he says.
He lied claiming he caused “extraordinary havoc.” He wrongfully blamed him for US crimes.
He “killed university students and doctors with Scud missiles,” he said. He “gassed his own people in the dead of night – families sleeping, women, children, grandparents.”
He “unleashed extraordinary force of artillery and barrel bombs against civilians against the laws of warfare.”
“(T)he opposition will never stop fighting while he is there,” Kerry added.
He must go, he said, “because the opposition will never consent to permit him to be there.”
So-called opposition elements have no legitimacy. They’re US proxies. They’re largely non-Syrian.
They’re hired guns. They’re killers. They’re death squads. They’re imported from dozens of countries. They commit appalling atrocities.
Washington endorses their worst crimes. Assad is wrongfully blamed for committing them.

Kerry remains mindless of Syrian suffering. He’s complicit in inflicting it.
His notion of “empower(ing) all of the Syrian people” is denying their fundamental rights entirely.
It’s imposing America’s will. It’s legitimizing might over right. It’s leaving another country in ruins.
It’s creating intolerable turmoil. It’s leaving a legacy of continued violence, instability and insecurity. It’s preventing any possibility of peace and normality.

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2014/01/26/kerry-in-davos/

Kiev Just Yesterday-Violent rioters led by neo Nazis thugs, some in sports uniforms

Additionally: There have been reports of violent thugs dressed in sports uniforms attacking innocent people in the metro stations, Jews and gays as well. The attached 1st photograph (from another web site) may resemble some of these thug criminals.

To read more:

http://englishrussia.com/2014/01/24/kiev-just-yesterday/

Intelligence chatter abuzz with plans for chemical weapons attack on Sochi Olympics

January 22-23, 2014 – Intelligence chatter abuzz with plans tfor chemical weapons attack on Sochi Olympics

WMR is receiving dire warnings from multiple intelligence sources that all have a common theme: that Saudi intelligence chief Prince Bandar bin Sultan is following through on his threat to have Saudi-backed Salafists inside Russia launch a terrorist attack on the Winter Olympiad in Sochi because Russian President Vladimit Putin failed to withdraw his support for Syrian President Bashar al Assad. The Winter Games are scheduled to open on February 7.
Two men, identified only as “Suleiman” and “Abdulrakhman” and claiming to be with a Dagestani-based terrorist group called “Vilayat Dagestan” appeared on a 49-minute long video distributed on the Internet issuing a stark warning to Russia and all the athletes and visitors who will be arriving for the Olympics in Sochi. The two men, who Vilayat Dagestan claimed were the suicide bombers who launched two deadly attacks on public transportation targets in Volgograd last month, were said to be the suicide bombers who died in that attack. One of the two men in the video pushes a button attached to what is believed to be a mock explosive device.
Sitting in front of a black and white flag with Arabic writing often associated with Al Qaeda and Saudi-backed terrorist groups in Syria, the two men issue the following statement: “We have prepared a present for you — for you — [Putin] and all those tourists who will come over.”
The two men add, “If you hold these Olympics, we will give you a present for the innocent Muslim blood being spilled all around the world: in Afghanistan, in Somalia, in Syria . . .”
The “present,” according to WMR’s sources, is one or more chemical weapons bombs, possibly containing sarin nerve gas stolen by Al Qaeda affiliates from Libyan stockpiles after the overthrow of Colonel Muammar Qaddafi’s government. Those stockpiles of sarin were transferred by Saudi intelligence to Syrian rebels who used them in an attack in Al Ghouta, outside of Damascus, last year and to Chechen and Dagestani terrorists who now plan to use them during one or more Winter Olympics venues in Sochi, including the opening ceremonies.
On July 31, 2013, Bandar told Putin at a meeting in Moscow that if Putin pulled support for Assad, Saudi Arabia would agree to rein in Islamist terrorists from attacking Sochi. Bandar reportedly said, “I can give you a guarantee to protect the Winter Olympics in the city of Sochi on the Black Sea next year. The Chechen groups that threatenc_330_235_16777215_0___images_stories_edim_01_Bander99.jpg
the security of the games are controlled by us.” Putin became enraged with Bandar, told him Russia has known for years of Saudi support for terrorist attacks around the world, including in Russia, and abruptly ended the meeting with the man whose links with the Bush political family are so close, he is known as “Bandar Bush.”
The Libyan chemical weapons believed to have been smuggled into Russia are also said to have been handed over to Vilayat Dagestan by a Saudi-backed Iraqi Salafist terrorist group called Ansar al-Sunna. The self-declared leader of an Islamic state in the Caucasus region, Doku Umarov, threatened to attack the Sochi Olympics last July. However, last week, Chechen president Ramzan Kadyrov, claimed that Russian security forces had killed Umarov, although no corpse of the terrorist leader was produced by Russian or Chechen authorities.
Because of the nature of the threat, Russia has reversed course and agreed to accept U.S. military assistance during the Olympic Games. The deal worked out between U.S. chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff General Martin Dempsey and Russian armed forces chief General Valery Gerasimov will provide counter-improvised explosive device (IED) and associated radio frequency jamming technology to Russian security forces. Russia has also reportedly agreed to allow a U.S. Navy destroyer and amphibious vessel to patrol closer to Sochi waters in the Black Sea to assist in security and/or evacuation operations. The U.S. Navy says the ships will be available ”for all manner of contingencies.”
Russian authorities in Sochi are reportedly on the lookout for a 22-year old Dagestani widow named Ruzanna Ibragrimova. Her husband was a Salafist terrorist killed by Russian security forces last year. Russian authorities have been distributing “wanted” posters of Ibragimova throughout Sochi. It is believed that the woman, one of a number of  militant widows dubbed “black widows” by counter-terrorism officials in Russia and abroad, sneaked past several cordons of Russian security perimeters and may now be in Sochi hiding. WMR’s sources believe the widow may be carrying one or more chemical weapon devices to be detonated during the Olympics. The realization that chemical weapons may have been smuggled into Sochi, courtesy of Saudi intelligence, is what caused Dempsey and Gerasimov to make hasty preparations for U.S. military assistance at their previously-scheduled meeting in Brussels.
On a down note, WMR has also learned that the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and its Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) have arranged for a supply of body bags to transport U.S. victims from Sochi to Dover Air Force Base in Delaware in the event of a terrorist chemical attack. In addition, the U.S. European Command also has plans to evacuate Americans and other visitors from Sochi in the event of a successful terrorist operation. C-17 transport aircraft will be on stand-by at Ramstein Air Force Base in Germany.
The potential for a chemical weapons terror attack in Sochi has been known by worldwide intelligence agencies for quite some time. However, rather than warn of this threat, a number of world leaders cynically used their opposition to Russia’s policy on homosexual advocacy to decide to boycott the opening ceremonies. Among those leaders who hid behind the lavender curtain rather than reveal the actual reason for their absence — the threat posed by the Saudis to the Sochi games — are U.S. President Barack Obama, U.S. Vice President Joe Biden, German President Joachim Gauck and Chancellor Angela Merkel, British Prime Minister David Cameron, Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper, French President Francois Hollande, Polish President Bronislaw Komorowski, and European Justice and Fundamental Rights Commissioner Viviane Reding.
Chinese President Xi Jinping, Netherlands Prime Minister Mark Rutte and King Willem-Alexander, Norwegian King Harald and Prime Minister Erna Solberg, and Kazakhstan President Nursultan Nazarbayev are scheduled attend the ceremonies.
Some leaders are only planning on attending the closing ceremonies only. These include Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe and Bulgarian PresidentRossen Plevneliev. Bulgarian Prime Minister Plamen Oresharski will attend the opening ceremonies.
The decision by Israeli Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu to reject an invitation from Putin to attend the Sochi opening ceremonies is noteworthy. Putin and Netanyahu are on better speaking terms with one another than is the case with Putin and Obama. Although Putin and Netanyahu are worlds apart on issues like Syria and Iran, they mutually recognize the importance of business ties between Russian Jews living in Israel and their compatriots in Russia. Netanyahu’s rejection of Putin’s invitation may have arisen from advance knowledge of Saudi plans for an attack on the Winter Games. Israel and Saudi Arabia have forged close intelligence and military links owing to their common cause against Iran and Assad’s government in Syria.
The national teams of two countries whose leaders are boycotting Sochi, the United States and Germany, received emails in Russian warning that their teams would be attacked in Sochi. Other teams receiving the emails were those of Italy, Hungary, Slovakia, and Slovenia. The emails were deemed a hoax by International Olympic Committee officials.
According to WMR’s sources inside the DHS and FEMA, contingency plans for Sochi are now dealing with the worst possible scenario — a terrorist chemical attack with massive casualties.

http://www.waynemadsenreport.com/
http://www.roseanneworld.com/blog/2014/01/intelligence-chatter-abuzz-plans-chemical-weapons-attack-sochi-olympics/

Is there a need for US warships near Sochi?

The question arises whether the action is timed to other events, for example, in Ukraine where a new rally on the Maidan is planned for the opening of the Olympics. Some think that new provocations could force President Yanukovych appeal to President Putin for help. For example, Chief Editor of The Political Class journal, the Dean of the Graduate School of Television at MSU Vitaly Tretyakov said: "I do not rule out that among other things the goal of the events in Kiev is the desire to bring closer a decisive bloody battle on the Maidan and the Sochi Olympics, its opening, and thereby put Putin in a hopeless situation. The Olympics is the main event at the moment, and the situation in Kiev is rather scary. The Russian President responsible for such a significant event cannot act tough at the request of Yanukovych. This reminds me of the events during the Beijing Olympics. Precisely at the moment of its opening Saakashvili launched an attack on South Ossetia. I think something similar is planned here," Vitaly Tretyakov told Pravda.Ru.

To read more:

http://english.pravda.ru/russia/politics/23-01-2014/126660-usa_warships_sochi-0/

Illuminati Banker Unveiled Method of Control

In a candid moment after WW1, Kuhn Loeb partner Otto Kahn
explained that the Cabalist bankers "remake" the world
 by creating artificial conflicts and determining the outcome.
These include world wars, the Cold War, and the "war on terror"
not to mention the phony "Left-Right" divide that holds America in gridlock .

by Henry Makow Ph.D.
(Revised from Oct. 19, 2011)


Otto Kahn, (1869-1934) was a partner with Jacob Schiff and Paul Warburg in America's most influential investment bank Kuhn Loeb .
Thus, it is worth recalling what he said about the Illuminati Jewish strategy.

In his book Geneva Versus Peace (1937) the Comte de St. Aulaire, who was the French ambassador to London, recalled a dinner conversation with Otto Kahn which took place shortly after WWI. This shocking expose is fast disappearing down the memory hole.  

Asked why bankers would back Bolshevism, a system supposedly inimical to private ownership, Kahn tugged on his enormous cigar and explained that the bankers create apparent opposites to "remake the world" according to their specifications:

"You say that Marxism is the very antithesis of capitalism, which is equally sacred to us. It is precisely for this reason that they are direct opposites to one another, that they put into our hands the two poles of this planet and allow us to be its axis. These two contraries, like Bolshevism and ourselves, find their identity in the International. [Presumably, he means the Comintern.]

"These opposites ... meet again in the identity of their purpose and end in the remaking of the world from above by the control of riches, and from below by revolution.

"Our mission consists in promulgating the new law and in creating a God, that is to say in purifying the idea of God and realizing it, when the time shall come. We shall purify the idea by identifying it with the nation of Israel, which has become its own Messiah. The advent of it will be facilitated by the final triumph of Israel...  

"Our essential dynamism makes use of the forces of destruction and  forces of creation, but uses the first to nourish the second...Our organization for revolution is evidenced by destructive Bolshevism and for construction by by the League of Nations which is also our work.

"Bolshevism is the accelerator and the League is the brake on the mechanism of which we supply both the motive force and the guiding power.  

"What is the end? It is already determined by our mission. It is formed of elements scattered throughout the whole world, but cast in the flame of our faith in ourselves. We are a League of Nations which contains the elements of all others...Israel is the microcosm and the germ of the city of the future."    

 People who presume to take the place of God are Satanists. Satanists redefine reality and morality, turning them upside down. They seek a worldwide political, economic and cultural monopoly institutionalized in a world government.

obamahitler.jpgThis is achieved by a Hegelian dialectical process of creating adversaries (thesis-antithesis) and achieving a synthesis which corresponds to their goals. In the process, potential opponents are eliminated.

COMMUNISM-CAPITALISM

In the Red Symphony revelation, insider Christian Rakovsky showed how Communism and Capitalism were part of this dialectical process. . In each case, the Illuminati Jewish banking cartel controls all wealth and power.

"In Moscow there is Communism: in New York capitalism. It is all the same as thesis and antithesis. Analyze both. Moscow is subjective Communism but [objectively] State capitalism. New York: Capitalism subjective, but Communism objective. A personal synthesis, truth: the Financial International, the Capitalist Communist one. 'They.' "

In the USSR, the State owned the corporations and the bankers owned the State, i.e. State Capitalism. The US also has Communism objectively because the same bankers control most of the corporations.

gaither.jpgOf course, this is consistent with the famous 1954 quote from Rowan Gaither, (left) President of the Ford Foundation: "We operate here under directives which emanate from the White House... The substance of the directives under which we operate is that we shall use our grant making power to alter life in the United States such that we can comfortably be merged with the Soviet Union."


CONCLUSION

We are in the final stages of a long-term conspiracy by Cabalist Jewish bankers and their Masonic lackeys to erect a world police state, and to control us by fraud and force (their watchwords.)This has been achieved by a contrived "dialectical process" best exemplified by World War Two and the Cold War where they fabricated and financed the adversaries.  

Domestically, the illuminati dialectic is mirrored by George Soros who funds the left, and the Koch Brothers who fund and control the right.  
Both are Illuminati Jews. The radical Left and Islam are also funded by corporations through the Tides foundation.  You can bet that this funding extends to media control through ownership or advertising. It also extends to universities, foundations and think tanks.

Mass protests like Occupy Wall Street are part of this false dialectic. This would be real if they demanded 1. Nationalizing the Fed, creation of debt-free currency and disowning that portion of the national debt created by book entry. 2. Independent investigation of 9-11 and prosecution of those responsible for the attack and the cover-up. 3. All national political campaigns be publicly funded.  For the price of one battle cruiser, we could have real democracy. 4. Media monopolies be broken up. 5. NATO (Rothschild) Interventions be stopped. As is, popular resistance is a banker Punch and Judy Puppet Show.    

I hope I'm wrong but I believe Putin's Russia is part of this strategy of control. So is Iran and even China. The Libertarian Movement and
the anti-Communist movements of the 1950's were similarly motivated. We have no real political freedom, just as we have no real culture. Everything is designed to advance the NWO agenda, a total economic, political and cultural monopoly by the Illuminati bankers. I welcome your comments.
---

Related- Who are the One Per Cent?

NOTE:

Otto Kahn also exemplifies how these bankers create reality by controlling what passes for culture. Kahn financed many movies and virtually created the New York's Metropolitan Opera. He was responsible for introducing Stanislavski, Nijinski, the Abbey Players, the Moscow Art Theater, and practically every other important personage and event in the most vigorous era of American theatrical history. He subsidized, sponsored, and had close relationships with Toscanini, Caruso, Chaliapin, Pavlova, Pirandello, Eugene O'Neill, Paul Robeson, Grace Moore, and hundreds of other artists whose names are now part of that history.

Apparent to all with eyes to see, their satanic agenda includes destroying marriage and family and  mainstreaming satanism, homosexuality, pornography, promiscuity, pederasty and incest.  

To read more:

http://henrymakow.com/geneva_versus_peace.html

Is Netanyahu Getting Back at Putin with Volgograd Bombings?

Excerpt:
At the time of the Beslan school massacre [ *186 children and 148 adults massacred in 2004] ... in Russia near the Georgia border in September 2004, Umarov’s Jihadists, including Arab Mujahideen, were partly financed with US money via a Washington-based NGO called ACDI/VOCA. Much of the money that the US Government-funded NGO received for the project reportedly came from a US Department of Agriculture Food for Peace Project.[6] Apparently the food they dispensed was in the form of Kalashnikovs and hand grenades, not grain and apples.

By F. William Engdahl

As the Russian Sochi Winter Olympics date approaches, a wave of suicide bombings in Volgograd (formerly Stalingrad, site of the decisive resistance to German invasion in 1942), have wreaked death and uncertainty in the region. On 29 December 2013 a suicide bomber exploded at the Volgograd railway station, killing the bomber and 16 more. A day later another suicide bombing on a trolleybus killed at least 15 people. The attacks come just a few weeks before the Sochi 2014 Winter Olympics begin on February 7 on the Black Sea near the border to Georgia.
Those most recent attacks followed an October 21 suicide attack in which a bomb carried by a female suicide bomber exploded on a passenger bus carrying 40 people. The Russian Emergency Situations Ministry, reported that at least 5 people died in the blast and 17 others were injured. The suicide bomber had been identified as 30-year-old Naida Asiyalova of Dagestan. Since 1999 Mujahideen Sunni Salafists, often from Saudi Arabia or other Arab countries, have tried to incite an Islamic revolution and install Sharia law in Dagestan from neighboring Chechnya as well as in Chechnya.
The recent new wave of suicide bombing attacks in the region has led many to believe they are the work of radical Mujahideen Salafist Sunnis led by an erratic Jihadist from Chechnya, Doku Umarov, who sometimes goes by the Arabized name, Dokka Abu Usman. Umarov has unilaterally proclaimed himself underground President of the unrecognized Chechen Republic of Ichkeria (ChRI), and later, the self-proclaimed Emir of the Russian North Caucasus, declaring it an Islamic state of the Caucasus Emirate. In doing so he announced, “I will serve the word of Allah and work to kill the enemies of Allah in all the time that he gives me to live on this earth.” [1]
In Russia he is called the “Russian bin Laden.” In March 2011, the United Nations Security Council Al-Qaida and Taliban Sanctions Committee added Umarov to the list of individuals allegedly associated with al-Qaeda, the Saudi-financed loose network of international Jihadist bands which had been trained during the 1980’s Afghan war against the Soviet Union by CIA, Saudi, Israeli and Pakistani intelligence services. AL-Qaeda is a name for a database set up by Saudi intelligence to keep track of all the Arab and other Muslim mercenaries working in defeating the Russians in Afghanistan during the 1980s.
Umarov has claimed responsibility for gruesome suicide bombings, using women called “black widows” whose husbands had been killed fighting Jihad against Russian security forces. Umarov openly claimed responsibility for the 2010 Moscow Metro bombings and the 2011 Domodedovo International Airport bombing in Moscow. The person who did the Metro bombing was a 17-year old Mujahideen widow, Dzhennet Abdurakhmanova
dd
Dzhennet Abdurakhmanova, 17, posing with her late husband Umalat Magomedov. She became a “black widow” suicide bomber, carrying out the Moscow metro bombings in April 2010 (Reuters)
In June 2013, Umarov called for his followers in and outside the Caucasus to use “maximum force” to ensure the 2014 Sochi Winter Olympics do not take place: “They plan to hold the Olympics on the bones of our ancestors, on the bones of many, many dead Muslims buried on our land by the Black Sea. We as Mujahideen are required not to allow that, using any methods that Allah allows us.” [2]
All indications point to the terrorists controlled by Umarov being behind the latest “Black Widow” suicide bombings in Volgograd. Naida Asiyalova, who blew herself up in the suicide bombing in Volgograd in October, is from Dagestan. She was reported “in love” with another suicide bomber before she “did her duty” to the jihad of Umarov. She was also a close friend of the woman implicated in the most recent Volgograd station bombing.[3] All indications to date point to Doku Umarov’s Chechyn terrorist organization for these recent terror bombings in Russia.
The US State Department has just issued an Advisory Alert to US citizens going to Sochi as a response even though Volgograd is several hundred kilometers away.
Russia’s Mujahideen terrorists
Soon after the dissolution of the Soviet Union, Halliburton, the world’s largest oil services company, then led by Dick Cheney, determined that the Caucasus and the region around the former Soviet Union’s Caspian Sea contained staggering volumes of untapped oil. Some said it was a “new Saudi Arabia.” As part of broader Washington strategy of then-president George H.W. Bush, US intelligence began moving veterans of the bloody Afghan Mujahideen campaign into the Caucasus and Caspian region to facilitate independence from the Soviet Union and open the door for US and British oil companies to control the key oil regions.
Two “retired” CIA operatives close to former CIA head Bush, Ted Shackley and General (Ret.) Richard Secord set up a CIA “front” fake Azeribaijan oil company called Mega Oil. It was a cover to fly in hundreds of Mujahideen veterans from Afghanistan as “oilworkers.”
In 1991 Richard Secord along with veterans of US operations in Laos, and later of Oliver North’s operations with the Contras, turned up in Baku, Azerbaijan under the cover of MEGA Oil. This was when George H.W. Bush supported an oil pipeline stretching from Azerbaijan across the Caucasus to Turkey. Dick Cheney was then Bush senior’s Defense Secretary. MEGA never found oil. But MEGA operatives in Azerbaijan engaged in military training, passed “brown bags filled with cash” to members of the Azeri government, and set up an airline on the model of the CIA’s Vietnam era Air America which flew hundreds of mujahedin mercenaries from Afghanistan into Azerbaijan and the Caucasus, especially Chechnya. [4]
A faction of the CIA and US intelligence tied to the neo-conservatives and the US military industrial complex, have been involved in bringing fanatical Jihadist Islam into the traditionally Sufi peaceful Islam of the Caucasus region. Osama bin Laden actively moved from Afghanistan into Bosnia, then Kosovo and on into Chechnya after 1995, where his principal ally, fellow Saudi Jihadist, Ibn al-Khattab was leader of the Arab Mujahideen in Chechnya fighting the Russians. Chechnya happened to be the transit region for a major Russian oil pipeline from Baku into Russia for Caspian oil, something Washington was determined to block. Journalist Ali Soufan notes that by 1996, “the United States had been on the side of Muslims in Afghanistan, Bosnia, and Chechnya.” [5]
At the time of the Beslan school massacre in Russia near the Georgia border in September 2004, Umarov’s Jihadists, including Arab Mujahideen, were partly financed with US money via a Washington-based NGO called ACDI/VOCA. Much of the money that the US Government-funded NGO received for the project reportedly came from a US Department of Agriculture Food for Peace Project.[6] Apparently the food they dispensed was in the form of Kalashnikovs and hand grenades, not grain and apples.
According to veteran Caucasus-based journalist Jeffrey Silverman, Doku Umarov is today an “asset” controlled and guided by a Washington-based think-tank called Potomac Institute for Policy Studies.[7] The board of the Potomac Institute reads like a who’s who of retired US military and intelligence people. According to Washington insider reports, Potomac is not entirely what it appears to be.
It is rather, these sources report, a front for Israeli intelligence, a group of US neo-conservatives, both working with Saudi Arabian intelligence. Two of Potomac’s key people involved in the Caucasus are reported to be Prof. Jonah Alexander, who heads the institute’s International Center for Terrorism Studies, and Ambassador (ret) David Smith.
Alexander has taught at Tel Aviv University and headed an interesting-sounding project, “Terrorism, Gray Area and Low Level Conflict,” for the US Global Strategy Council, a group founded by Ray Cline, former Deputy Director of the CIA.[8] David J. Smith is Director of the Georgian Security Analysis Center (GSAC) at the Georgian Foundation for Strategic and International Studies in Tbilisi, Georgia. Between 2002 and 2006 Smith was US Member of the International Security Advisory Board, assisting Georgia to “build democracy and establish functional national security institutions.”[9] By all indications, he did a rather poor job if that really was what he was building.
Many of the Arab and Chechyn Jihadist terrorists plaguing Russia in recent years have been infiltrated into Chechnya from the Pankisi Gorge region across the border in Georgia, where a pro-US Saakashvili regime at the time obviously “looked the other way.” Reportedly Saakashvili’s brother worked in London for BP, the head of the Anglo-American oil pipeline consortium that owns the BTC pipeline from Baku through Georgia to Turkey.[10]
Contrary to outward appearance, there has been intimate cooperation between Saudi and Israeli intelligence services on matters of common strategic interest for years. Reportedly the ties began when Prince Bandar was Saudi Ambassador to Washington.[11]
If all this is true, it would suggest that Umarov’s latest suicide attacks in Russia are part of a “revenge” operation of Netanyahu and Saudi Intelligence chief, Prince Bandar bin Sultan, to sabotage the Sochi Olympics, for Putin’s role in winning Obama away from war against Syria last fall and openly seeking a diplomatic resolution of the Iran nuclear problem. Saudi Arabia’s Bandar and Netanyahu, who admitted they were in cooperation, both were reportedly livid against Putin for sabotaging their Jihad in Syria.
Against Obama too
That the Saudis and Israel’s Netanyahu are actively working as well to sabotage Obama’s Iran diplomacy is also clear. On October 30, 2013, Sheldon Adelson, an Israeli-American billionaire with dual passports, a financier friend of Netanyahu who owns Las Vegas casinos, called on US Congress. He reportedly told his friends in Congress to pass new sanctions against Iran designed to sabotage the Iran-Obama talks. Adelson was the main financial backer in 2012 of Mitt Romney to defeat Obama, who has become a bitter Netanyahu foe. Adelson apparently feels that Obama has slowly been distancing from Bush and Cheney’s strong tilt to the hawkish US neo-conservatives tied to the US-Israeli military industrial complex around Netanyahu’s Likud Party.[12]
The Republican Jewish Coalition — led by GOP financial donor Sheldon Adelson — is asking its members to call their senators and urge them to pass a new round of sanctions on Iran amid efforts from top Obama administration officials to persuade Congress to delay such measures to allow time for negotiations with the Islamic Republic over its nuclear program to “gain traction.” [13]
The Volgograd bombings are a part of a global political shift taking place with factions declaring war inside major governments. Washington is split today between a “pro-Israel” faction largely in Congress, and on the opposite side, a mix of nationalists who seem to be trying to define a genuine American interest in all the wars around the world. Reportedly General Martin E. Dempsey, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the military’s highest body in the Pentagon, and others around President Obama are moving to distance Washington from the Saudi-Israeli war strategy which they have realized as against American interest.
The realization in and around the White House and State Department that the US Government was being manipulated by Israeli and Saudi false intelligence was the real reason, according to Washington reports, for the abrupt decision by President Obama last summer to halt the planned war against Syria. Obama was told that the “evidence” of a Syrian government chemical weapons attack on civilians had been doctored by Saudi and Israeli intelligence to force Obama to finally declare war. [14]
That was why Obama surprisingly and inexplicably embraced the Putin mediation offer to remove the chemical weapons and why Assad quickly agreed. Obama was himself strongly against military action in Syria. The chemicals used in Syria reportedly were supplied by Prince Bandar to the rebels, not from Syrian Government forces. [15] The intelligence intercepts given President Obama purporting to be tapes of Syrian Army commanders discussing the chemical attack were given to Washington by Israeli intelligence by Israeli Defence Forces’ 8200 unit and were also reportedly faked.[16]
Now this same network seems to have activated a revenge attack against Putin and Obama for foiling their stratagems. It’s a high risk gamble by Netanyahu and Saudi Prince Bandar that could severely boomerang against them.
****
In a noteworthy footnote to the entire gruesome Doku Umarov drama, on January 17, Moscow Times reported on a social media message sent out by Chechen president, Ramzan Kadyrov, claiming that he had “new evidence” that rebel leader Doku Umarov was dead. Kadyrov wrote in an Instagram, “According to our information, Umarov is dead and we are looking for his body.” He claimed that Umarov had been killed during a Russian Special Forces operation.[17] The report has not been confirmed by Moscow. The Kadyrov report has to be taken with more than a little grain of salt. The flamboyant Chechyn President has issued such messages before, the last time in December, when he wrote that Umarov was “mostly likely already dead or will be soon.”[18] Whether dead or alive, it seems most likely that Doku Umarov is little more than a “cover” for the darker networks running terror against Putin’s Russia in the Caucasus, and that darker network is Moscow’s real problem.
Endnotes:

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2014/01/24/is-netanyahu-getting-back-at-putin-with-volgograd-bombings/

Fallujah: US Marines - Further Allegations of War Crimes Surface

Excerpt:One correspondent wrote: "There has been nothing like the attack on Fallujah since the Nazi invasion and occupation of much of the European continent - the shelling and bombing of Warsaw in September 1939, the terror bombing of Rotterdam in May 1940."
______________________________________________________________________________________________


As the US-unleashed Grim Reaper continues to cull Iraqis in ever rising numbers, this month of the twenty third anniversary of the 1991 US led onslaught on Iraq and just weeks away from the eleventh woeful wake for the 2003 illegal invasion, yet another atrocity in a litany of those under the illegal US-UK occupation has come to light.

"The United States Marine Corps ... its hallowed rituals, and its unbending code of honor ..." (Thomas E. Ricks; Making the Corps, 1997.)

Felicity Arbuthnot

Fallujah, now under attack from US installed tyrant Nuri al Maliki's sectarian militia armed with US supplied weapons, with the US also: " ... looking to provide additional shipments of Hellfire missiles to Iraq ... as well as ten Scan Eagle drones and forty eight Raven drones" (Guardian, 7th January 2014) now, another previously unreported US war crime of the myriad heaped on the city in 2004, also returns to haunt them.

The Americans invaded, chillingly: "house to house, room to room", raining death and destruction on the proud, ancient "City of Mosques."

One correspondent wrote: "There has been nothing like the attack on Fallujah since the Nazi invasion and occupation of much of the European continent - the shelling and bombing of Warsaw in September 1939, the terror bombing of Rotterdam in May 1940."

Print version
+ - Font Size
Send to friend
Further: " ...the 'battle for Fallujah' was entirely one-sided. US military and technical superiority over the Iraqi resistance (was) as great, if not greater, than the American army's advantage over their Indian opponents in the 1870s and 1880s."(i)

Seventy percent of houses and shops were reported destroyed, with those still standing damaged. Iraqi doctor, Ali Fadhil, described a city: " ... completely devastated, destruction everywhere. It looked like a city of ghosts. Falluja used to be a modern city; now there was nothing. We spent the day going through the rubble that had been the centre of the city; I didn't see a single building that was functioning."(City of Ghosts, The Guardian, January 11, 2005.)

Nicholas J. Davies, author of "Blood on our Hands - the American Invasion and Destruction of Iraq", has written: "The Fallujah Compensation Committee reported in March 2005 that the assault destroyed 36,000 homes, 9,000 shops, 65 mosques, 60 schools, both train stations, one of the two bridges, two power stations, three water treatment plants and the city's entire sanitation and telephone systems."

A US Marine Sergeant had told Channel 4 News: "We'll unleash the dogs of hell, we'll unleash 'em... They don't even know what's coming - hell is coming! If there are civilians in there, they're in the wrong place at the wrong time." (November 8, 2004) Welcome to liberation, freedom and democracy, US style..

The horrors of 1991, 2003 and the subsequent years will haunt Iraq for decades to come, possibly, as the Mongol invasion, to which it has been compared, for all time, as the US-UK multiple atrocities ring on down the years, with further unearthing of the lies, blood, massacres and bestialities.

Those responsible for the litany of crimes against humanity appear currently on US television and give interviews in publications, talking of their trauma and sacrifice in Fallujah's near destruction and their wholesale butchery, as the city suffers yet further. "Most veterans are deeply disappointed that the struggles and the sacrifices they made...have seemingly been for naught", Peter Manor, a retired US officer who served in Iraq as a brigade Commander and on the staff of Gen. David Petraeus, is quoted as saying.

"The images of al-Qaida militants surging back into cities that were secured at an enormous sacrifice has chilled Americans who fought in Iraq", is a typical comment. Try burying you husband, wife, children in the garden or yard, pinned down by US fire, unable to even transport them to a remaining Mosque, then cemetery, to weep them farewell - or watching them eaten by stray dogs, and under US fire, unable to rescue their remains.

In context, that unnamed US Marine again: "It wasn't a war, it was a massacre."

As late as September 2010, American soldiers were still murdering the inhabitants of Fallujah, including an eighty five year old man and seven souls described as "youngsters."

That same month a Report was presented to the 15th Session of the United Nations Human Rights Council in Geneva entitled: "Testimonies of Crimes Against Humanity in Fallujah - Towards a Fair International Criminal Trial."

The document: "...pleads and implores", the United Nations in : "...respect for the memory (of the) victims, to investigate the crimes and violations", in the document, and all that: "has been inflicted upon Iraq, placing the country at the top of the world's daily list for deaths, displaced persons, both internally and externally, the ensuing savage corruption, child molestation, rape, rampant kidnapping, contrary to the noble goals and (founding aspirations) of your Organization." (ii)

The subsequent silence has been - predictably - deafening.

The latest crimes in Fallujah emerged this month, when forty one photographs surfaced showing a US Marine pouring what appears to be gasoline over an Iraqi bodies and setting them alight, others are of burned, blackened human remains, of bodies on fire and a Marine crouching next to a skull, pointing his gun at it, for a souvenir photograph.

US Central command has said the photographs, obtained by TMZ, had not been previously brought to their attention. Another day, another plethora of war crimes, it would seem.

"Col. Steve Warren, Director of Press Operations for the Dept. of Defense, tells TMZ ... the pictures appear to show U.S. soldiers in violation of the Uniform Code of Military Justice ... which makes it a crime to mishandle remains." (iii)

Perhaps the Marines are unaware of that. In July 2011, in Afghanistan Marines urinated on dead alleged fighters and posed for photographs with the corpses.

There is no statute of limitations on such and other crimes, thus those responsible can still be prosecuted and jailed, but in the litany of horrors across Iraq, few have answered for their actions.

Article 16, second paragraph, of the 1949 Geneva Convention IV states: "As far as military considerations allow, each Party to the conflict shall facilitate the steps taken ... to protect (the killed) against ... ill-treatment."

Article 34(1) of the 1977 Additional Protocol I provides: "The remains of persons who have died for reasons related to occupation or in detention resulting from occupation or hostilities ... shall be respected".

The International Criminal Court (ICC) specifies: "With reference to the war crime of outrages upon personal dignity, the 2000 ICC Elements of Crimes specifies that Article 8(2)(b)(xxi) and (c)(ii) of the 1998 ICC Statute also applies to dead persons."

(Finalized draft text of the Elements of Crimes, adopted by the 23rd Meeting of the Preparatory Commission for the International Criminal Court, New York, 30 June 2000, Report of the Preparatory Commission for the International Criminal Court, UN Doc. PCNICC/2000/INF/3/Add.2, Addendum, 6 July 2000, as adopted by the Assembly of States Parties, First Session, 3-10 September 2002, Official Records of the Assembly of States Parties to the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court, UN Doc. ICC-ASP/1/3, 25 September 2002, and ICC-ASP/1/3/Corr.1, 31 October 2002, p. 29.)

The sheer horror of lawlessness committed during the illegal invasion and occupation of Iraq seems to have been lost on the majority of those responsible for such crimes against humanity.

In the context of some of the above, take former gunnery Sergeant Nick Popaditch on Fallujah: "There's a lot of downtrodden people there who got a shot at a free life, at freedom", he states: " I'm just proud of the fact that when it came time to stand and fight for those things, those concepts of freedom, liberty, human rights ... I'm glad my nation did it." (Guardian 8th January 2014.)

Col. Warren too seems to suffer from delusion or denial, spouting that well worn, mega over used phrase: "The actions that are depicted in these photos are not in any way representative of the honorable, professional service of the two and a half million service members who went to war in Iraq and Afghanistan in the last decade."

General Antonio Taguba, who released his Report on the mediaeval torture which were US war crimes at Abu Ghraib prison just six months before these further Fallujah atrocitites were allegedly committed, surely pinned the attitude of America's troops and their leaders, when quoting another US General who told him: "The abused are only Iraqis."

To read more:

http://english.pravda.ru/opinion/columnists/26-01-2014/126680-fallujah_marines-0/

America’s Nuclear Radiation Cover Up 1946-1958 – Barbaric Racism

The Public Broadcasting Industry paid for and is now suppressing a documentary film “Nuclear Savage” that explored nuclear testing in the Marshall Islands 1946-1958 ~ that exposed Pacific Islanders to deadly overdoses of radiation just to send a message and get more data on killing and maiming people:

by  Allen L Roland

The Republic of the Marshall Islands covers nearly a million square miles of picturesque islands, thriving coral atolls, and crystal clear blue waters …. undoubtedly one of the most interesting places in the world to live and visit and evidently to bomb.
 It was a Pacific island paradise…  until the United States tested nuclear weapons and conducted secret human radiation experiments from 1948 to 1954.Experiments that would remain top-secret for decades….Until now…
islandThe U.S. Army performed nuclear weapons testing on Bikini from 1948 to 1954 and established a missile testing range in Kwajalein. On March 1st, 1954, the US Government conducted the BRAVO nuclear test (Project 4.1) which was 1000 times larger than the nuclear explosion at Hiroshima.
Project 4.1 is the study of the response of human beings exposed to significant beta and gamma radiation due to fall out from high yield weapons (nuclear bombs). In other words, the Pacific Islanders were treated as savages and guinea pigs so the US Government could send a message as to its military might and the effect on those who dare to oppose it.
In 2005, director Adam Horowitz started work on “Nuclear Savage,” his second documentary about the American military use and abuse of the Marshall Islands.
 As William Boardman writes in Reader Supported News ~ Horowitz has a contract with Pacific Islanders in Communications (PIC), which describes itself as “a national non-profit media arts organization” whose mission “is to support, advance and develop programming that enhances public recognition of and appreciation for Pacific Islander history, culture, and society.”  Among its efforts to carry out this mission, PIC supported the production of “Nuclear Savage” with $100,000 passed through to Horowitz from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB). Horowitz delivered a completed, 87-minute version of “Nuclear Savage” in October 2011 – the same month it was nominated for Best Environmental Film at the Amsterdam International Documentary Film Festival. That was also the same month various public broadcasting officials started putting up roadblocks to keep the movie off the air, a delaying tactic that continues into 2014. FAIR (Fairness & Accuracy in Reporting) reported the story in detail as “Nuclear Stalemate” in Extra!
 PIC summarizes the film this way: “Some use the term ‘savage’ to refer to people from primitive cultures, but nuclear experimentation pushed savagery to new levels. In the 1950s, the U.S. conducted 67 atomic and hydrogen bomb tests in the Marshall Islands, vaporizing islands and exposing entire populations to fallout. The islanders on Rongelap received near fatal doses of radiation from one test, and were then moved onto a highly contaminated island to serve as human guinea pigs for 30 years. Filmmaker Adam Jonas Horowitz spent 25 years collecting material – including original footage, archival clips, and unpublished secret documents – to create this unforgettable and ironic portrait of American cynicism, arrogance, and racism. Winner of festival awards in Paris, Chicago and Mexico City.”
 See outstanding William Boardman  article:
 Here is the 8 minute trailer video which features Adam Horowitz describing America’s most horrific and barbaric act of racism ~racist thought and action says far more about the person they come from than the person they are directed at.” Chris Crutcher

DOXA 2012 | Nuclear Savage

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2014/01/24/americas-nuclear-radiation-cover-up-1946-1958-barbaric-racism/

Suppressed 2002 German Report on 9/11 (A must read)

(Translated from German.  The original document, after careful forensic examination is considered “inconclusive.”  It has not been proven fake in any way. Ed.)
—
On Monday 6, August, 2001, at 17:50, [German] Ambassador Ischinger personally  notified the President of the United States that information developed by the  Bundesamt fur Verfassungsschutz [German domestic secret service] as well as the  BND [Bundesnachrichtendienst, German foreign secret service] indicated that an  attack by a radical Arab group partially based in Germany was to occur on 10-11  September, 2001. The President was at that time in residence at his farm in  Texas. Our [the German’s] Ambassador was acting in direct response to  instructions from Foreign Minister Fischer.
This information was developed from official surveillance of Arab extremist  groups operating in the Federal Republic as well as from intercepted  communications between the Embassy of Israel and the Israeli Foreign Ministry in  Tel Aviv concerning this matter.
The information was “gratefully received” by the US President who stated at  the time that he was also aware of the same pending assaults.
Subsequent to these attacks, the office of the US President, through the US  Department of State, made an urgent request to the government of the Federal  Republic of Germany that no reference whatsoever should be made to the official  warnings given by Ambassador Ischinger.
In order to clarify the background of this matter, this Gesamtubersicht  [overall survey] of the events leading to the assault was prepared, basing on  extracts of reports from our [BND’s] foreign stations. Overall, it is evident  that the American authorities were aware of the pending attacks. Why they did  nothing, is explained in the following.
Background: General Overview
Because of the Bush family’s involvement in oil (Zapata Oil Company), many  important and wealthy individuals and corporations with oil interests  financially supported the Bush political career. Today, the Bush administration  is therefore strongly influenced by major American business groups.
The candidate for American Vice President, Richard “Dick” Cheney, had been  the Chief Director of the Halliburton Company. This company, based in Dallas,  Texas, where Bush was Governor, is the largest oil service company in the  world.
Between 1991 and 1997, such important American oil companies as Texaco,  Unocal, Shell, BP Amoco, Chevron and Exxon-Mobil became involved with the former  Soviet state of Kazakhstan who holds enormous oil reserves. The government of  Kazakhstan was eventually paid over $3 billions of corporate money to allow  these companies to secure oil rights. At the same time, these companies agreed  further to give the sums of 35 billion US Dollar in investments in plant and  equipment to the Kazakhstan projects. A confidential project report of said US  firms announced that the gas and oil reserves in Kazakhstan would amount to 4  trillion US Dollar.
The United States is not self-sufficient in oil and 50% of their supply is  imported from various foreign sources. Some 80% of oil imported to the US comes  from OPEC-Countries, the Arabian oil cartel. Because of the unconditional  support by American political leaders of the state of Israel, these Arab  governments have a very strained relationship with the USA. (no longer true…editorial note)
A further small percentage of oil imported to the US comes from Venezuela.  Just recently, the US government has been attempting to overthrow the government  of Chavez with the help of the CIA and replace it with a government “more  sympathetic to American oil needs.”
A position paper prepared by the office of the later-Vice President Cheney  states that the Kazakhstan oil reserves would be “more than sufficient to supply  US needs for at least a decade” and would further “reduce American dependence on  OPEC.”
Unocal Oil Company signed an agreement with the reigning Taliban forces as  well as their opponents, the Northern Alliance, in order to permit an oil  pipeline to be built through Afghanistan direct through Pakistan to the Indian  Ocean. by this, the exorbitant rates charged by the Russian to use their  pipelines would be avoided. Unocal then opened official offices in Uzbekistan,  Pakistan, Turkmenistan and Kazakhstan to facilitate the construction of this oil  pipeline.
In December of 1997, official Taliban representatives were in the United  States to attend a conference at Unocal headquarters in Texas to discuss the  Afghanistan pipeline. These talks failed because the Taliban made what Unocal  felt were excessive financial demands.
In 1998, internal strife in Afghanistan and inherent instability in Pakistan  reached such levels as to render the pipeline project impossible to execute. In  the same year, the Houston, Texas based firm of Enron suggested instead to build  a $3 billion oil pipeline parallel to the Russian pipelines, running westwards  rather than taking the shorter but more problematic route south.
In a secret memorandum by Cheney, it is stated that the Unocal company was  prepared to finance the southern route. According to this, this project would  take five years to complete and its annual revenues from the successful  completion of this pipeline would approximate $2 billions. however, and this had  been the subject of a number of secret American reports, the only thing standing  in the way of the construction of the pipeline was the basic opposition of the  Afghanistan government and its political supporters.
On May 8, 2001, the US Department of State, in the name of Secretary of State  Powell, gave 43 million US Dollars to the Taliban in order to facilitate their  cooperation in the pipeline project.
On June 10, 2001, the BND warned the CIA office in the US Embassy to the  Federal Republic [of Germany] that certain Arab terrorists were planning to  seize American commercial aircraft for use as weapons of destruction against  significant American symbols. This was considered a general warning only. The  Federal Republic’s warning of August 6, however, was specific as to date, time  and places of the attacks.
On July 11, 2001, in Berlin, US officials: Thomas Simmons, a former American  Ambassador to Pakistan, Lee Coldren, State Department expert on Asian matters,  and Karl Inderfurth, Assistant Secretary of State for Asian matter met with  Russian and Pakistani intelligence officers. At this meeting, which was under  surveillance, it was stated by the Americans that the United States planned to  launch military strikes against Afghanistan in October of that year. The purpose  of these strikes was to topple the Afghanistan government and the Taliban in  order to replace it with a government “more sensitive to the needs of American  oil interests.”
In mid-August 2001, President of the Russian Federation Putin ordered that  the American authorities be warned of pending attacks on government buildings  inside the United States. This warning was conveyed to the US Ambassador in  Moscow and via the Russian Ambassadors office directly to the US President.
On August 20, the Government of France, through the American Embassy in Paris  and their Embassy in Washington, issued a more specific warning. This warning  specified the exact date, time and places of the attacks.
On September 11, President Bush and top aides flew to the state of Florida so  that the President could speak with children in a kindergarten. Also at that  time, Vice President Cheney absented himself from Washington and went to the  safety of the Presidential compound in the mountains of Maryland.
It was noted in Washington that Cheney remained sequestered in Maryland for  some time and only appeared in public surrounded by heavy security.
The role of the Israeli Mossad in the terrorist attacks
Note: The following two sections are considered to be extremely sensitive due  to the special relationship between the Federal Republic [of Germany] and its  Jewish citizens as well as the State of Israel. This material is compiled from  German and American sources.
During the term of President George HW Bush, the government of Israel made an  official, but very secret, request to the American president. This request was  to permit agents of the Mossad, Israeli Foreign Intelligence, to enter the  United States and conduct surveillance operations against various Arab groups  residing in that country.
The stated purpose of this surveillance was to permit Israeli early warning  of terrorist plots against their country. Permission for this surveillance was  granted with the caveat that the Mossad would have a liaison with the FBI and  report any and all finding to that agency.
However, these conditions were not observed. The Mossad not only did not  inform the FBI of any of its findings, it is known to have engaged in commerce  with several groups of Israeli criminals of Russian backgrounds. These groups  were engaged in extensive criminal activities inside the United States, to  include the smuggling of the Ecstasy drug. Mossad agents were able to subvert  American criminal investigations through their knowledge of American telephone  surveillance of such groups.
It is very evident from surveillance conducted against Mossad agents in the  Federal Republic as well as interceptions of Israeli diplomatic communication  from the Federal Republic to Tel Aviv, that the Mossad has successfully  penetrated various extremist Arab groups in both the Federal Republic and the  United States.
These investigations disclosed in late May of 2001 that an attack was to be  made against certain specified targets in the American cities of Washington and  New York. But it was apparent that the Mossad was not only fully aware of these  attacks well in advance but actually, though their own agents inside these Arab  groups, assisted in the planning and the eventual execution of the attacks.
That the Israeli government was fully aware of these attack is absolutely  certain and proven. Diplomatic traffic between the Israeli Embassy in the  Federal Republic and the Israeli Foreign Office made it very clear that Minister  President Sharon was fully aware of this pending attack and urgently wished that  no attempt was made to prevent the attacks.
Although the Israeli officials were instructed to warn the American  intelligence community that some kind of an attack might be possible, at no time  were the specific dates and targets (known at that time to Israeli officials) to  be given to the Americans.
The rationale for this attitude was expressed in a conversation on August 1,  2001, between the Israeli Military Attaché in the Federal Republic to a member  of the Israeli General Staff. There it was stated that Israel believed an attack  on the continental United States would so inflame American public opinion that  they would permit Israel to “cleanse” their state of “Arab terrorists and those  who support such terrorists”. This “cleansing” was explained as the expulsion of  all Arabs, and even Christian groups, from the Palestine area.
American intelligence officials have repeatedly expressed great concern in  meeting with our people that the Israeli government, through a company called  Amdocs, was able to conduct surveillance of all telephone communications within  the United States. It was categorically stated that this Israeli-based firm was  given the American contract with 25 of the largest American telephone companies.  This contract was granted over the objections and concerns of the American  intelligence community.
The official reason given for this extraordinary arrangement that permitted  Israeli agencies to observe all highly confidential investigative telephone  calls was that the United States has a “special relationship” with the State of  Israel and they had requested this.
The Israeli Political Influence in the United States
It should be noted here that the professional Israeli lobby in America is  huge in size and is considered even by our American colleagues to be a very  powerful and entirely dominant factor in American politics.
The American Israel Public Affairs Committee is the largest foreign lobby in  Washington and fourth most powerful lobby in the country. Other Israeli groups  also include the Anti-Defamation League (from whose national offices, along with  the Israel Trade Mission and the many Israeli Consulates, many Mossad agents  were working,) the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs and the  Committee for Accuracy in Middle East Reporting in America.
These groups, in conjunction with Jewish dominated media giants like the New  York Times, the Washington Post, Newsweek Magazine, the Los Angeles Times, Time-  Warner-AOL and their CNN news network, basically control the dissemination of  news in the United States. It is therefore almost impossible for any news that  would be considered in opposition to Israeli interests to appear before the  American public, although such stories are readily available in most European  media.
The Role of the Christian Fundamentalists in American Politics
The so-called “Christian Right” consists of Protestant fundamentalists, where  the so-called Pentecostals play a dominant role. This is a very fanatical and  aggressively missionary denomination that believes in the return of a living  Christ to earth and the subsequent elevation of its members to heavenly  paradise.
In order for this appearance of Christ to occur, several factors must be in  place according to the views of this denomination. In the first place, a number  of Jews must convert to Christianity, and, in the second, there must be a  rebuilding of the Jewish temple in Jerusalem. As the site of this temple is now  occupied by a major Islamic mosque, it will be necessary to destroy this  building.
Starting as an Episcopalian, Bush tried other Protestant denominations before  joining the Pentecostals. Apart from US President Bush and his Attorney General  John Ashcroft, other members of his administration are members of this  denomination, too, which is the second largest Christian denomination after the  Catholic Church. As a considerable part of the American public sentiment is  strongly opposed to religious fanatics, these facts have been kept very  quiet.
Bush and his entourage are very strong supporters of the State of Israel  because of their belief, that the founding of this nation is viewed as another  requirement for the return of Christ. For this reason, Bush unconditionally  supports any program put forward by the Israeli government and is a devoted  follower and supporter of Sharon, the Israeli right wing extremist Minister  President.
Attorney General Ashcroft has stated in a public sermon (he is a lay preacher  of the Pentecostal church) that Muslims are “agents of the Anti-Christ” and must  be destroyed in the so-called “Battle of Armageddon”. According to the beliefs  of fundamentalist Christians, this battle will be fought over Israel’s existence  and will lead to the end of the world and the return of Christ.
It is generally known in Washington that Bush is entirely guided by his  religious beliefs and that he has been attempting repeatedly to force his views  onto the American public by means of various disguised programs, such as  religious control of charities, unconditional support of Israel, and so  forth.
Summary and Outlook
The terrorist attacks on American targets were fully known to many entities  well in advance. The US President was fully informed as to the nature and exact  time of these attacks.
The US government in general and the US President in specific have become  subservient to the wishes and plans of the Israeli government. As these plans  encompass the removal of the Arab population of Israel and adjoining  territories, it is evident that the population of the United States is being  pushed into a situation that could easily result in more, and terrible, attacks  on their home country.
In view of this possibility, the US authorities are determined to limit any  discussion of the 11 September attacks to the official version as it appears  regularly in the US media.
It also appears from confidential sources that Bush’s plans to attack Iraq  are based mainly on a desire on the part of Israel to remove Saddam Hussein. Tel  Aviv views Hussein as a real threat and has already attacked that country  before.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2014/01/08/suppressed-2002-german-report-on-911/

"Scientific Assassinations" Are Part of the CIA’s Modus Operandi

By Wayne Madsen

Excerpts:

The Guardian newspaper’s self-proclaimed Venezuela expert Rory Carroll has glibly categorized serious charges that Venezuela’s late President Hugo Chavez Frias was assassinated by a United States-produced bio-weapon as being in the same league with «conspiracy theorists who wonder about aliens at Roswell and NASA faking the moon landings». A number of Venezuelan and international officials believe a hostile party covertly introduced an aggressive form of cancer into the 58-year old president.

Cuba’s Fidel Castro, himself the target of several CIA biological assassination attempts, told Chavez: «Chávez take care. These people [the Americans] have developed technology. You are very careless. Take care what you eat, what they give you to eat… a little needle and they inject you with I don’t know what».
Castro almost died from a mysterious stomach and intestinal ailment he contracted after attending a parallel «People’s Summit» held concurrent to the July 2006 Cordoba MERCOSUR (Common Market of the South) Summit with Chavez and Nestor Kirchner.

Although the 1972 Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention, ratified by the United States, the Soviet Union, and Great Britain, banned the use and possession of biological weapons, the Army-Central Intelligence Agency’s Special Operations Division at Fort Detrick, Maryland and the CIA’s Technical Services Department continued to maintain and develop stockpiles of cancer-causing biological agents used in special delivery weapons.
The biological agents and their weapons were specifically developed as part of the top secret MKNAOMI project, a joint operation conducted by the CIA and the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute for Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID) at Fort Detrick.

MKNAOMI planned to assassinate Fidel Castro and Congolese Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba with «exotic» biological weapons. The work on such weapons was carried out by the CIA’s Technical Services chief Dr. Sidney Gottlieb. Other affiliated CIA and U.S. Army bio-warfare weapons programs had the code names of DORK and OFTEN/CHICKWIT.

The National Cancer Institute, while looking for a cure for cancer, spun off an intelligence agency «carve out» project under the Viral Cancer Project that researched military applications for cancer-causing biological agents

The CIA’s and Pentagon’s secret carve out program at Fort Detrick included in its stockpiles botulinum toxins, which can cause deadly food poisoning. Other research included the aerosol transmission of cancer-causing viruses and production of «species jumping» viruses that would jump from animal species to humans with the intent of causing cancer.
The CIA pioneered in the use of cancer-causing agents that could infect their victims through injection; inhalation; skin contact through contaminated clothing, especially underwear – Chavez’s formation of aggressive in his pelvic region is germane in this respect; and contact with the digestive system through the use of contaminated food, drink, and even toothpaste

To read more:

http://www.globalresearch.ca/scientific-assassinations-are-part-of-the-cias-modus-operandi/5326396

A Century of War by Stephen Lendman

A Century of War {Atrocities}

(America has been run by demonic overlords and their human sons of darkness from the beginning. They began long before the republic’s inception. Many humans on the dark side have invited these demonic beings into their lives intentionally and some unintentionally. .
These overlords are multi-dimensional fallen angels and demons who obtain their nourishment from negative emotions from fear,torture, mass-murder, forced labor, starvation, disease, despair, killing for sport, dashing babies’ heads on rocks, letting children be eaten by dogs, beheadings, and burning people at the stake among other atrocities. Every one of you who are guilty of any of these crimes will never see your loved ones again after you meet God and He has your body and soul burned to ashes forever. Sol-War)

  .July 29 marks WWI’s 100th anniversary. It was called the war to end all wars. Never again was heard.
In 1928, Kellogg-Briand policy renounced aggressive wars. The UN Charter’s Preamble states:
“We the Peoples of the United Nations Determined to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind…”
America, key NATO partners and Israel wage them on humanity. They’re ongoing in multiple theaters. They cause horrific human suffering.
America waged wars at home and/or abroad every year in its history. They began long before the republic’s inception.
It’s an unparalleled record. It’s shocking. It’s deplorable. It continues out-of-control. Peace never had a chance. It’s more endangered than ever.
Wars assure more of them. America by far is the world’s leading offender. Israel, Britain, France and other key NATO partners are willing partners. So are other rogue states.
Barbara Tuchman’s “The Guns of August” recounted WW I horrors. Events were fast-moving. Things spun out-of-control.
Over 20 million died. Many more were wounded or disabled. An entire generation of young men was lost.
Two decades later it repeated threefold. Never again became permanent war. It rages on humanity. Both world wars were preludes for what followed.
All wars include horrendous atrocities. America’s tortured past reflects some of the worst.
They predate the republic. Accused 17th century Salem witches faced horrific abuse. Trials were grueling. They excluded fairness. Death by hanging awaited those convicted.
One or more victims were crushed under heavy boulders. It’s unknown if any were burned alive.
Native Americans were mass-murdered. Columbus exterminated Hispaniola’s population.
He did so by by torture, mass-murder, forced labor, starvation, disease, despair, stabbing natives for sport, dashing babies’ heads on rocks, letting children be eaten by dogs, beheadings, and burning people at the stake among other atrocities.
Ward Churchill documented America’s genocide. Native peoples were reduced to at most 3% of their original numbers.
According to Churchill:
Millions were “hacked apart with axes and swords, burned alive and trampled under horses, hunted as game and fed to dogs, shot, beaten, stabbed, scalped for bounty, hanged on meathooks and thrown over the sides of ships at sea, worked to death as slave laborers, intentionally starved and frozen to death during a multitude of forced marches and internments, and, in an unknown number of instances, deliberately infected with epidemic diseases.”
America’s genocide remains unparalleled in history. It repeats in new forms. It did so throughout the last century. It continues now.
A century of war begot a second one. New millennium conflicts rage. They show no signs of ending. They’re ongoing in multiple theaters.
Torture and atrocities are weapons of war. John Dower’s “War Without Mercy” documented viciousness by both sides in the Pacific. America is as unprincipled as the worst of its adversaries.
US forces mutilated Japan’s war dead. They did so for souvenirs. They sank hospital ships. They shot sailors trying to abandon them.
They murdered pilots who bailed out. They killed wounded soldiers. They tortured prisoners. They killed them in cold blood.
They buried combatants alive. They attacked civilians. Hiroshima and Nagasaki are two of history’s greatest crimes.
Gratuitous slaughter describes them. They had nothing to do with defeating Japan. Nor did firebombing Tokyo. America bears full responsibility for numerous crimes of war, against humanity and genocide.
Post-9/11, some of the worst occurred. Others happened earlier. Millions of North Koreans and Southeast Asians were slaughtered.
Air war alone killed millions of civilians. North Korea became rubble. Virtually everything in northern and central areas were destroyed. Napalm, cluster bombs, chemical and biological weapons, as well as other terror ones were used.
US forces dropped threefold the amount of WW II tonnage on Southeast Asia. Agent Orange’s deadly legacy remains.
Dioxin is one of the most deadly known substances. It’s a potent carcinogenic human immune system suppressant. Minute amounts cause serious health problems and death.
Agent Orange causes congenital disorders and birth defects. It causes cancer, type two diabetes, and numerous other diseases.
It remains toxic for decades. It killed millions of Southeast Asians. Many others were disabled and/or suffer from chronic illnesses. Future generations are affected like earlier ones.
Around three million US servicemen and women were harmed. So were many American civilians. Many died. Living victims endure diseases, birth defects, and other ill effects.
New generations of terror weapons replaced earlier ones. US wars are merciless. Fundamental laws are ignored. Anything goes is policy.
Civilians suffer most. America considers them legitimate targets.
Obama’s Asia pivot perhaps intends repeating the worst of past and current conflicts. They’re ongoing in multiple war theaters.
Washington’s new millennium wars killed millions. Many more victims die daily. Wherever America shows up, mass slaughter, destruction and human misery follow.
War without mercy describes them. America is a killing machine. Making the world safe for war profiteers is policy. So is committing genocidal crimes.
The measure of national policy is its respect for life, liberty, equity and justice. America deplores them. It scorns them. It ruthlessly seeks unchallenged global dominance.
It thrives on war. It wages permanent ones. Its culture reflects violence, unfairness, cruelty and intolerance. It punishes its own. It does so like others abroad.
Torture is official policy. It’s practiced worldwide. It operates the world’s largest gulag. Thousands of political prisoners suffer inside. Anyone challenging US lawlessness is vulnerable.
So are America’s poor, people of culture, others most disadvantaged, and human rights advocates championing their rights.
America is a dystopian wasteland. Millions are denied fundamental rights. Growing poverty, unemployment, underemployment, hunger and homelessness reflect horrific conditions.
Hot wars rage abroad. Financial ones cause more harm than standing armies. Bipartisan complicity wages war on fairness.
America’s social contract is on the chopping block for elimination. Growing millions face protracted Depression conditions.
Families struggle to pay rent, provide sustenance, and handle other essential expenses. Harvard Magazine’s January-February 2014 issue featured Elizabeth Gudrias’ article.
It headlined “Disrupted Lives.” It discussed Harvard Sociology Professor Matthew Desmond’s research. His academic interests include poverty, race, ethnicity, organizations and work, social theory and ethnography.
He studied how evictions impact America’s poor. It’s a story raw datta hide. Sheriffs arrive disruptively. They’ve come to evict. Loud knocks announce them. If no one’s inside they “kick the door in.”
Desmond studies how poverty, housing and eviction affects America’s most disadvantaged. Millions are horrifically harmed.
He captured an important snapshot. He did it through original research. It reflects hard times getting harder. It’s ongoing out of sight and mind.
It’s longstanding. It’s raged since 2008 crisis conditions emerged. For growing millions, it never ends.
Imagine living life on the edge. Imagine it without house or home. Desmond witnessed what happened to Danielle Shaw and her partner, Jerry Allen.
“(D)eputies swept into (their) apartment,” said Gudrias. They took over. They “briskly outlined” their intentions.
“The couple could choose to put their belongings in storage at the moving company’s warehouse – and pay a fee to retrieve them – or the movers would leave everything on the curb.”
The couple had little advance notice. They learned only days before eviction. They had little time to plan.
Desmond’s research showed “how common eviction is in the lives of poor people,” said Gudrias.
Inner city people of color are harmed most. They have no recourse. Their lives are involuntarily disrupted.
Desmond studied inner city Milwaukee. He analyzed formal eviction court records. Others take place off the books.
Some landlords are adversarial. They cut off electricity. They stop heat in winter. They remove front doors. They use other ways to evict tenants.
Desmond found almost one in eight Milwaukee renters were evicted or involuntarily relocated. For blacks, it was one in seven. For Hispanics, it was one in four.
Many end up homeless. Some live on streets. Others end up in shelters. Ones finding substitute housing “are limited to decrepit units in unsafe neighborhoods.”
Transient existence affects children’s emotional well-being. Their school performance suffers.
Adults endure “depression and subsequent job loss, material hardship, and future residential instability,” said Desmond.
Eviction compounds poverty and racial discrimination. “We are learning that (it) is a cause, not just a condition, of poverty,” he said.
It gets little public attention. Most often it gets none at all. Imagine millions suffering enormous hardships. Imagine federal, state and local governments doing practically nothing to help.
Imagine media scoundrels ignoring what need to be headlined. Imagine a growing problem across America.
“The average cost of rent, even in high-poverty neighborhoods, is quickly approaching the total income of welfare recipients,” said Desmond.
“The fundamental issue is this: the high cost of housing is consigning the urban poor to financial ruin.”
Desmond was a University of Wisconsin-Madison doctoral student. Eviction “brings together poor and nonpoor people – tenants, their families, landlords, social workers, lawyers, judges, sheriffs – in relationships of mutual dependence and struggle,” he explained.
He learned how little eviction was studied. No national data exist. He constructed Milwaukee facts and figures on his own.
He did it by examining tens of thousands of Milwaukee County eviction records.
He interviewed 250 tenants in eviction court. He conducted over 1,000 others with affected households.
He calls evictions and incarceration twin destructive forces. They relate to each other. They affect millions of inner-city lives.
They’re out of sight and minds. They’re nameless, faceless victims society forgot.
Many prior inmates can’t find work. Others don’t earn enough to live on. Criminal records are marks of cain. They’re permanent. They affect victims for life.
Their ability to rent is hampered. Desmond lived in poor neighborhoods he studied. He learned human suffering firsthand. He explained, saying:
“I sat beside families at eviction court; helped them move; followed them into shelters and abandoned houses; watched their children; ate with them; slept at their houses; attended church counseling sessions, Alcoholics Anonymous meetings, and Child Protective Services appointments with them; joined them at births and funerals; and generally embedded myself as deeply as possible into their lives.”
He discovered numerous cases where victims don’t know their rights. They don’t understand the process. They’re given conflicting, inaccurate information.
They lack legal help. They’re on their own. They’re up against an unforgiving system. Disadvantaged people endure what America’s privileged avoid.
Poverty is a process, he says. It involves victims, a system creating them, people benefitting from it, and society overall not caring.
Sociology Professor Eric Klinenberg admires his writing skill. It’s “deceptively simple but devastatingly sharp,” he said.
He’s a voice for the voiceless. He lets them be heard. He explains their humanity. It needs to be known.
He hopes to make a difference. Disadvantaged households need all the help they can get.
America’s wars include waging them on poor people. They’re increasingly deprived. Force-fed austerity inflicts greater harm. It’s ongoing when help is most needed.
Main Street economic recovery is nowhere in sight. Hard times for millions keep getting harder.
Federal, state and local governments dismissively ignore them. Today’s America is the United States of I Don’t Care.
About the Author: Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. He writes for MoneyNewsNow.com and VeteransToday.com.
He is also author of the celebrated books “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity” and “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War“.
Lendman also hosts his own blog at sjlendman.blogspot.com.
He is host of a progressive radio show with cutting-edge discussions and distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network. It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening. It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2014/01/09/a-century-of-war/

Not-so-little green man: Alien face seen in the Northern Lights

A photographer was shocked to return home and look at his photos of the northern lights only to discover signs of an alien's face haunting the green sky.
Landscape photographer Iurie Belegurschi captured the sighting by chance in the spectacular Reykjanes peninsula of Iceland.
The colourful stretch of light could be confused for a cosmic invasion as it bizarrely resembles the face of a space creature.
Scroll down for video

Look closer: These amazing images show signs of an aliens face haunting the Northern Light sky
On a clear night on September 8, Mr Belegurschi said he stayed up all night and waited to watch the aurora Northern Lights dance in the sky.

More...
French officials ban access to sacred mountain which believers claim will be refuge from 'Mayan apocalypse on December 21'
He said: 'I can't describe with words what I feel when I see the Northern lights, but in my opinion it is the most amazing phenomenon we can witness.
'I wish everybody could see it at least once in their life

Snapped: Landscape photographer Iurie Belegurschi captured the sighting by chance in the spectacular Reykjanes peninsula of Iceland
'I didn't see the alien face during shooting, but when I came home I checked my photographs on the computer and I saw it! It's unbelievable, I couldn't believe my eyes.'
The 29-year-old native Moldovan used a Canon 5D Mark III to shoot the spectacle.
Self-taught Iurie moved to Iceland in 2006 to follow his biggest passion, the Northern Lights.
He is now waiting for the solar max in 2013-2014 to capture more aurora activity.
VIDEO: Alien Image captured in Northern Lights?

To read more:

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2235728/Not-little-green-man-Alien-face-seen-Northern-Lights.html#ixzz2pprIXSC7

Saudi Arabian "Sand Geyser" Phenomenon Revisited - 2006 mystery solved?

(Apparently no one, official or otherwise has come out and stated how this sand geyser occurred. No one has solved the mystery. I suggest that the viewer look closely and top the video every second or two especially at 28 secs, 33, 34, 1.07, 1.17, 1.34- 1.38 and more. Look for faces, that of which look like skulls. Many people on utube around the world have taken videos of what appears to be certain types of images in the clouds in the sky which look like demons, angels, animals and even Jesus. To those of us who have studied the subject of angels and demons and who have observed them ourselves I would point out that angels and demons can morph or shapeshift into anything they wish such as flying saucers or various shapes, glowing orbs of various colors, animals, and more. They use the elements including fire, tornadoes and more to appear. Angels, especially fallen angels bleed through from another dimension but only for short times. In the future very close to the end times God will allow all demons and fallen angels, and other creatures to be seen by all humans. I suggest that there may be demons from the abyss coming out of that sand geyser. They want out of the abyss badly, and they know that one day God will allow them out to be used by God to punish the unbelievers on earth. They are just anxious now and maybe God is giving us a preview with this, and with all the demons, angels, animals etc. being seen in the clouds.Sol-War)

The video you are about to watch was filmed by a driver who stopped along the freeway with many others just outside Al-Ahsa City, in Saudi Arabia. Throughout the last few years there have been many theories put forth as to what caused this phenomenon. Along with those theories, various names have been used to describe it, like "Sand Geyser," "Sand Fountain," "Sand Volcano," and "Sand Injectites." The quality of the video is not the best because it was filmed with a cell phone, and the person who filmed it has not ever identified himself. However, the video is good enough to show that something very powerful was taking place in the desert that day.

Sudi Arabian Sand Geyser
Sand geyser outside of Al-Asha City, Saudi Arabia
The video was taken in 2006, but to this day there is very limited information about what exactly happened to create such a spectacular eruption. Try as I have, I could not find any information about the phenomenon that would bring me any closer to understanding what happened that day. So after 5 years it seems that whatever took place is still a mystery.

What I did learn about the phenomenon was that there was no seismic activity recorded at the time, and witnesses reported that no water or oil mixed in the sand. There was also no evidence of a natural gas leak, as many of the people standing around were smoking and no fires erupted. Adding to the mystery is that there have been no reports of another such event happening anywhere in the world since.

At the time, it was reported that the Saudi government sent out scientists and geological experts from the state-run Aramco Oil Company to investigate the phenomenon. However, after 5 years they have yet to release their findings to the public.

This actually falls in line with the way the royal family handles situations about events which they themselves are confused about. The House of Saud keeps a very tight rein on their subjects, and they do so by taking advantage of their religious beliefs.

History shows us that Islam has only survived because its followers are usually kept in a state of fear and or poverty. Even in Muslim countries whose citizens are better off economically, the leaders use Sharia law to keep the citizens in a dark-ages mentality when it comes to true freedom. So when it comes to being forthright with their citizens, the less open they are the easier it is to control them. That's especially true when it comes to such events like the sand geyser phenomenon.

In Saudi Arabia, the House of Saud must also contend with the fact that because they use an Islamic theocracy to rule, they are claiming that an infallible god is in charge. So the government would rather be silent about their inability to explain the phenomenon. After all, if the ruling family is clueless, then they don't have a direct line of communication with Allah. That would mean that Allah is not in charge, and that means the House of Saud would have a big problem controlling their subjects.

To read more:

http://newsblaze.com/story/20110820152257vike.nb/topstory.html#sthash.QtgB4e55.dpuf

The Satanic Illuminati and the Pyramids Exposed - Through Deception They Rule The World-video

New York Times DC correspondent covers up 9/11- {FBI DANCING ISRAEILIS REPORT-NYPD EVIDENCE}

By Kevin Barrett, for Press TV

With some people – the really bad liars – it’s easy to spot what criminologists call “guilty demeanor.”
When George W. Bush sat reading to schoolchildren on the morning of 9/11, remaining in the classroom for almost ten minutes after supposedly learning that America was under attack, the guilty look on his face was palpable.
At 9:03 that morning, as schoolchildren chanted “kite plane must hit steel,” Chief of Staff Andrew Card supposedly whispered in Bush’s ear: “A second plane has hit the World Trade Center, America is under attack.” But in reality, Card could not possibly have told Bush that. Whatever Card said required only two seconds. That was not enough time to explain a novel situation outside the President’s usual frame of reference.
In fact, Card must have said something like: “The operation is under way, await further instructions.”
If the Secret Service had really learned that America was under surprise attack, its agents would have immediately grabbed Bush and rushed him – at full speed – to a safe location. Instead, Bush just sat there looking guilty as the children read the book “My Pet Goat” for eight or nine minutes while the Secret Service did nothing.
When the reading session finally ended, Bush remained at the school for another twenty minutes.
After Bush had dawdled nearly half an hour in the classroom, the presidential motorcade took its time following the pre-announced route to the airport. Bush’s plane unhurriedly took off around 10 a.m. – almost an hour after Bush supposedly learned of the 9/11 “surprise attack.”
The whole world knew exactly where Bush was; the school event had been widely publicized in advance. If hijacked planes had really been used as missiles that day, the President would have been considered their number one target. But apparently the Secret Service knew Bush wasn’t in danger. The Secret Service’s complete lack of interest in the safety of the Commander-in-Chief (and in their own safety) proves, all by itself, that 9/11 was an inside job.
New York Times “embedded White House journalist” David Sanger was in the Florida classroom that day. He saw with his own eyes that the Secret Service knew Bush wasn’t a target.
In the twelve-and-a-half years that followed, Sanger never breathed a word about the obvious Secret Service foreknowledge.
That raises the term “embedded journalist” to a whole new level.
A few days ago, Sanger followed in the footsteps of the “Pet Goat President,” and gave the world another lesson in “guilty demeanor.”
During a C-Span interview, Sanger was asked by a 9/11 survivor why the New York Times has refused to cover the obvious controlled demolition of World Trade Center Building 7. Sanger’s response was evasive, obfuscatory, and mendacious.

CSPAN Caller Asks NYT's David Sanger Why Paper is Ignoring Evidence of Building 7 Demolition on 9/11

The C-Span caller asked Sanger:
“Across the street from the New York Times building there’s a billboard asking where your paper’s coverage is of the over 2,000 architects and engineers who are demanding a new investigation of Building 7′s destruction on 9/11, and the overwhelming evidence that pre-planted explosives destroyed it. Since this has everything to do with our national security, can you explain what rational and scientific basis your paper has for failing to fairly and objectively cover this crucial issue?”
Sanger’s demeanor suggested he knew he was lying as he gave this circuitous answer:
“Trust me, the people who work at the New York Times have as much of a critical interest in what happened on 9/11 as anybody else. Because not only are they reporters there, but they live and work within the city. And we’ve devoted a fairly considerable amount of reportorial time over the past number of years to the question of all the different theories – conspiracy theories, regular theories, non-conspiracy theories – about what happened on that day. And you’ve heard the huge variety of them. We have not yet found any convincing evidence to suggest that there was a plot …that there was a plot that the President knew about in advance, which was one of the issues that came up. I was with the President on 9/11 at the school in Florida. I can tell you that he looked pretty shocked by what had happened, and shell-shocked by what had happened. And we have not found any evidence so far. That doesn’t mean that there’s none there. But we have not found any evidence so far to suggest that the building collapses were caused by anything other than the two airplanes that flew into them.”
Sanger blatantly evaded the caller’s question about Building 7. When he blamed the explosive destruction of the Twin Towers, and the smooth free-fall drop of Building 7, on “the two airplanes that flew into them” he was lying in two ways.
First, no airplane flew into Building 7.
Second, Sanger must know that the US government agency NIST admits that the planes and their jet fuel did very little damage to the Twin Towers. NIST blames office fires fueled by burning paper and carpets, not plane crashes or jet fuel, for the explosive pulverization of most of the Towers and their contents.
But whatever happened to the Towers, the destruction of Building 7 was the most obvious – and most perfect – controlled demolition in history. No smoother and more symmetrical near-free-fall implosion of a tall building has ever been recorded. Even Canadian scientist Frank Greening, the most prominent defender of NIST’s account of the destruction of the Twin Towers, has been forced to admit that NIST’s claim that Building 7 “just fell down from office fires” is ludicrous.
If David Sanger is really unaware of any evidence that Building 7 was destroyed by controlled demolition, he should just call up Frank Greening, the most-cited defender of the US government’s position on the destruction of the World Trade Center. Or he could try any of the more than 2000 Architects and Engineers.
Sanger’s bad faith – or his guilt-induced brain-freeze – is obvious when he divides the “different theories” about 9/11 into three categories: “Conspiracy theories, regular theories, and non-conspiracy theories.”
What can this possibly mean?
A “conspiracy” is a plan by a group of two or more people to commit a crime. How could there possibly be a “regular theory” or a “non-conspiracy theory” of 9/11? Is Sanger suggesting that a single individual may have acted alone?
As an embedded national security journalist, Sanger knows that the CIA was responsible for putting the weaponized term “conspiracy theorist” into circulation. The terms “conspiracy theory” and “conspiracy theorist” were virtually unheard-of until the mid-1960s, when the CIA issued a memorandum to its thousands of Operation Mockingbird media assets telling them to attack JFK assassination researchers using those words. That memo is preserved as CIA Document 1035-960, released in response to a 1976 FOIA request by none other than the New York Times.
Apparently the CIA put out a similar memo after 9/11. And Sanger apparently got the memo.
Or maybe he didn’t need to.
Sanger has been a speaker at Foundation for Defense of Democracies – the neocon-Zionist successor to Project for a New American Century, which openly called for a “new Pearl Harbor” exactly one year before 9/11

9/11 FALSE FLAG NEW AMERICAN CENTURY PEARL HARBOR PNAC

FBI DANCING ISRAEILIS REPORT-NYPD EVIDENCE

9-11 Mossad 'Mural Van' - Police Radio Transmission

Former New York Times journalist Phillip Weiss calls Sanger a “complete insider” and a proponent of the Zionist notion that Iran is a threat to America.
Weiss has elsewhere alluded to another of Sanger’s possible motives for complicity in 9/11: Zionist sympathies. In his article “Do Jews dominate in American media? And so what if we do?” Weiss points out that the majority of his former colleagues and bosses at the New York Times are, in effect, Israeli propagandists: “The Jewish cohort of which I am a part has largely accepted the duty … of supporting Israel.”
David Sanger must know that Zionist billionaire Larry Silverstein, a close friend of Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu, bought the condemned-for-asbestos World Trade Center just six weeks before 9/11, doubled the insurance, then collected double-indemnity due to the “two unrelated terror attacks” (the two planes). Silverstein has confessed twice on television to the controlled demolition of World Trade Center Building 7.
Sanger must know that Netanyahu’s first reaction to 9/11 was “It’s very good!”  He must know that Israeli spies were arrested in New York filming and celebrating the destruction of the World Trade Center. He must know about the New York Police Department radio recording describing Israelis being arrested on 9/11 near the George Washington Bridge with a truck full of explosives.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/12/29/nyt911/

#5-Prophet Ezekiel's Vision of God,Ezekiel 1,10,Cherubim,4 living creatures,God's Throne,pictures-video

Frankenstein” organs proposed for human enhancement-(The Serpentine factor)

(Satan and his fallen angels are influencing human scientists, sons of darkness, to introduce the Serpentine factor in humans, including serpent DNA in order to destroy all of Adams DNA made by God.Sol-War)


Much ink has been spilt in debates about human-animal hybrids. Many ethicists argue from a shared intuition of repugnance that we should not create chimeras. But what about creating hybrid organs to enhance the functioning of the human body? Do arguments about chimeras still apply?
This question is increasingly relevant with the rapid development of synthetic biology.
Using 3D printing, A British artist has produced prototypes of “frankenstein-esque hybrid organs” that could hypothetically solve a variety of serious human health problems. Agatha Haines from the Royal College of Art 3D-printed organs utilizing advantageous features of rattlesnakes, leeches, and electric eels.
Using the electrolyte cells from an electric eel, Haines created an ‘organic defibrillator’ (she dubbed it Electrostabilis Cardium). If this hybrid organ recognized signs of cardiac failure, it could deliver a shock of 600 volts to restart the heart.
Another organ, featuring muscles from a rattlesnake, could be implanted into patients with cystic fibrosis to release mucus from their respiratory system and dispel it through their digestive system.
Her work is on display at a the Grow Your Own: Life After Nature exhibition at Trinity College, Dublin.
There is an extensive literature on the ethics of transplanting organs between humans and other animals. The creation of bespoke hybrid organs has received less attention.

To read more:

http://stratrisks.com/geostrat/16621

What if you tell people the truth?

What if you tell people the truth? (unknown author)

People stop talking to you.

If you start to speak the truth, be prepared that some people will stop to talk with you. This can be your family, your friends, your colleagues and your investors. Prepare yourself for the fact that your environment will change drastically and this applies to both real people and your "friends" on social networks.

When you say the truth, it's hard not to offend someone. But we also know that only those who resent it is profitable. If a person is honest with itself, it is very difficult to offend. You can call him a puzzled her.

• People might think that you have decided to settle the score with life.

Imagine what will happen if you start writing your feed only the truth? Chances are, if the day was heavy, each post will resemble a suicide note or it will be clearly legible signs manikal′no-depressive psychosis.

• People will start to think you're mad.

Reading your writing or communicating personally with you for many will be a natural question: "are you crazy?!" it is possible that they will start asking this question your friends or loved ones and be interested in your overall mental state. Can someone politely suggest a good psychoanalyst.

• People afraid.

People will hang up on you labels. Someone might say that you are just trying to stand out among the crowd and not be like everyone else "(crazy or mad genius — who would be?). Someone will name upstart. Telling the truth is not quite a natural behavior for modern Homo sapiens, and nobody likes it when at a corporate meeting, someone stands up and begins to speak the truth about what is wrong. In General, few people like to speak the truth about notoriously botched things.

• People will find you amusing.

Once you get used to people saying, some even find you amusing and people will begin to come back to you. It is interesting that this time vyčudit this crazy? And, most importantly, they will be 100% sure about truthfulness of written or told you. You will become for them almost the only source of uncensored news. You will become something of the series from which it is difficult to break away, only cooler.

• People will trust your advice.

After the stage of addiction and sticking, people will start to trust you. Because they will know exactly what you will tell them the truth, and not napoete's ear beautiful stories just to sell something. They could not love you, they may even fear you, but the advice is still to come. You can become something of a last resort, King Solomon in his settlement.

• You will become free.

And last, the most pleasant stage is you become free from its golden cage of own brand and build a new brand that will have no borders. If before, you're not saying that you really liked or that you really thought on a particular subject because of fear of someone not to pander or lose friends, now you will be able to say what you really think. Because there will be people that you like because of their personal preference, not because you agree with them just to please.

And you definitely will become easier, because now you will not have to keep track of what you wrote, or that clothed, or for those with whom you now appear in your photos. You is you. And next to you are the people who love you, appreciate you and trust you because of this.

Don't confuse honesty with frank vulgarity and brutality. This freedom does not mean that you can say mean things to the right and to the left. This freedom means that now you can build your personal brand on trust, make yourself better and learn to be responsible for this.

The Third Force-by Preston James

IS THERE A MYSTERIOUS AND SUPERIOR THIRD FORCE THAT IS COVERTLY MANIPULATING THE WORLD THROUGH A SMALL NUMBER OF SUPER-ELITES WHO RUN THE WORLD’S MOST POWERFUL NATIONS ?

Is this THIRD FORCE non-human or alien and are the major world powers being separately controlled by this entity in different dress inside each nation state’s highest echelons of government? Is there an overall coordinated purpose of this THIRD FORCE to create a NWO Globalist One-World Tyranny?

WHAT ARE ITS GOALS AND METHODS AND HOW LONG HAS THIS ENTITY BEEN INFLUENCING MANKIND ?

Is their apparent end-game the drastic reduction of the world’s population through mass eugenics & world war after which they plan to establish a one world global empire with a single dictator, a new “Caesar of the Ages”?

DO THEY PLAN TO DESTROY THE HUMAN RACE AS IT IS NOW AND MORPH IT INTO A NEW TRANSHUMAN GENETIC ORGANISM TO FUNCTION AS THEIR SLAVES ?

Is this THIRD FORCE a completely evil non-human parasite with superior intelligence that promotes the philosophy “the end justifies the means” in order to more quickly attain its long term goals?

HAS THIS ENTITY BEEN STOPPED COLD IN THE PAST AND HOW WAS THAT DONE ?

HOW CAN IT BE STOPPED COLD IN ITS TRACKS NOW

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/01/03/the-third-force/

HAS THIS ENTITY BEEN STOPPED COLD IN THE PAST AND HOW WAS THAT DONE ?

HOW CAN IT BE STOPPED COLD IN ITS TRACKS NOW

THE ANSWER is HERE

http://www.sol-war.ru/spiritual.html#axzz2Qn7GlNx8

The New Nephilim Men Of Renown-video

"Star Kids" The Nephilim Among Us-video

What’s wrong with violence? - We Americans, right along with foreigners, are under attack by the military/intelligence complex.

Excerpts:

 We Americans, right along with foreigners, are under attack by the military/intelligence complex.

 ...The technique of PSYOP. The intended effect is demoralization

In this time of the known intent of the federal government, which has authorized itself to arrest us without charge, hold us indefinitely, disappear, torture and kill us – all according to laws such as the PATRIOT Act and NDAA – in times such as these we don’t require any more scare stories that do not have recommendations attached to them. Such scare stories should be shunned if they don’t include proposed solutions because they only serve the federal PSYOP program of demoralization. We don’t need any more “news.” We don’t need any more analysis. We are in information overload and, like the NSA itself, we are all clogged up with both metadata and content.

 The federal government thinks violence is fine. It just wants a total monopoly on its use. The federal government is a big version of the Israeli government. It is easily offended when anyone or any weaker country objects to the official use of violence. But now it’s time to do a lot more than object. Cops, too, think violence is fine as long as they’re doing it

 There is a cowardly thing happening now: the revelations of Ed Snowden are suspected to be CIA disinformation, or PSYOP. The one million seven hundred thousand top secret documents he released are actually intended to demoralize us into giving up. The truth is that the cowards giving this excuse have already given up and will use this excuse to justify their unwillingness to fight the tyrants.

To read more:

http://www.stewwebb.com/2014/01/07/whats-wrong-with-violence/

The world according to the global power brokers

When the World Economic Forum released its 2013 Global Risks Report earlier this year, it included an interesting array of proposals which should raise eyebrows and be taken very seriously.
The World Economic Forum (WEF) used risk management exercises to address many of the challenges that we all know about – growing social and political violence, the West’s on-going financial collapse, food and water shortages, and the Elite’s all-time favorite “global terrorism”.
However, they also worked out “proposals for government” and some rather uncanny “X Factors” which, coming as they do from one of the global powers favorite think-tanks, we would do well to read between the lines.

As German playwright Johann W. Goethe once remarked, “coming events cast their shadows forwards”. This is particularly true when those shadows are cast by global power brokers in a position to drive and control those coming events, according to their hearts’ desire, and here we are talking about the World Economic Forum (WEF), founded in 1971. Chaired by Klaus Schwab, who sits on David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission, means he has direct access to the families of Rockefeller, Bush, Soros, Kissinger, Brzezinski, Rothschild, Lazard, Harriman, Montbatten, Warburg, Schiff, Borbón, and Orange.

Indeed, it is from behind these curtains that the global elite are planning to impose a world government on all mankind; by designing, planning, and executing the macro-changes that they need to impose upon all countries – each according to need and in their due time - as the process of privatizing global power rams forwards on a global scale.

Two interesting issues are being highlighted by the elite through the WEF: the re-engineering of national governments, and the introduction of so-called “X Factors” into the collective psyche.

The future of government
Subtitled “Lessons Learned from around the World; Global Agenda Council on the Future of Government”, this WEF piece written in 2011 echoes the Council on Foreign Relations academic, Richard Gardner’s seminal essay written almost forty years ago on the “hard road to the new world order”, where he recommended sovereign Nation-states should be eroded “piece by piece”.

This Report urges governments to “align to the future by adapting and continuously evolving to create value”, adding that governments “need to stay relevant by being responsive to rapidly changing conditions and citizens’ expectations, and build capacity to operate effectively in complex, interdependent networks of organizations and systems across the public, private and non-profit sectors to co-produce public value.”

It then goes on to recommend “what is needed today is Flatter, Agile, Streamlined and Tech-enabled (FAST) government.”

Translating this think-tankese mumbo-jumbo into English, we get:

Flatter = less authority; less sovereignty;

Agile = more malleable; controllable;

Streamlined = less meaningful; less powerful.

Tech-enabled = subservient to those who own/operate/control technological R&D.

Need we remind ourselves that the true mission of sovereign nation-states is not to “adapt and continuously evolve” which, again, is think-tankese for “aligning to the coming world government, or else”?

The true and inalienable functions of sovereign nation-states and their governments are to:

Promote the Common Good of the vast majority of the people over and above the interests and greed of powerful local and/or foreign minorities, that are embedded in local, public and private power structures, and

Defend the country’s national interest in today’s dangerous, even deadly, world made so precisely because of small and illegitimately powerful minorities that have everywhere usurped far too much power.

President Putin of Russia understands this only too well; so does president Xi Jinping of China.  Most other countries, however, either never learned this fundamental lesson or seem to have forgotten it.

The global elites suggest a number of measures to “align civil service systems to the requirements of their proposed ‘FAST Governments’ based on such factors as carefully planned workforce reductions coupled with the significant organizational, technological and workforce advances inherent in FAST governments to build slim and streamlined organizations that can thrive in the new world order... Adaptive governments that share labor, services and resources through networked approaches and Gov 2.0 strategies can remain slim while delivering on their mission in effective and innovative ways.”

Yes, I know: this sounds far more like a Corporate Annual Report than a geopolitical piece for creative statesmanship.

“The authors challenge governments to design and implement two new complementary ways of assessing governments’ performance. The first set of measures consists of a holistic approach to government performance along the four axes defined earlier as FAST.  The second set of measures focuses on measuring the value of such transformation to citizens.”

If where it says “government”, you read “corporations”, and where it says “citizens”, you read “clients”, then you get a blueprint for private government.

“X-Factors”
Prying farther into what the future holds in store for us, Mr. Schwab’s team partnered with the editors of Britain’s leading science journal, Nature, and came up with a series of “X Factors”, five of which are truly revolutionary game-changers.

Just take a look at them, and then let’s infer what might lie behind the curtain:

1) “Runaway climate change: Is it possible that we have already passed a point of no return and that Earth’s atmosphere is tipping rapidly into an inhospitable state?” This ties in nicely with the Elite’s proposal of imposing a Global Carbon Tax backed by the coming world government’s legal framework, which will serve as a tool to control every country, region, city, and individual by allocating “carbon credits” based on their “carbon footprint”, thereby globally controlling all permissible activity.

2) “Significant cognitive enhancement: Ethical dilemmas akin to doping in sports could start to extend into daily working life; an arms race in the neural ‘enhancement’ of combat troops could also ensue.” Such scientific and technological breakthroughs are all basically controlled through the global network of mega corporate high-tech laboratories.  We have an example in Monsanto’s patenting of genetically modified seeds; the leitmotiv is to impose uncrackable, unhackable, high-tech and secret encoding over just about every resource on planet Earth: from seeds to sports competitions; from NSA eavesdropping to military gear. The coming world government will reserve for its exclusive use specific override code factors that will allow them to take over communications systems, power grids and aircraft – military and civilian, in flight and on the ground (9/11 Conspiracy Theorists take note!).

3) “Rogue deployment of geo-engineering: Technology is now being developed to manipulate the climate; a state or private individual could use it unilaterally.”  As if we did not know about Project HAARP – High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program – based in Alaska and Norway which has been undoubtedly playing dirty tricks all over the world, creating droughts and flooding!!

It appears that HAARP installations can generate directed high power electromagnetic standing waves over specific geographical areas that interfere with weather fronts, stopping rain clouds in their tracks. This can lead to too much rain on one side (floods) and too little rain on the other (droughts) of these invisible standing waves.

Also, as geologists well know, certain high power precisely aimed radio frequencies can be made to resonate with tectonic plates that are “ready to slip”; so with the right data the HAARP weapon might be used to trigger earthquakes/seaquakes that are “ready to happen”.

4) “Costs of living longer: Medical advances are prolonging life, but long-term palliative care is expensive. Covering the costs associated with old age could be a struggle.” A warning: The mysterious and anonymous Georgia Guidestones erected in 1980 in Ebert, Georgia which read like the global commandments, starts off by recommending the elites “maintain humanity under 500.000.000, in perpetual balance with nature”.  Global depopulation is a-coming…

5) “Discovery of alien life: Proof of life’s existence elsewhere in the universe could have profound psychological implications for human belief systems.” What a convincing way to bring on world government almost overnight!  In a Speech at the UN in 1987, former US President Ronald Reagan asked “how quickly our differences worldwide would vanish if we were facing an alien threat from outside this world. And yet, I ask is not an alien force ALREADY among us?”  Hmmm…

Contact with alien life forms would demand a unified representation for all of mankind; yes indeed: a world government.  And, of course, over the past 70 years, Hollywood has mentally programmed the world to accept that any such contact would be with the Elite’s key representative, the United States. If one day soon little green men from Mars were to tell any human, “take me to your leader”, the proper landing strip will, of course, be the White House lawn.

The think-tankese conclusion: “The Global Risks Report is the flagship research publication of the ‘World Economic Forum’s Risk Response Network’ providing an independent platform for stakeholders to explore ways to collaborate on building resilience to global risks.”

Translation: Whoever controls the global agenda, the politically correct limits of debate and technological change, has an awfully huge edge over the rest of mankind, whether they are grouped by regions, nations, ideologies, demographics, raw material wealth, or whatever.

To read more:

http://rt.com/op-edge/world-economy-power-brokers-forum-996/

Charlotte Iserbyt Explains Havelock’s Change Agent Training

Charlotte comments on her “training in Maine in 1976 on how to become a change agent, using Havelock’s Guide. Mainers should be aware of what has been going on and why their children no longer have “their” value
“I (Charlotte Iserbyt) went through Havelock’s Change Agent Training, to which Bole from Bosnia, refers, in 1976 in Maine and was trained to “identify the resisters in my community” (those parents who resisted all the values destroying programs being implemented in Maine schools) coming out of the National Diffusion Network, U.S. Dept. of Education, and pushed by the Maine Facilitator Center in Gardner, Maine. Being trained to basically “identify myself” – since I was resisting these programs as a school board member in Camden. This federally-funded Marxist teacher training was enough to get me started researching American education and to never, never stop researching and writing about it. It is ironic that I ended up being the Senior Policy Advisor in the office in the U.S. Dept. of Education which was promoting, funding and distributing this information WORLDWIDE, not just into Maine
 The very office which had originally financially, with your tax money, and supported Havelock’s work and his book “Innovations in Education – A Change Agent’s Guide”. By the way, the State of Maine received a gold medal for having accepted the greatest number of these values-destroying programs nationwide. And, of UTMOST importance, the Guidance Counsellor’s journal stated in a special issue it published in May 1977on “death education” that all these programs which had “education” hanging off the end of them: “sex, drugs, alcohol, death, bullying”, etc. were designed to do the opposite of what they told the parents and taxpayers they were designed to do. They were designed TO CHANGE THE CHILDREN’S VALUES FROM ABSOLUTES TO NO ABSOLUTES! (NO RIGHT, NO WRONG)”

To read more:

https://unmasker4maine.wordpress.com/2014/01/02/charlotte-iserbyt-explains-havelocks-change-agent-training/

THROUGH THE LOOKING GLASS- SATANIC JAY Z, MAGNA CARTA- HOLY GRAIL, ILLUMINATI & HER MAJESTY’S SECRET SERVICE

You should be baffled by the representation of Jay Z as the Ancient Greek God Pan. The Satanic Bible lists Pan as one of the Infernal Names of Satan.[1]

mcqueenpanmasonic-    PICTURE !

Pan – “… Satan is not a black god, but negation of God … this is not a Person, but a Force, created for good, but which may represent evil. It is the instrument of Liberty or Free Will. They represent this Force … under the mythologic and horned form of the God Pan; thence came the he-goat of the Sabbat, brother of the Ancient Serpent, and the Light-bearer [Lucifer]…” [Albert Pike, Morals and Dogma, p. 102] [2]

You should equally be puzzled by Jay Z’s album, Magna Carta, Holy Grail, and what it really means or its implication representing a significant Satanic paradigm shift in the control of the masses of color, and the deliberate manipulation for demonic designs of the Black Entertainment Industry by the New World Order to prepare the masses to bow down to the Coming of Lucifer’s Messiah, the Anti-Christ of the Book of Revelation. They intend to kill over half the people of the planet. According to America’s highness elected official, President Richard Milhous Nixon, they intend to exterminate the black masses within the next 500 years.

Don’t be fooled or dumb down by false images and ILLUSIONS. These people aren’t playing with anyone. They’re weren’t playing in the Atlantic Slave Trade and at Austerlitz. Magna Carta, Holy Grail  is the mind altering song and music that Satanic Jay- Pan plays to the masses for the New World Order, ILLUMINATI, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II and the Coming Anti-Christ, Magna Carta, Holy Grail, Heaven by Jay Z, Druid Prince Justin Timberland: “Have you ever?… Have you ever been to Heaven? Have you seen the gates? Have you bow down to your highness? … Live among the Serpents Turn areas into churches…”[3] “

We’re through the looking-glass here, people… white is black and black is white.” JFK, the Movie[4]

2013 New World Order ILLUMINATI Entertainment Awards

The year 2013 has turned into a banner virtual takeover of the multi-million dollar Black Entertainment Industry by the ILLUMINATI, New World Order and Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II. Her Majesty’s film industry, 12 Years a Slave, continue to rack up awards. Recently, the 19th annual Critics’ Choice Movie Awards, 12 Years a Slave, received nods for Best Picture, Best Actor for British Subject- film, television, and theatre actor Chiwetel Ejiofor,[5] Best Supporting Actor for German-Irish Michael Fassbender of Heidelberg, Baden- Württemberg, Germany;[6] Best Supporting Actress for Kenyan Lupita Nyong’o of Mexico City, Mexico,[7]

Best Acting Ensemble, Best Director for Steve McQueen, Best Adapted Screenplay, Best Cinematography, Best Art Direction, Best Editing, Best Costume Design, Best Makeup and Best Score.[8] 12 Years a Slave also received seven bids/nominations for the 71st annual Golden Globe Awards including best film drama, Chiwetel Ejiofor for best actor in a drama and Her Majesty British Secret Agent Steve McQueen for best director.[9] Also in music industry for 2013,

Her Majesty’s Satanic Jay Z leads the nominations for ILLUMINATI/New World Order Demonic Rap Grammy awards. Magna Carta, Holy Grail received nods in almost every rap category. Stranger even, Nirvana benefited from Satanic Jay’s nine Grammy nominations: the track Holy Grail borrows racist lyrics from Smells Like Teen Spirit, so Demonic Kurt Cobain, the Satanist Nirvana, and the “Spirit of Lucifer” are listed among the songwriters for best rap song.[10]

Kurt Cobain admitted that his life’s goal was to “get stoned and worship Satan.” Cobain was obsessed with Luciferian Anton LeVay, founder of the Church of Satan, Cobain even wanted LeVay to record a song with him. Cobain was known to desecrate churches and Christianity by writing “God is gay” and other blasphemies. It was reported that he was also involved in witchcraft. Indeed he did channel demons as Cobain is described as “stumbling on melodies by means he himself didn’t fully understand.”[11] If you happen to believe that Jay Z’s work in the entertainment industry is art for art’s sake, then you are badly informed.

UNHOLY ALLIANCES: Samsung, Wallenbergs & Satanic Jay


Electronic Corporate Giant Samsung of South Korea surprisingly partnered with Satanic Jay to purchase 1 million copies of his “Magna Carta, Holy Grail,” to push a satanic- ILLUMINATI agenda on the masses, and its Samsung Galaxy smart phone users.[12] Samsung is the world’s largest private conglomerate by revenue; in 2009 the group earned US$172.5 billion.[13] South Korea, Samsung, NWO & the Wallenberg Family

The Republic of South Korea (ROK) is a product of the racialist imperialistic policies of Teutonic Knights of the Black Sun, Hitler’s General Reinhard Gelhen,  Allen, and John Foster Dulles, the OSS (Office of Strategic Services) and the CIA. After WWII, the Korean people were exuberant in August 1945 with their new freedom after being subjected to a brutal 40-year Japanese occupation of their historically undivided Peninsula. At the February 1945 Yalta conference, President Franklin Delano Roosevelt suggested to Josef Stalin of Russia, without consulting the Koreans, that Korea should be placed under joint trusteeship following the war before being granted her independence. U.S. intelligence went through with its unilateral intention to place the Korean people under its occupation, and divided Korea into South and North at the 38th parallel, placing the historic capital city of Seoul and 70 percent, or 21 of Korea’s 30 million people in the “American” Southern Zone. On August 15, 1945, the United States Army Military Government in Korea (USAMGIK) was formed and on September 8, 72,000 U.S. troops began arriving to enforce the formal occupation of the south. South Korea was turned into a brutal mass murder “Police State.” Estimates of murdered civilians range anywhere from 200,000 to 800,000 by the time the hot war broke out in June 1950.[14] Since South Korea‘s creation at the 38th parallel, it has been a creature and patsy of U.S. shadow government and intelligence policies. Samsung is a collaborative creature of Korean and U.S. shadow government policy. Its sudden rise in the global electronic industry is also due to its secret collaboration with ILLUMANTI global players and markets.

The earliest usages of the term, Seraphim, refer to serpent demons. Lucifer is often identified as one of the Seraphim.[40]

One of the key members of the Luciferian Royal Order of Seraphim- winged serpents, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II.[41] Whereas, you understand why Samsung could be commanded as an ILLUMINATI puppet to partner with and fund Jay Z in a secret satanic agenda to deceive and control the masses.

SECRET CHRISTIANITY, SATANIC JAY, QUEEN ELIZABETH II, SALISBURY CATHEDRAL, PYTHAGORAS & ARCADIA IMAGERY



* In England, the highest level (Grand Patroness/Order of the Garter) of Freemason and the ILLUMINATI is held by a Magna Carta- Holy Grail Bloodline- Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II.[58]

* The Knights of the Garter are the inner-sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her Majesty’s Most Venerable Order of St. John  [John the Baptist] of Jerusalem. The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the leaders of the Illuminati hierarchy, and Queen Elizabeth II’s most trusted “Privy Council.”[59]

To read more:

http://mindcontrolblackassassins.com/2014/01/03/through-the-looking-glass-satanic-jay-z-magna-carta-holy-grail-illuminati-her-majestys-secret-service/

Naked Transhumanism: Part Two-Frankenstein’s Biology by Cara St. Louis-videos

When last I left you, I hope the basic understanding remaining was that we live in a resonant field — part of which is the atmosphere we move around in — and that this has been changed. Dramatically and not for the better.
It has been changed, quite frankly, such that it and we will respond to frequency in a desired way rather than in a natural or sovereign way.
That idea not only identifies us as the respondents but begs that we dust off our algebra skills and solve for ‘x,’ the unknown. We are already intelligent and responsive, as such. In fact, we are already amazing.
So who, or what entity, would spend so much time, energy and resources to change things such that we respond to a set of variables meant to engender responses we don’t decide on for ourselves? Who exactly wants total control? This could well be the question of our time.
My understanding changes daily at this point. As one person put it, it is like a daily initiation for those who are up to that. I have said all I’m going to say now about clouds.
I am going to focus now on the trance-formation under way at all time from all angles and the evidence…the attempted theft of our sovereign selves. For people who then take up the quest of informing themselves, that will lead back to the clouds anyway.
Frequencies being deliberately aimed at our DNA are creating damage that is then replicated.
Frequencies being deliberately aimed at our DNA are creating damage that is then replicated.
What I will continue to remind everyone of is as follows: this is a direct result of the unspeakable poisons being rained down on us from the airplanes delivering chemical payloads and much of that for the last six decades.
Yes, it can be a weapon one country against another, one control group against the other control group.  But that is the least of our worries.
We are being, in our own way, terraformed. Us, we the people. Made over into something to be used, something that cannot survive without the technology we are harboring.  It has to stop today. Ground the planes. Now. Stop the invasion of our bodies with heavy metals and nano-toxins.
The universe is already and has always been intelligent and responsive. It does not now need to be made that.  The earth is and has always been intelligent and responsive.  She does not now need to be made that.  People are already perfect; we are not broken.  We are being broken. The earth needs to be unleashed, allowed to do what she does.
And, finally, I would remind us all every minute of every day that the technologies we supposedly control? They are cheap copies — and I mean that in every base sense of that word — of capacities and abilities that people already have.
When these capacities dull and atrophy because someone has put a cheap copy in our hands and, either lazy or dazzled, we allow that cheap copy to replace our gifts and abilities, we have been robbed.  I spoke with Mike Harris a few days ago on his radio show and he asked point blank: are we being terraformed? The answer is, yes, you bet.
Sofia Smallstorm
Sofia Smallstorm
I was also supremely lucky in that I had a conversation yesterday with the irreplaceable Sofia Smallstorm.  Much of what follows is possible because she is able to help straighten out basic understandings. So, again, we are indebted.
I would take this opportunity, though, to lead with something I would ordinarily end with: we are majestic. Spiritually mighty.
And we can stop this. It does require, more than anything else, a concerted effort to raise the consciousness.
Activists in this arena are starting to talk about the metaphysics involved, thankfully. That has been something I touch on every time when I speak in Europe but here for the first time in the USA.  This is a spiritual attack of the highest order. Why? Because we are co-creators and the opposition are not.  Lame, limping, ridiculous attempts at creating life…this is what we see.
Dead seeds, the silent forests, GMO animals, nano-life…these things do not live, they give the appearance of life.  They are cheap imitations.  The only thing we need to do is keep ourselves from being avalanched. Say no. Manifest that one act of will. Ground those planes.
And we are being separated from those connections through which our spirit vibrates and through which we create: the soil, the seed, the air, the living water and, yes, the sun.  Global dimming hit twenty percent long ago and yet they aim to keep doing it.
Right. Down to it, then. I have to keep reminding myself that I don’t need to explain everything here but rather point the way to the work of others.
First, are you aware that the Manhattan Project is still running?  I wasn’t either.  However, it is one of the things we need to get under our belts before we go on. (Thanks again to Sofia Smallstorm).  What started out as the atomic weapon testing in the 1940s transformed into the Atomic Energy Commission and then into the Department of Energy and, most recently, in July of 2011, into what’s called The Department of Energy and Environmental Protection.
However, much more importantly, an entity came into being that moved from testing weapons to testing the effects of frequency on living tissues, and Manhattan Project Medical Research was born.
Funded by Nelson Rockefeller and others (please have a look at the videos I provide below), research into the effects of radiation — or frequencies, there’s that word again — on living cells was undertaken on a colossal scale under some familiar names: the American Cancer Society, the Sloane-Kettering Institute, the Jonas Salk Institute and so on.
Please bear in mind that I am naming arms of the Manhattan Project here. Anything can be made very, very shiny with some Madison Avenue polish and a little of the social engineering we know as advertising.
I mean, the term geoengineering itself is pretty snappy, wouldn’t you say? Much of what they know now about how to affect the human cell with frequency comes from this research behemoth and its tentacles.  Radiation is simply a frequency.  The higher the frequency, the greater the damage.
The piezoelectric effect allows human energy to be harvested and used.
The piezoelectric effect allows human energy to be harvested and used.
At this point, I want to remind you that we discussed in Part One, the Piezoelectric Effect.  This is very basic.
Heavy metal nano-particles which saturate our atmosphere are ionizable metallic salts.  These create an atmosphere that has become a conductive plasma.
Our bodies have accumulated enough of these nano-particles to become resonant to outside frequencies…all the way down to our DNA.  Additionally, in future we shall discuss the fact that this same principle allows energy to be harvested from our bodies.
We are surrounded (an understatement if I ever made one) with sources of electro-magnetic frequencies.  They are present in vast quantities and they project frequency at demonic levels.
One of any number of GWEN tower configurations, usually many of which are in our site if we stop and look. They are starting to try to disguise them, as you can see.
One of any number of GWEN tower configurations, usually many of which are in our site if we stop and look. They are starting to try to disguise them, as you can see.
And this, dear Reader, is a by-product of a program called Geoengineering which is meant, we are told, to control global warming and perhaps manage solar flares.
What’s actually happening is vast, broad and deep. You can find these things out for yourselves when you are ready. I am simply trying to bring you the broad strokes because they alone should be enough.
And you will remember that we are playing host to unnatural, unidentifiable, self-unpacking and self-replicating fibers.  These fibers, among many other grotesque abilities, respond to frequency.
Well, that’ll show that Global Warming Monster a thing or two. Wait. What? Does any of this make any sense to you in those terms? Me, either.  Something else is going on and I cannot characterize it as anything but sinister.
Other than telling you that it’s time to familiarize yourself with the work of the folks who are collecting up the hard truths and the data to back it up (see links below), there are a couple of things I want to mention.
One of them is that the events at Fukushima are being and will be used to piggy-back and hide the atrocities of geoengineering.  I suspected this when all of a sudden, we were allowed all kinds of access to that subject which had been impossible to get from March 11, 2011.
__________________________
Here’s why I bring it up.
I just read an article by another activist, Michael T. Snyder, called ‘What is Happening To Alaska?’ In the article he describes the most catastrophic physiological, and fatal, effects on the local animals and wonders if they are the result of Fukushima.
Obviously, the effects of Fukushima are, have already been, and will continue to be reported as staggering. What catches my attention here, though, is the lead:
“Why are huge numbers of (dead) birds dropping dead and washing up along the coastlines of Alaska? It is being reported that many of the carcasses of the dead birds are ‘broken open and bleeding’.”
Am I the only one who has heard this before…many times before..and certainly a good year or more before the event at Fukushima? Let’s recall.  January 1, 2011…ten thousand blackbirds fall dead from the sky en masse in Arkansas and are discovered in the end to have had their organs exploded within their bodies.  Massive, simultaneous, internal bleeding.
This really tends to lead me back to the physiological reality of living beings filled with accumulated nano-particles of aluminum which can then be heated by microwave weapons causing cells to explode and living beings to die of massive internal hemorrhaging.
This is geoengineering, folks. I have long, long been wary and fearful that They would start hiding what they are doing behind Fukushima because the fallout from each would be nearly impossible to untangle unless one is very, very well versed in geoengineering.
I even said to my husband several months ago, and to Jo Conrad on air…wait a minute. How come all of a sudden we have access to all these facts about Fukushima? They never just give up, throw in the towel, and start telling us the truth. There is, in my opinion, some piggy-backing going on here.
PIGGY-BACKING. I am not belittling or denigrating or showing the slightest bit of disrespect for Fukushima. Please understand that. Fukushima is not my area.  It’s that little persistent message in my heart-mind that’s whispering to me on this one. I’m just saying it would be so easy and very tempting to sweep a lot of geoengineering fallout under the catastrophe that is Fukushima. That should not be allowed.
And, the greatest irony of all? Anyone who dares point this out risks being blasted to pieces for daring to tread on sacred ground.  I have to, though, because we are all dying and because it seems like this is what I came here to do.
My theory is that it is why we are ALL here at this time.  Practically speaking, though, I wonder as I write how one would distinguish between clear radiation poisoning and the poisoning caused by heavy metal bioaccumulation and infiltration by nanoparticle sized pseudo-living fibers? And this:
“As you will see below, something is causing mass death events among various populations of fish as well. In addition, it has been reported that large numbers of polar bears, seals and walruses in Alaska are being affected by hair loss and ‘oozing sores’.” and…
“Something is causing Pacific herring to bleed from their gills, bellies and eyeballs…Independent fisheries scientist Alexandra Morton is raising concerns about a disease she says is spreading through Pacific herring causing fish to hemorrhage.  Ms. Morton has called on the federal Department of Fisheries and Oceans to investigate, saying it could cause large-scale herring kills and infect wild salmon, which feed heavily on herring.”
Now, having said this, it has been reported to me as well that there are greater numbers of salmon being caught in the Yukon River than ever before. In fact, Germany is reporting a booming population of seals and such in the North Sea.
Question: does this mean that the animal population is NOT being decimated via the chemicals in the sky and/or ocean elsewhere? Some people are trying to float that theory.  That seems to me to be extremely poor logic.
That’s like saying because lions in Africa continued to breed and sometimes in booming numbers, the radiation fallout from Nagasaki did not matter.  These things do not come with an equals sign between them.
fish-killed-by-oilPlease remember we have been down this trail before, just prior to Fukushima.  The dead fish in Arkansas came just hours after the dead birds.
If memory serves, the bleeding, injuries and physiological devastation that went to the fish in question was blamed on the Corexit poured into the Gulf after the BP disaster.
A neurotoxin? Or radiation?  From where? Both actually and from where matters in the sense that we have to eliminate all of the programs, not just the most obvious or easily blameable.
The fish are not isolated, though, so the disease appearing just at the time the bears and the birds are succumbing to horrific physical issues…well, it’s too much of a coincidence in my mind.
My thought is that sorting this out now will become very difficult and we need to get right on top of this.  My thought is that the best thing to do is keep reminding the public that these things are not ‘new’ to the post-Fukushima planet nor are they linked to nuclear catastrophes exclusively and that we have seen this very, very recently in another guise.
The scientist charged with translating my book into German has been doing extensive investigations on the who and the how in Berlin.  The biggest companies, including the one Super User in the United States, are not even trying to hide what they are doing.
Taking a page from David Keith’s book, you know the Uber Geo-engineer, who just appeared and was sliced and diced by Stephen Colbert in less than six minutes; let’s not lose the plot of one thing by superimposing something else on it.  Apparently, this was his explanation as to why scientists who have known about geoengineering since President Johnson have been ‘terrified’ to speak about it lest we all forget to concentrate on reducing our emissions.
I have to say Keith’s arguments were the most specious I’ve ever seen and a really good example of disinformation.  I have no doubt they were terrified, though.  Up until very recently it has been hazardous to your health to talk about this.
The one thing Keith said that I can agree with is that we need to start talking about it. Yes, please! That’s the biggest open gate the other side has given us.  No more being ‘terrified,’ that lovely word we hear so often.
Directly or indirectly, radiation frequencies aimed at us are destroying our physiology as our DNA has been made to respond on command.
Directly or indirectly, radiation frequencies aimed at us are destroying our physiology as our DNA has been made to respond on command.
Terror. Terrorism. Buzz, button pushed. Reaction generated. I’d love to be able to show you the Colbert video but it’s presence on the internet has been erased if one has not downloaded it.  Imagine that.
But, yes, Dr. Dave, let’s start talking big, loud, and long because I promise you the other side is just getting started. Spin, disinformation, glamorous commercials, even movies about this…it’s all coming.
Because they know, as do many, that capturing the imagination of a people is the way to get them. They know this all too well.
So arm yourself before they get hold of you. Arm yourself with the facts.  And listen for that thin thread of a lie buried within some truth. It’s the lie they care about.
To the best of my knowledge, the following photo is absolutely official.  A screen shot. Viewers have verified and reverified the reality of this. Have a look.
Art imitates reality
Art imitates reality
I’m not going to say anything further about this. I have simply put this there for purposes of meditation and as an example of the possible use of the media in this regard.  The Good Guy uses Chemtrails. Pretty simple, isn’t it?
Having said all of the above, because it was imperative to make note of the ways in which we are constantly being hornswoggled, let us turn back to the discussion of geoengineering-induced transhumanism. They are not just terraforming our planet, they are terraforming all life on this planet…most especially us.
One of the classic markers of Morgellon’s Syndrome is the appearance of lesions, sometimes many inches in diameter and sometimes many in number, that do not heal.  This is caused by the eruption of the skin due to those hollow fibers or tubules we talked about in the first article.
According to Sofia Smallstorm, these fibers, as we said last time can be cultured and grown from tissue: saliva, blood, skin, urine…of animals as well as humans.  They bleed and they ooze and they do not heal.  I believe we just read a similar description in the article on Alaska. Hmmm…
Morgellon's fibers
Morgellon’s fibers
The fibers themselves mock disease cells but are not.  The material inside these tubules, which, as I said previously can be cultured and grown from humans or animals, self-replicate and resemble bacteria.  Some look like mycoplasma but are not. Some look like chlamydia but are not.
These sorts of things do not happen in Nature. The three life kingdoms are eukaryotes (that’s us), bacteria, and archea.  
It seems we now have all three replicating in our bodies.  Are we ‘becoming something else?’ Seems like we would be by definition.  Some are referring to this as transbiology. There are hybrids forming in us.
Again, I want to bring Clifford Carnicom and his group working in New Mexico into the discussion. It is vital.  The following are some of the conclusions from their latest, scientifically incorruptible work.  I will attach the link at the bottom of the article.
 ”It is now understood, to a relatively high level of confidence, the essential molecular and  chemical composition of the Morgellons biological filamentous material.   This knowledge is a prerequisite to understanding at least a portion of the impact to the body and human health.  It now appears, from all available research, that this determined molecular composition can be summarized in the following complex phrase:  
The structure of the filament form appears to be, based upon the best available information to date,  primarily that of an “polycyclic organo-metallic halogenated aromatic amine”.  Substantial evidence also exists for the coupling of a iron-amino acid(cysteine and histidine dipeptide complex).  The implications of such a compound and structure upon human health are profound…
It has been established, through rather painstaking processes over a period of several years, that primary constituents of the growth form are comprised of both iron and amino acids.  The methods to achieve this have been described in detail on previous reports. “
“The essence of impact to health has also been discussed at length, namely, that if these elements are used by the organism for its own growth then those same nutrients are being denied to the human host that supports the invasive growth.  Your iron is at the core of your respiration and hence of all energy transfer within your body; proteins are the structural framework that allows your body to exist and grow.  
The absconding of both iron and amino acids (i.e., proteins) from the human body is by itself of sufficient damage to warrant a full and dedicated allocation of resources to this problem; this has not happened to date.”
Morgellons Fiber
Morgellons Fiber
Perhaps I could mention here Chronic Fatigue Syndrome?  Just a thought.
Okay, so this is one of the things that’s going on, quite definitively, within our bodies thanks to these lovely tubular nano-fibers. We are being made hosts and we are being made sick.  But we are also being made into something else altogether.
The other thing, according to the research and testimony of Dr. Russell Blaylock, is that our neurology is being disrupted and changed.  Broken.  Because the damage at the cellular level due to frequency bombardment causes our DNA to replicate the injured codes, not the healthy codes.  The DNA instructions then are made gibberish.
And that brings us full circle back to Metabiology…Frankenbiology. In essence, this is the study of ways to make biology whatever you want it to be rather than the study of what is.  Some believe that soon everything we are and do will be a result of direction, or interference, from frequencies that originate outside us but cause reactions within us.
There are some who suggest that even our medicine will evolve into a frequency-based thing.  We should add, though, that the largest share of our medical maladies themselves are not, in fact, natural but are frequency-induced.
It does not have to be this way.  We are not broken.  We are being broken.  Land the planes. Raise the consciousness. Now.
Editing:  Erica Wissinger

Trans-Humanism / Genetic Modification of all Life / Nano-Technology / HAARP / Geoengineering - Film

Secret Space War IV: Terra Forming

What specifically is Terra-Forming?
Originally the concept terra-forming was the environmental engineering of a planet to make it habitable by astronauts or migrants from earth. One plan was called the “third option” and involved transporting a select group of top SSG/POP officials to orbital space stations while the earth was undergoing a planned WW3 nuclear exchange, to later return to earth when condition permitted. Others wanted to use this third option to migrate to the moon or perhaps Mars.
Terra-Forming as used in this article represents the complete environmental and biological engineering of planet earth to make it conform to the wishes of lucifer’s chosen, allegedly his fallen angels the Nephilim (aka the Anakem). This huge program is alleged to require deployment of massive and sophisticated psyops and psychotronic mindkontrol, free-trade, de-industrialization of America and Europe, industrialization of China, a worldwide centralized banking system, one world currency following a staged and engineered worldwide and complete financial collapse, and the deployment of massive eugenics involving soft-kill and hard-kill until at least 80% of the population is eliminated.
Allegedly the final plan involves the elimination of all Cutouts even the top SSG officials and POP officials and the elimination of the “eliminator” cutouts who do all the softkill and hardkill once their jobs are completed, leaving only 2% of the humans left to serve as dumbed down, mind-kontrolled worker bees.
Lucifer’s ultimate plan is to destroy all of God Almighty’s earthly creation including animals and humans, and create his own trans-human type monsters who are part machine and part biological, best described as androids.
Formation of the EPA would serve as the prototype for other such massive centralizations of power taken away from the individual states of the union and the citizens of America.
In fact the whole idea of “psuedo-wars” against major social and economic problems actually created by the central USG in the first place has become that main practice of the USG since the publication of the Iron Mountain Report. So we now have the so-called “war on pollution”, the so-called “war on poverty”, the so-called “war on drugs”, the so-called “war on terror”.
All of these problems have been planned and created by the Powers that Be (PTB) who sit at the top of the Pyramid of Power (POP) and their cutouts in the SSG. So now our immediate biggest problem is the staged phony terror such as Murrah and the 911 attacks done by the JCS, the USAF under direction of the zio NeoCons, aka dual Israeli/American traitors and the mossadnik infil-traitors, all supported by the Israeli unregistered intel arms such as the Bnai-Brith, ADL, SPLC and AIPAC and such.
Terra Forming of the Earth requires major changes to all societies, nations and every single nation-state’s environment. Some areas are designated for mining and acquisition of minerals and elements essential to the future plans of the aliens who are planning to form a worldwide NWO Globalist luciferian system with a “new Caesar of the Ages” to serve as world ruler and a complete dictator. Some believe this will be Marduk, others that it will lucifer himself, with Marduk as his great profit or front man paving his way.
If these rumors based on insider leaks are true, most of North America and Canada is scheduled to be massively reduced in population, with only cities allowed which have stacked small 8×10 foot apartments and tightly contained non-mobile populations of “worker-bee serfs” under Agenda 21, with outside open land areas transformed into a large continuous nature center and game reserve. The massive federal acquisition of America’s forest areas is all part of this plan and has been used to prepare Americans to accept such plans as they are deployed.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/07/14/secret-space-war-iv-terra-forming/

From Chemtrails to Pseudo-Life PART 2

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2014/01/03/naked-transhumanism-part-two/

Trans-Humanism / Genetic Modification of all Life / Nano-Technology / HAARP / Geoengineering - Film-video (A must watch)

Federal Crime Reporting Statutes & Consequences for all- 3 videos

ATTENTION;
US GOVERNMENT FEDERAL AGENTS, OPERATIVES, CONTRACTORS, SOLDIERS,
AND ALL OFFICIALS AND OTHER USG EMPLOYEES
AND FOR ALL POLICE and LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS

Whether you are good guys (men and women) SOL Sons of Light, or the criminals SOD Sons of Darkness this applies to all of you. You all have families and loved ones. It does not matter if you believe in the true God or not, He is there watching you.If you have given the orders or participated in atrocities against innocent people, especially children you will suffer the consequences. Or if you have just stayed silent and failed to do anything about these crimes there will also be consequences for you. Sooner or later some or even many of you may be prosecuted in courts. In the end though even if you are not imprisoned you will suffer a worst tragedy in that you and your loved ones will never see each other again in any afterlife. .If you participated in crimes and atrocities your body and soul will be burned to ashes never to be seen or heard of again. This after you have been tortured by demons for a time. Even if you do not believe in God or an afterlife, are you willing to risk it all if you are wrong? If you have invited demons into your life, even unknowingly, while you participated in crimes and atrocities those demons are allowed by God to stay in your family for four generations. Is that what you will leave to your children and grandchildren and beyond? Those demons can and will torture your children. It is better that you do the right thing now even if you must go to prison yourself for a time.
It is time for the good guys to rise up and give evidence against their superiors who have ordered crimes and atrocities and against their fellow man who committed those crimes
If you are one of those who have chosen to follow satan (lucifer) as your god then should you known satan is the father of lies and you will not become immortal, you will die and probably be killed intentionally when satan ad his fallen angels are finished with you. Satan will lose his battle against God. For those you have killed or failed to protect, they are in heaven now, some of whom will be spiritual warriors along with the hold warrior angels.
Your every movement is not only watched by the NSA (satan's human army) who is the least of your problems, but by holy angels who will bring you to judgement before the LORD.
.
Woe to those who make unjust laws,
to those who issue oppressive decrees,
to deprive the poor of their rights
and withhold justice from the oppressed of my people,
making widows their prey
and robbing the fatherless.
What will you do on the day of reckoning,
when disaster comes from afar?
To whom will you run for help?
Where will you leave your riches?
Nothing will remain but to cringe among the captives
or fall among the slain.

--Isaiah 10: 1-4


Romans 1:18 (NIV) The wrath of God is being revealed from heaven against all the godlessness and wickedness of men who suppress the truth by their wickedness,


(The US military, the shadow government inside the US government, pentagon, congress and more are being controlled by chief fallen angels and their hundreds of legions of demonic rebel angels who get their energy from fear, torture, terror, rape, killing, suicides, starvation and war in general which kills innocent humans. These so called soldiers in Abu Gharib including the female soldiers who enjoy torturing and humiliating other humans males for example will be eventually tortured by demons and then burned in the Lake of Fire. the puppet masters on down to the top bankers - 'banksters', through the white house traitors in congress and other top agencies have special places reserved for them where they will be taken for eternal torture while some will be burned to death body and soul. Sol-War),
Operation Terror - Trailer (2012) [HD]-9-1-1 ( video trailer)

Federal Crime Reporting Statutes


The federal offense of failure to disclose a felony, if coupled with some act concealing the felony, such as suppression of evidence, harboring or protecting the person performing the felony, intimidation or harming a witness, or any other act designed to conceal from authorities the fact that a crime has been committed.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 4. Misprision of felony. Whoever, having knowledge of the actual commission of a felony cognizable by a court of the United States, conceals and does not as soon as possible make known the same to some judge or other person in civil or military authority under the United States, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both.
A federal judge, or any other government official, is required as part of the judge's mandatory administrative duties, to receive any offer of information of a federal crime. If that judge blocks such report, that block is a felony under related obstruction of justice statutes, and constitutes a serious offense.

Upon receiving such information, the judge is then required to make it known to a government law enforcement body that is not themselves involved in the federal crime.

Misprision of a Felony

Misprision of a felony is the offense of failure to inform government authorities of a felony that a person knows about. A person commits the crime of misprision of a felony if that person:
Knows of a federal crime that the person has witnessed or that has come to the person's attention, or failed to prevent.
Fails to report it to a federal judge or other federal official (who is not thems4elves involved in the crime).
Another Federal Statute for Forcing A
Federal Officer To Perform a Mandatory Duty

Another federal statute exists for reporting high-level corruption in government:
Title 28 U.S.C. § 1361. Action to compel an officer of the United States to perform his duty. The district courts shall have original jurisdiction of any action in the nature of mandamus to compel an officer or employee of the United States or any agency thereof to perform a duty owed to the plaintiff.
This federal statute permits any citizen to file a lawsuit in the federal courts to obtain a court order requiring a federal official to perform a mandatory duty and to halt unlawful acts. This statute is Title 28 U.S.C. § 1361.
These two statutes are among the most powerful tools in the hands of the people, even a single person, to report corrupt and criminal activities by federal officials−including federal judges−and to circumvent the blocks by those in key positions in the three branches of government. That statute was also repeatedly blocked by federal judges and Justices of the U.S. Supreme Court.
Top Government Personnel Repeatedly
Violating Crime Reporting Statute

For over 40 years, former federal agent Rodney Stich has attempted to report the continuing corruption in the government's aviation safety offices related to a series of continuing aviation disasters, and of criminal activities inflicting great harm upon the American people and upon the United States, to:
Management in government aviation safety offices: FAA and NTSB political board members.
Members of Congress.
Employees of the U.S. Department of Justice.
Federal judges
Supreme Court Justices.
Media personnel with a duty to report major corruption of government personnel.
In every instance, the judges and Justices blocked the reporting of the federal crimes. They became enablers to subsequent tragic, sometimes, deadly, and sometimes catastrophic events.

Decades of Worldwide Consequences of Corruption Of
People in Control of Key U.S. Government Positions

As a result of the widespread corruption in overt and covert government operations, the systemic cover-ups that treat high-level corruption as the "third-rail," and the retaliation against whistleblowers, great American tragedies have repeatedly occurred, and will continue to occur.

Harm to the American public in non-violent areas.

Harm to people of other countries.

Harm to the few people in the United States fighting the high-level corruption in a meaningful manner.

Harm in general.



Criminal Statutes Repeatedly Violated in Schemes To
Block Whistleblower Exposing High Level Corruption

Reading the introduction to this complex series of major events will provide an initial understanding of why these crimes were committed.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 2. Principals. (a) Whoever commits an offense against the United States or aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces or procures its commission, is punishable as a principal. (b) Whoever willfully causes an act to be done which if directly performed by him or another would be an offense against the United States, is punishable as a principal.

Note: The legislative intent to punish as a principal not only one who directly commits an offense and one who "aids, abets, counsels, commands, induces or procures" another to commit an offense, but also anyone who causes the doing of an act which if done by him directly would render him guilty of an offense against the United States. Case law decisions: Rothenburg v. United States, 1918, 38 S.Ct. 18, 245 U.S. 480, 62 L.Ed. 414, and United States v. Giles, 1937, 57 S.Ct. 340, 300 U.S. 41, 81 L.Ed. 493.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 3

Title 18 U.S.C. § 3. Accessory after the fact. Whoever, knowing that an offense against the United States had been committed, receives, relieves, comforts or assists the offender in order to hinder or prevent his apprehension, trial or punishment, is an accessory after the fact.

This criminal act was repeatedly perpetrated by federal judges who not only refused to receive the information about federal crimesthat they must receive as part of their administrative duties under Title 18 U.S.C. § 4 and by their acts that hindered the apprehension and trial of the people committing the offenses that Stich and his group of other former government agents had discovered and sought to report.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 4

Title 18 U.S.C. § 4 (misprision of felony). Whoever, having knowledge of the actual commission of a felony cognizable by a court of the United States, conceals and does not as soon as possible make known the same to some judge or other person in civil or military authority under the United States, shall be fined not more than $500 or imprisoned not more than three years, or both.

Federal judges repeatedly perpetrated this criminal act by blocking the reporting of the federal crimes and not making such information known to proper law enforcement personnel.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1505

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1505. Whoever corruptly ... influences, obstructs, or impedes or endeavors to influence, obstruct, or impede the due the proper administration of the law under which any pending proceeding is being had before any department or agency of the United States ... shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both.

This criminal act occurred several times as federal judges retaliated against Stich for making the reports.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1510

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1510. Obstruction of criminal investigation.
(a) Whoever willfully endeavors by means of bribery to obstruct, delay, or prevent the communication of information relating to a violation of any criminal statute of the United States by any person to a criminal investigator shall be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than five years, or both.

This criminal statute occurred as federal judges refused to receive the evidence that Stich and his group of government insiders sought to report. Federal judges refused to receive the evidence, retaliated against Stich for seeking to make the reports, and then rendered orders barring Stich for the remainder of his life from court access. In this way, Stich was unable to report the federal crimes (and also unable to use federal defenses against the judicial violations of federally protected rights that were inflicting great harm upon Stich.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1512

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1512. Tampering with a witness, victim, or an informant
(b) Whoever knowingly uses intimidation or physical force, threatens, or corruptly persuades another person, or attempts to do so, or engages in misleading conduct toward another person, with intent to–

(1) influence, delay, or prevent the testimony of any person in an official proceeding;

(2) cause or induce any person to–
(A) withhold testimony, or withhold a record, document, or other object, from an official proceeding;
(3) hinder, delay, or prevent the communication to a law enforcement officer or judge of the United States of information relating to the commission or possible commission of a Federal offense ... shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both.
(c) Whoever intentionally harasses another person and thereby hinders, delays, prevents, or dissuades any person from–
(1) attending or testifying in an official proceeding;

(2) reporting to a law enforcement officer or judge of the United States the commission or possible commission of a Federal offense ... (3) arresting or seeking the arrest of another person in connection with a Federal offense; or

(4) causing a criminal prosecution, or a parole or probation revocation preceding, to be sought or instituted, or assisting in such prosecution or proceeding;

or attempts to do so, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
(e) For the purposes of this section–

(1) an official proceeding need not be pending or about to be instituted at the time of the offense; and

(2) the testimony, or the record, document, or other object need not be admissible in evidence or free of a claim of privilege.
Federal judges, and directly Sacramento district judge Milton Schwartz and San Francisco district judge Marilyn Patel, aided by other judges, retaliated against Stich when he exercised the mandatory responsibilities under the federal crime reporting statute, Title 18 U.S.C. Section 4, to report federal crimes "to a federal judge." In this manner they were guilty of criminal acts under several criminal statutes.

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1513

Title 18 U.S.C. § 1513. Retaliating against a witness, victim, or an informant.
(a) Whoever knowingly engages in any conduct and thereby causes bodily injury to another person or damages the tangible property of another person, or threatens to do so, with intent to retaliate against any person for (1) the attendance of a witness or party at an official proceeding, or any testimony given or any record, document, or other object produced by a witness in an official proceeding; or (2) any information relating to the commission or possible commission of a Federal offense ..."

Title 18 U.S.C. § 111

Title 18 U.S.C. § 111. Impeding certain officers or employees. Whoever ... intimidates, or interferes with any person ... while engaged in ... the performance of his official duties shall be fined ... or imprisoned ...

This crime occurred as management personnel at United Airlines and within the FAA interfered with FAA inspectors attempts to report major air safety violations and criminal cover-ups of them by false statements to the inspectors and falsified air safety documents. Many fatal crashes occurred between 1958 and 1978 that were caused by or made possible by these criminal activities.

Title 42 U.S.C. § 1961
Racketeering Enterprise Statutes and Criteria

Title 42 USC § 1961. Definition. As used in this chapter-(1) "racketeering activity" means:
 (A) any act or threat involving ... relating to 1503 (relating to obstruction of justice), section 1510 (relating to obstruction of criminal investigations), section 1511 (relating to obstruction of State or local law enforcement), section 1951 (relating to interference with commerce, robbery or extortion), section 1952 (relating to racketeering, ...
Title 42 USC § 1962. Prohibited Activities.

(b) It shall be unlawful for any person through a pattern or racketeering activity or through collection of an unlawful debt to acquire or maintain, directly or indirectly, any interest in or control of any enterprise which is engaged in, or the activities of which affect, interstate or foreign commerce.
(c) It shall be unlawful for any person employed by or associated with any enterprise engaged in, or the activities of which affect, to conduct or participate, directly or indirectly, in the conduct of such enterprise's affairs through a pattern of racketeering activity or collection of unlawful debt.
(d) It shall be unlawful for any person to conspire to violate any of the provisions of subsections (a), (b), or (c) of this section. ...
See also the definition of conspiracy and criminal racketeering enterprise (RICO)

Title 42 U.S.C. § 1985

Among the multiple tactics used to prevent or hinder former federal agent Rodney Stich and his coalition to continue their attempts to report and publicize the corruption related to a continuing series of aviation disasters and criminal activities in other areas involved conduct by federal judges and a hoard of lawyers. These activities are described in such links as the following:

Hoard of lawyers filing sham lawsuits, from 1982 to 2005, against the former federal agent that repeatedly violated blocks of state and federal laws and constitutional protections.


Actions by several dozen federal judges whose obstruction of justice tactics consisted of major violations of statute, controlling case law, and constitutional protections.

Conduct between doze3ns of federal judges and dozens of lawyers jointly obstructing justice by

Title 42 USC § 1985 Conspiracy to interfere with civil rights

(2) Obstructing justice; intimidating party, witness, or juror. If two or more persons in any State or Territory conspire to deter, by force, intimidation, or threat, any party or witness in any court of the United States from attending such court, or from testifying to any matter pending therein, freely, fully, and truthfully, or to injure such party or witness in his person or property on account of his having so attended or testified−

Or to influence the verdict, presentment, or indictment of any grand or petit juror in any such court, or to injure such juror in his person or property on account of any verdict, presentment, or indictment lawfully assented to by him, or of his being or having been such juror; or if two or more persons conspire for the purpose of impeding, hindering, obstructing, or defeating, in any manner, the due course of justice in any State or Territory, with intent to deny to any citizen the equal protection of the law, or to injure him or his property for lawfully enforcing, or attempting to enforce, the right of any person, or class of persons, to the equal protection of the laws.

Title 42 U.S.C. § 1986

It is a felony for anyone who knows of a violation of another person's civil rights that fails to prevent the violations. This would include federal judges, California judges, Department of Justice employees, members of Congress, and others. Making those violations even more serious, the civil rights violations were involved in obstructing justice. And worse, the obstructing justice tactics enabled to continue the aviation disasters and the harm from other criminal activities that affected the American people and the United States' security.

Title 42 U.S.C. § 1986. Action for neglect to prevent conspiracy

Every person who, having knowledge that any of the wrongs conspired to be done, and mentioned in the preceding section [42 USCS § 1985], are about to be committed, and having power to prevent or aid in preventing the commission of the same, neglects or refuses to do so, if such wrongful act be committed, shall be liable to the party injured, or his legal representatives, for all damages caused by such wrongful act, which such person by reasonable diligence could have prevented; and such damages may be recovered in an action on the case;

And any number of persons guilty of such wrongful neglect or refusal may be joined as defendants in the action, and if the death of any party be caused by any such wrongful act and neglect, the legal representatives of the deceased shall have such action therefore, and may recover not exceeding five thousand dollars damages therein, for the benefit of the widow of the deceased, if there be one, and if there be no widow, then for the benefit of the next of kin of the deceased. But no action under the provisions of this section shall be sustained which is not commenced within one year after the cause of action has accrued.

Johnny Cash - God Is Gonna Cut You Down (Music Video)

Welcome to Zionist History…Now Bend Over (Part II)-by Jonas E. Alexis (Demonic beings controlling US)
(The US military, the shadow government inside the US government, pentagon, congress and more are being controlled by chief fallen angels and their hundreds of legions of demonic rebel angels who get their energy from fear, torture, terror, rape, killing, suicides, starvation and war in general which kills innocent humans. These so called soldiers in Abu Gharib including the female soldiers who enjoy torturing and humiliating other humans males for example will be eventually tortured by demons and then burned in the Lake of Fire. the puppet masters on down to the top bankers - 'banksters', through the white house traitors in congress and other top agencies have special places reserved for them where they will be taken for eternal torture while some will be burned to death body and soul. Sol-War),


Beelzeboul or
Beelzebub

Ruler of Demons Destroys Kings; Aids Foreign Tyrants; Sets Demons upon Men; Makes Men Envious & Murderous & Warlike and commit Sodomy; will Destroy the World
(Sol-War)

1 Peter 5:8 ESV

Be sober-minded; be watchful. Your adversary the devil prowls around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour.
(Sol-War)

2 Thessalonians 2:8-12

King James Version (KJV)

8 And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming:

9 Even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders,

10 And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.

11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie:

12 That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.

Original Eve of Destruction Edited for Barry McGuire

To read more:

http://www.defraudingamerica.com/title_18_usc_4.html

http://www.defraudingamerica.com/obstructing_justice_statutes.html

The Prosecution of Bush, Obama, and the Neoconservatives for Murder, Torture, and Sodomy-with video

by Jonas E. Alexis

obamaweddingThe Obama administration has repeatedly declared that drone strikes have caused next to zero civilian casualties, but a rigorous and extensive study done by Stanford Law School and New York University’s School of Law showed the opposite. The report meticulously declared that
“from June 2004 through mid-September 2012, available data indicate that drone strikes killed 2,562 – 3,325 people in Pakistan, of whom 474 – 881 were civilians, including 176 children…these strikes also injured an additional 1,228 – 1,362 individuals.”[1]
The report continued, “Before this [the people] were all very happy. But after these drones attacks a lot of people are victims and have lost members of their family. A lot of them, they have mental illnesses.”[2]
Therefore, “real threats to U.S. security and to Pakistani civilians exist in the Pakistani border areas now targeted by drones.”[3] In 2009, drone strikes in al-Majala in Southern Yemen took the lives of 14 women and 21 children.[4]
Just a few days after the Newtown incident, the U.S. military dropped drones in Yemen and killed 11 civilians, including women and children. The Yemenis, of course, were frustrated. One Yemeni responded,
“Our entire village is angry at the government and the Americans. If the Americans are responsible, I would have no choice but to sympathize with al-Qaeda because al-Qaeda is fighting America.”[5]
Another individual who was wounded from the drones declared, “If we are ignored and neglected, I would try to take my revenge. I would even hijack an army pickup, drive it back to my village and hold the soldiers in it hostages. I would fight along al-Qaeda’s side against whoever was behind this attack.”[6]
The U.S. has done the same thing in Pakistan and Afghanistan.[7] Even people like former U.S. General Stanley McChrystal were having second thoughts about drones.[8] And those politicians who brazenly declare that drones work have actually never been in the battlefield to see what is actually taking place.
One U.S. drone pilot, Brandon Bryant, who quit his military career in 2012 because of too many civilian killings, lamented,
“I saw men, women and children die during that time. I never thought I would kill that many people. In fact, I thought I couldn’t kill anyone at all.”[9]
He continued to say, “I felt disconnected from humanity for almost a week.”[10] Heather Linebaugh, who served in the U.S. Air Force and worked on the drone program, writes:
“Whenever I read comments by politicians defending [drones], I wish I could ask them some questions. I’d start with: ‘How many women and children have you seen incinerated by a Hellfire missile?’ And: ‘How many men have you seen crawl across a field, trying to make it to the nearest compound for help while bleeding out from severed legs?’”[11]
A few days ago, the New York Times declared that “In some respects, the drone strike in Yemen last week resembled so many others from recent years: A hail of missiles slammed into a convoy of trucks on a remote desert road, killing at least 12 people. But this time the trucks were part of a wedding procession, making the customary journey from the groom’s house to the house of the bride.”[12]
No coincidence here. In fact, the U.S. has actually bombed at least eight wedding ceremonies since 2011.[13]
But take a microphone and randomly start interviewing people about those incidents. Do you think the vast majority of them will know? Or do you think the media really wants them to know? As journalist Tom Engelhardt argues,
“And were a wedding party to be obliterated on a highway anywhere in America on the way to, say, a rehearsal dinner, whatever the cause, it would be a 24/7 tragedy. Our lives would be filled with news of it. Count on that.”[14]
————————————————–
obama-familyNow let us move Engelhardt’s argument to the next level. Let us say that Mr. Obama’s precious children were having some barbecue on their backyard and then an explosive went off (God forbid), which eventually caused severe damages to those precious children.
How would the president and our beloved first lady react? How would America in general feel? Would not the country go into universal mourning? Would not the president pursue further investigation? Would he not do everything in his power to go after the culprits?
We all know what he would do. Right after the Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting, Obama delivered a message saying,
“These tragedies must end and to end them we must change. The majority of those who died today were children—beautiful little kids between the ages of 5 and 10 years old. They had their entire lives ahead of them—birthdays, graduations, weddings, kids of their own. Among the fallen were also teachers — men and women who devoted their lives to helping our children fulfill their dreams.”[15]
Shortly thereafter, One Yemeni blogger by the name of Noon Arabia declared,
“Our children’s blood is not cheaper than American blood and the pain of losing them is just as devastating. Our children matter too, Mr. President! These tragedies ‘also’ must end and to end them ‘YOU’ must change.”[16]
Let us take the next step. How about other precious human beings in the Middle East who have nothing to do with terrorism and who are being exterminated virtually every month by U.S. drone strikes? Are they sub-species?
How about precious Christians who are being exterminated by the rebels/jihadists virtually every week?[17] How about the fact that many of those jihadists—at least 4,000 of them—came from Europe?[18]
How about precious American men and women in the military who are being sodomized and sexually humiliated by the thousands?
It has been estimated that at least 13,900 men were sexually assaulted in the military in 2012. The Associated Press just recently declared that “The number of reported sexual assaults across the military shot up by more than 50 percent” in 2013 alone.[19] Many of those men were and still are just scared to talk about this issue openly because of fear.

The Prosecution of George W. Bush for Murder - Trailer

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/12/31/the-prosecution-of-bush-obama-and-the-neoconservatives-for-murder-torture-and-sodomy/

In the Shadow of Hermes - Juri Lina (Full Length) Genocide {Blood sacrifice} of 65 Million- { THE MOST IMPORTANT FILM OF YOUR LIFE. A MUST WATCH FOR ALL YOUNGER GENERATIONS OF RUSSIAN, UKRAINIANS, AMERICAN, CHINESE AND ALL OTHERS} video

GLOBALISM IS COMMUNISM WITH A DIFFERENT FORM

THE MOST IMPORTANT FILM OF YOUR LIFE.  A MUST WATCH FOR ALL YOUNGER GENERATIONS OF RUSSIAN, UKRAINIANS, AMERICAN,  CHINESE AND ALL OTHERS
_________________________________________________________________________________________________

THIS IS THE REAL HISTORY OF RUSSIA, AMERICA AND FREEMASON COMMUNISM. THE WALL STREET BANKERS AND ROCKEFELLER LED AND FINANCED THE REVOLUTION IN RUSSIA. FREEMASONRY LODGE MOTTOS  'JOIN OR DIE.'  'BE MY BROTHER OR I WILL KILL.YOU.'  LEARN HOW COMMUNISTS SLAUGHTERED UKRAINIAN CHILDREN AND SOLD THE MEAT FROM THEIR BODIES TO EAT.  IN RUSSIA AND UKRAINE 147 MILLION DIED FROM STARVATION AND WERE MURDERED. THE US AND WESTERN POWERS CONSENTED TO THE MURDERS AND CONCENTRATION CAMPS, .AND  ALLOWED CHINA TO FALL TO COMMUNISM.  RUSSIA AND CHINA BOTH KILLED MILLIONS  FOR BLOOD SACRIFICES TO MOLOCK.

As a god worshipped by the Phoenicians and Canaanites, Moloch had associations with a particular kind of propitiatory child sacrifice by parents. Moloch figures in the Book of Deuteronomy and in the Book of Leviticus as a form of idolatry (Leviticus 18:21: "And thou shalt not let any of thy seed pass through the fire to Moloch"). In the Old Testament, Gehenna was a valley by Jerusalem, where apostate Israelites and followers of various Baalim and Caananite gods, including Moloch, sacrificed their children by fire (2 Chr. 28:3, 33:6; Jer. 7:31, 19:2–6).
Pregnant Christian women were chained to trees and their babies cut out of their bodies.

There were many places of public execution in Russia during the days of the Revolution one of which was described by the American Rohrbach Commission, (Defender Magazine, October, 1933):
 "The whole cement floor of the execution hall of the Jewish Cheka of Kiev was flooded with blood; it formed a level of several inches. It was a horrible mixture of blood, brains and pieces of skull. All the walls was bespattered with blood. Pieces of brains and of scalps were sticking to them. A gutter of 25 centimeters wide by 25 centimeters deep and about 10 meters long was along its length full to the top with blood.
 "Some bodies were disemboweled, others had limbs chopped off, some were literally hacked to pieces. Some had their eyes put out the head, face and neck and trunk were covered with deep wounds. Further on, we found a corpse with a wedge driven into its chest. Some had no tongues. In a corner we discovered a quantity of dismembered arms and legs belonging to no bodies that we could locate."

 We already know of the glee with which Jacob Schiff and other Jewish bankers greeted the news that their co-religionaires in Russia were now engaged in the favorite Jewish practice of mass murder, but what of American government officials, who were well-informed by a number of intelligence sources about these atrocities?

The satanic Communist Chekists took pleasure in brutally torturing their victims- Many of who were Roman Catholics: The priests in Kherson were crucified. Archbishop Andronnikov of Perm had his eyes poked out and his ears and nose cut off. There were Chekists who cut open their victim's stomach, pulled out a length of small intestine, nailed it to a telegraph pole, and with a whip forced the victim to run circles around the pole until the whole intestine became unraveled. Eyes of Church dignitaries were poked out, their tongues cut off, and they were buried alive. The Bishop of Voronezh was boiled alive in a big pot, after which monks, revolvers at their heads, were ordered to drink. In Kharkov people were scalped. In Tsaritsyn and Kamyshin peoples hands were amputated with a saw. In Poltava and Kremchug the victims were impaled. In Odessa they were roasted alive in ovens or ripped to pieces. In Kiev, victims were placed in coffins with decomposing bodies and buried alive.

Alexander Solzhenitsyn relates that some sixty-six million "real Russians" have been murdered since the Bolshevik Revolution at the hands of the Yiddish revolutionaries, and now three hundred million citizens of the United States await their turn in the abattoirs of the bloodthirsty Zionist terrorists.(What do you think HOMELAND SECURITY  was set up for?)
http://www.rense.com/general86/realholo.htm

CHINESE COMMUNISTS TORTURED MILLIONS, CUT OPEN THEIR STOMACHS WHILE ALIVE AND REMOVED HEARTS AND LIVERS, THEN CUT UP THE BODY IN PARTS TO EAT, EVEN SERVING HUMAN MEAT IN THE DINING ROOMS OF THE ELITE. 140 MILLION WERE KILLED IN CHINA. A TOTAL OF 300 MILLION PEOPLE DIED UNDER COMMUNISM WORLDWIDE. WHEN THE SOVIET UNION BROKE UP THE CRIMINALS INSIDE GOVERNMENT WHO WERE NOT MASONS JOINED FREEMASONRY FOR PROTECTION.

GLOBALISM IS COMMUNISM WITH A DIFFERENT FORM. THE ILLUMINATI CAN NOT STAND THE LIGHT OF TRUTH AND SEEK TO AVOID IT. THOSE WHO WILL IGNORE THE 300 MILLION TOTAL VICTIMS OF COMMUNISM SHARE THE MORAL RESPONSIBILITY.

WE WILL WIN AGAINST THE GLOBALISTS.

Published on Sep 7, 2012
Based on the widely censored book, "Under the Sign of the Scorpion" by Juri Lina, available as a free PDF download.
http://zioncrimefactory.com/wp-conten...

Also download the brand new e-book on how zionists have destroyed western civilization over the past 100 years especially. The free 121 page E-book is available here...

Select "save file" when downloading.
PDF file: http://www.mediafire.com/?3ik41jujwbo...
MS Word file: http://www.mediafire.com/?b4xvm72wxf1...

Reality Check for American Tyrants-by Preston James {America is now being transformed into an active war zone as part of the phony “war on terror”.}

America is now being transformed into an active war zone as part of the phony “war on terror”.
The USG and it’s top Policy-Makers are now transforming America (at least in their own minds) into a nationwide active war zone by labeling any American dissident a domestic terrorists and classifying over 50% of all Americans as either terrorists, domestic terrorists or potential domestic terrorists.
This ought to send a big chill down every normal person’s spine, even if you who work in the “Federal Family”. This of course is just another ploy to enhance the Industrial Defense complex’s bottom line by bringing war home to America, the first volley of which was fired on 9/11 by the USG and its partners in crime as a Gladio-style inside-job False-Flag attack.
So-called “Anti-terrorist” training is provided by those who are actually the world’s top terrorists and originators of world terror.
And all those who are in high positions of illegitimate power inside the USG and the Secret Shadow Government (SSG), you should realize that contrary to all your DHS and counter-terrorist training by the ADL and your all expenses-paid “koolaide-drinking” junkets to Israel for training from the world’s top terrorists (who are actually just pretending to be the top fighters of terrorists), you have been grossly misled and probably need a good dose of reality to wake you up.
Unless America gets some new non-criminal leadership with serious integrity that is drastically different and starts following the Rule of Law, the Constitution and Bill or Rights, a civil war is probably imminent.

The Truthseeker: US civil war is coming (E22)

YouTube - Veterans Today -
DHS and TSA have been completely out of control and are a plague on the land, unconstitutional, criminal enterprises.
DHS and TSA are completely incompetent and tools of growing tyranny against the American people. They are bloated and wasteful beyond reason and have no other function except to harass “we the people” and attempt to train folks to be good little slaves.

Rep. Mica - We Never Intended Homeland Security to Bloat Out of Control

YouTube - Veterans Today -
New American tyrants and their minions desire to place a boot in the face of American 24/7.
dhs-terrorist-300x145This is a heads up to you tyrannical top USG, SSG and DHS top Policy-Makers and minions that feel invulnerable and believe you can place a boot in the average American’s face 24/7 and get away with it forever. You are setting yourselves up for a big surprise and a very big fall. The whole world is now turning against you and this includes much of the American public and your own worker-bees too. Your organizations cannot keep anything secret anymore, nothing at all.
Federal Whistle-blowers are heroes, Intel chiefs are the real criminals who need to be prosecuted for multiple felonies and espionage against America the Republic.
Your intel chiefs continue to blame whistle-blower heroes like Edward Snowden that deserve a ticker tape parade in NYC and the Medal of Freedom, and yet believe that they should skate free for their illegal warrant-less spying on normal Americans with no probable cause and their espionage against America, by the way which is serious multiple felony RICO capital crimes. they have also coerced numerous communication companies to help with illegal spying. When the ATT Chief refused he was charged and framed with a bogus, phony charge as a message to scare other companies to cooperate with these illegal actions.
The more Intel locks down and attacks, harasses, or wrongly prosecutes whistle-blowers, the more blow-back will occur.
The more you try and lock-down all these massive intel leaks, the more blow-back you get and now you are being completely exposed as RICO criminals, part of a massive worldwide criminal syndicate involved with illegal narcotics trafficking, weapons trafficking and sex trafficking. The jig is up and your reign of tyranny is coming to an end one way or another.
Now is a good time for tyrants and their top minions to retire and walk away in peace before the STHF.
Why not take the easy way out resign, retire and leave the country. You have plenty of personal money you have gained over the years, no use going down with the shadow government ship of tyranny that has already hit the iceberg. And you can have a nice peaceful retirement. Yes, when you are a king it is very hard to give up your throne, but it would be the wise move on your part.
Listen up and pay attention. I am going to tell it to you straight with no frosting. Your underlings or paid whore-consultants would never dare to do so. There is a virtual volcano of serious dissent and rebellion cooking away close under the surface of your police state controls inside America, within the hearts and minds of average Americans who are fed up with your lies, abuse, theft of their taxes, parasitical behavior and illegal wars as well as your police state antics and violence here inside America.
The worldwide Internet is now your Nemesis and no matter how hard you try you cannot stop truth from “marching on”.
Thanks to the worldwide Internet you have now been completely exposed for doing the 9/11 Gladio style false-flag attacks, Murrah, and Assassinating JFK, MLK and RFK as well as your massive illegal narcotics trafficking and humans sex slavery and trafficking as well as bribing, buying, blackmailing almost all of our politicians, judges and officials. Your constant lies are losing traction every day as the alternative media available on the Internet gains wide spectrum attention. As you now should realize yur Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) is losing popularity by the day and only exists for the most part because of absurd and dangerous big pharma ads, deceptive military enlistment ads and financial scam ads.
Your mind-kontrolled robotized police are generating massive anger and dissent among the masses who have just about had enough of their out of control violence and brutality and unprovoked and un-prosecuted, unpunished murders.
image002345Your police are mind-kontrolled with your constant-on pulsed beam shoulder held radios which set many off into violent parietal or temporal psycho-motor seizures when they become overstimulated in certain “stops” or incidents in which they spontaneously over-react with excessive force and even murder, often covered up by the thin blue line. But deep inside DHS and the alphabets and Intel as well as the police in many areas, there is serious dissent brewing.
What you do not realize is that brute force and fear will only work up to a certain point even with your own men, many of whom have become your hired thugs. Don’t expect high character and honest loyal service toward yourselves when the SHTF out of these poor excuses for human being, many of whom have lost their way and their souls too.
Your DHS thugs and the US Military will defect and turn on you once the SHTF.
You think you can sick DHS, the National Guard and Northcom on “we the people” at will, with no real push-back and no coming accountability. You are dead wrong on this, just plain dead wrong. This kind of delusion is a big miscalculation. And if you think that bringing in NATO or foreign troops will solve this deficiency, you are dead wrong, it will just create more immediate and wide-spectrum blow-back. Face the facts, no matter what you do you will lose if you do not back off now and stop provoking a full-scale internal war inside America for real.
Every day you are stoking the very fires of the rebellion that will take you down to ruin by tyrannizing America and passing so many new completely illegal, unConstitutional freedom-robbing laws, and by your constant infringing of our individual State’s rights. You violate the Rule of Law in numerous most serious ways and yet send young non-violent kids to jail for many years for smoking pot. What total hippocrasy when you are the biggest narcotic traffickers in the world and Afhanistan’s opium is your new Gold.
You are attempting to turn America into Gaza II and to make Americans Palestinians you can abuse and murder at will.
1195437989469106298liftarn_Police_brutality_svg_hiYou are convinced you can turn America into Gaza II, the world’s biggest open aired prison camp and makes us Americans into the New Palestinians. But you are dead wrong on that. You have no idea what you face if you persist in this attempt to treat Americans like Palestinians. Gaza has been disarmed and here in America we are armed to the teeth with more guns and ammo being acquired daily by normal Americans that are buying the means to protect themselves against you, the runaway USG, just like the Second Amendment was written for. You are the “enemy within the gates”, the Traitors of America, it is not “we the people” as you continually declare. And your days of tyranny are numbered.
Your remaining days of tyranny are numbered.
Here’s why. All it takes is some major incident where your robotized forces go too far, several more bad swat raid at the wrong address with no warrant where you blow off another child’s hand with a stun grenade or burn another child with a flash-bang or murder another person “by mistake”, oops. Things can turn on a dime. About 30-40% of the folks in DHS have zero respect for you but will not speak up or throw themselves on a sword because they want their pay and benefits. However when “it” starts up because of more tyrannical acts you order that cross an imaginary but real line, many of these folks will turn on you and your NWO agenda in a New York minute. How many swat officers have already died needlessly for bad or warrantless entries over nothing, I know of several. There are already far too many police do not go home at night to their families thanks to the cesspools of crime in every major urban center you have engineered over the years and your agenda of generating chaos to create a new order, your order, not “We the people’s”.
Your ammo and weapons are not secure, despite your illusions about that.
leadhomelandYou believe that your large ammo warehouses are adequately protected, but they will be sacked in short order when the SHTF, as well as your armories sacked by those supposed to be guarding them. What you don’t realize is that 5-15% of all munitions and arms are already being stolen out of your warehouses and armories by your own corrupt or compromised minions who supply renegade CIA factions, drug gangs and cartels. You should know better than expecting your thugs and soulless minions to handle your good honestly or with integrity. Most have no integrity; otherwise they wouldn’t do your dirty work.
Numerous suppliers rip you off and under-ship while you overpay and you have no chance of ever catching them. This is an old supply game in any military but nobody wants to ever expose it or talk about it. The more who attempt to restrict guns and ammo, the bigger the black market grows from your own crooked minions who cannot resist the vast profits which become available. Don’t you realize that for years that a number of the large urban police depts. Have sold recovered guns to gangs for many years on the side? Really it’s simple economics of supply and demand when you deal with thugs and soulless minions like you employ. And what do you expect when you employ thugs and soulless sociopaths, honest service and loyalty?
Look to what happened at the end of Vietnam or in East Germany to end the cold war for evidence what will happen in America when the SHTF.
When the SHTF officers giving illegal orders will be likely fragged or nailed on sight. Armored cars will perhaps be sabotaged in ways you cannot even imagine. Weapons will likely be brought against your forces in ways you never thought possible. There are thousands of angry vets and special ops out there that will probably be after your organizations after you start “it” up.
You have come down hard on federal whistle-blowers that are good honest American men and women unlike you who are Traitors and infil-Traitors, true enemies within the gates of America.
This hard lock-down has not stopped intel leaks, but in fact created a backlash and increased them. But you haven’t seen anything yet as far as leaks go, so much more is coming and soon there will be no more secrets at all. You tricked Teletech and Google and the rest into spying for you and now they have been exposed and are being harmed economically for it because all around the world their reputations are gone forever and folks are basically done with ‘em.
You have no idea what you are facing when the volcano of dissent and anger at your tyranny erupts when the SHTF, started by your own tyrannical acts of oppression that cross a certain threshold.
80-90 million armed and very, very angry American filled with bloodlust for revenge will become your instant enemies soon after the SHTF.
You will face 80-90 Million armed and angry Americans who will likely get you one way or another. Many are hunters and sportsmen with high powered rifles and can shoot farther and better than your men. The more civilians you murder, the more blow-back you will get and your own inside will turn on you from within and will be the first to get you (check history, it’s always that way, remember what Caesar said: “et tu Brutus?”). When massive dissent occurs, internal coups and purges ALWAYS occur, albeit some covert or silent, but they always happen when a certain societal critical mass is reached, one way or another. And then there is hell to pay for those tyrants who caused it all.
Your best option overall is to take your vast riches, retire and leave America and live out your lives in peace elsewhere.
Now if you are smart and wise you will take your vast sums and just go away, retire, get out of America and go to your retirement spot in Paraguay, Europe or Malaysia or wherever to retire in peace. Soon there will be nothing here for you, and your tyranny and lawlessness will be brought to an abrupt end. Your massive underground bunkers are actually Mausoleums if you go there because you have foreign enemies which have likely “fixed them up in certain ways” without you knowing.
Remember what happened in East Berlin when the border guards had enough. They refused orders to murder anymore civilians trying to escape, took off their uniform shirts got rid of their guns and either walked away or joined in the celebration of knocking the concrete wall down and walking inside West Germany. This happened very suddenly with no warning when a critical mass was reached in the population. In numerous countries now, police and soldiers are refusing to battle with dissenters anymore, some joining in.
A critical mass is perhaps fast approaching and soon after the SHTF it will be reached.
We are getting very close to that critical mass inside America, inside the military, inside the police, and yes inside DHS too, contrary to what you think. Note to American Police and Sheriffs: You better figure out which side you are on an act accordingly, like peace officers serving the community and upholding the Constitution, BNill of Rights and Rule of Law rather than being mindless, Mind-kontrolled Thugs (i.e. Monkeys-on-a-DHS/ADL-pulled-string). You are on the front lines and if the American public hits a national boiling point, you could easily become their first targets. If that happens your best bet is to go YOYO (official DHS term for going on your own, “you are on your own”), go home and take care of your families.
The American pubic will never allow themselves to be completely disarmed and you can go the bank on this.
Remember the American public will never be disarmed no matter what the USG and DHS claims, and guns and ammo are literally flying off the shelves. The more the USG/DHS/ADL/AIPAC/dual citizens and NeoCons try, the more folks will resist and push back. Ask yourself why so many guns and so much ammo is being sold, more each month? Go to local sporting goods and gun stores and ask why. You will quickly find out at least 50% of the new first time buyers are getting armed to protect themselves from your USG tyranny. Most of the rest are doing so to protect themselves and their families from possible mass urban breakdown they fear may be coming soon because of your financial asset stripping of America, and some for both reasons.
History can teach more than your self-deluded social engineers.
My suggestion is that you forget all the recommendations of your self-deluded social engineers and study history. Think very, very carefully before you persist with your incremental tyranny which will for sure start a civil war you cannot win, one which turns every normal citizen and gun owner against you and your minions, viewing you as their own personal enemies, and infil-Traitors within the gates of America.
Once you trigger a civil war in America what you actually end up with will be far beyond your ability to imagine ahead of time.
Once you trigger a civil war, what you end up with will be unimaginable to you, it will be full scale war from all sides by everyone against you and your minions. If you thought Vietnam, Afghanistan or Iraq has been tough, you will find angry fed up Americans are worse than anything you can imagine or have ever seen, and are resourceful beyond what you can imagine once seriously provoked. Once “it’s on”, at first your jack-booted thugs will seem to do okay and will be able to mass-murder many Americans, but as the tide rises and the sleeping giant awakens you will be defeated on every front, often from within your own ranks from folks who will turn on you when you murder their family and fellow community members. Yes, it wouldn’t be too long and your own most loyal men and thugs would turn on you and side with “we the people”.
Think carefully before you start something that will get completely out of your control very quickly.
So before you allow yourself to become embroiled in a total full spectrum battle you cannot win under any scenario, do the right thing, back off, resign, retire and leave America NOW and go have your retirement in peace. That is the best solution for all. Better to make your exit now in peace and allow Americans to rebuild their Republic to function by Rule of Law, the US Constitution and Bill of Rights with no more illegal, unprovoked, unConstitutional, undeclared foreign wars of aggression for war profits and no more foreign Israeli-American dual citizen infil-traitors, NeoCon Traitors and foreign espionage fronts such as Aipac, ADL and SPLC ever allowed again.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/12/12/reality-check-for-american-tyrants/

Johnny Cash - God Is Gonna Cut You Down (Music Video)

Warning Graphic Content – Obama Crimes Exposed: “Warning: The Pictures That You Are About To See Are Illegal”

(The Sons of Light present to you some of the most dangerous Sons of Darkness and the atrocities they commit.

Woe to those who make unjust laws,
to those who issue oppressive decrees,
to deprive the poor of their rights
and withhold justice from the oppressed of my people,
making widows their prey
and robbing the fatherless.
What will you do on the day of reckoning,
when disaster comes from afar?
To whom will you run for help?
Where will you leave your riches?
Nothing will remain but to cringe among the captives
or fall among the slain.

--Isaiah 10: 1-4

Romans 1:18 (NIV) The wrath of God is being revealed from heaven against all the godlessness and wickedness of men who suppress the truth by their wickedness

And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming):

Understand that voting just ensures the continuation of one corrupt party or the other. The puppets in charge (So Called Politicians) are just that-puppets. The Republican party and the Democratic party are to heads of the same beast. They continue with the same actions, the same agendas, only the names are changed. The pictures of torture under the Obama adminstration are below. Warning: You maybe offended by some of these pictures, they are very graphic in nature.

Warning Graphic - Obama Crimes Exposed “Warning The Pictures That You Are About To See Are Illegal”

One recent example is from The Guardian  June 22, 2013: Increasingly brutal tactics are being used in an attempt to break the hunger strike by detainees at Guantánamo Bay, according to fresh testimony from the last British resident still held in the camp.

The following torture photos are from General Strike USA. You can clearly see that the tactics G.W. Bush used are still being used today and then some. Would you rather be water boarded or beat Black n Blue?

After pledging to run the most transparent administration in history, President Obama is blocking the release of RECENT detainee abuse photos.

00The Pentagon admits to 34 deaths caused by torture, we have counted over 100. Pentagon admits to holding 8 children ages 12-17 at Gitmo, we count 21.

01

Q. What’s worse than a TERRORIST?  A. a TYRANT.
Tyranny of the people does not happen violently or suddenly. Tyranny is gradual and silent. President Obama says America does not torture. This is a lie. We were told that Enhanced Interrogation Techniques were only used on 3 high level terrorists. We were told that the worst was WATERBOARDING. These are all lies designed to protect the guilty. We were told that the prisoner abuse in Iraq was an aberration, not systematic. This is a lie.
Tyranny is the complete absence of limits of government. As things stand now, President Obama and every President thereafter has the authority to deem anyone, whether they are a U.S. citizen or not, a terrorist. And to kidnap, detain without charges, deny bail, trial, legal reps and torture anyone. The government claims sweeping authority under the Patriot Act to collect a record of every single phone call made by every single American “on an ongoing daily basis.” This program not only exceeds the authority given to the government by Congress, but it violates the right of privacy protected by the Fourth Amendment, and the rights of free speech and association protected by the First Amendment.
The Justice Department filed a petition with the Supreme Court asking it to overturn an appeals court decision requiring the Pentagon to disclose the photos, which depict abuse of prisoners in U.S. military custody in Iraq, Afghanistan, Gitmo and elsewhere.  In September, a three-judge panel of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 2nd Circuit upheld a district court decision requiring the photos to be released.“The appeals court soundly rejected all of the government’s arguments for withholding the photos, and it’s unfortunate that the government has chosen to contest that decision,” Amrit Singh, an ACLU attorney, said in a statement e-mailed to reporters. “These photos would provide visual proof that prisoner abuse by U.S. personnel was not aberrational but widespread, reaching far beyond the walls of Abu Ghraib. As disturbing as the photos may be, it is critical that the American people know the full truth about the abuse that occurs in their nam
Would any member of the U.S. Senate confront President Obama about his actions to conceal photographs of torture by the U.S. military?  The Senate passed S. Amdt. 1157 to H.R. 2346, a bill that provides supplementary military spending for the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Amendment 1157, entitled the Censorship of Photographs of Future Torture Amendment and creates a loophole in the Freedom of Information Act. With this loophole, the Secretary of Defense is granted the power to conceal photographs of any torture of prisoners whether those photographs were taken in the past, or will be taken  in the future.

2,500 juveniles detained in Afghanistan, Iraq and Guantanamo Bay since 2001
http://generalstrikeusa.wordpress.com/2012/10/16/u-s-military-treatment-of-juvenile-detainees-undergoes-international-scrutiny/

More photos:
To read more:

http://www.pakalertpress.com/2013/12/14/warning-graphic-content-obama-crimes-exposed-warning-the-pictures-that-you-are-about-to-see-are-illegal/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+pakalert+%28Pak+Alert+Press%29

Victims of Lies by U.S. Politicians, And Their Many Shills and Supporters

Americans' Version of Operation Freedom:
Winning the Hearts of Minds of Iraqis

The following pictures are a fraction of the hundreds of thousands of Iraqis that experienced America's version of Operation Free in what America's politicians and pundits called "Winning the hearts of minds of the people."

None of these American form of "benefits" could have occurred without the following people and groups (among others not listed here):

The serial liars in the U.S. White House, starting with President George W. Bush and his neocom staff.

Members of Congress, who repeatedly jumped to their feet during the speech before the joint session of Congress, who authorized the start of the war that they knew would kill and maim thousands of Iraqis, including children and babies.

Media people and media corporations that covered up for the lying, acting as shills for the political war mongers.

America's political pundits, who also 100 percent covered up for the lies, engaged in repeated deception, who engaged in repeated lying, and continue to do so.

That segment of the American public that initially supported the war, who voted for president Bush the second time after being fully aware of his lying and the deadly consequences.

That segment of the American public that was too lazy to get off their duff and show outrage, thereby helping make the following catastrophic consequences possible.
All of the above should take delight in what they made possible, and for which they have blame for the following, especially the religious fanatics that were the biggest supporters for the lying president of the United States.

Iraq and Afghanistan Victims of
U.S. Warmongering Based on Serial Lying

The purpose in showing these is the show the results of the serial lying, the frauds, involving President George Bush and other cabinet members, the members of Congress who supported going to war, the media people and media corporations that either covered up for the lying or aggressively enlarged upon it, the political pundits that supported the war mongering politicians−and those members of the American public who were too lazy to learn the facts or too arrogant in their willingness to kill people to support their own views.

American GI with face blown off.

Bloodied body of Iraqi civilian

Caskets of American GIs, victims of the serial lying by White House politicians and their shills, in and out of government.
Iraqi partly eaten by dogs

Iraqi baby burned, possibly by the U.S. use of the banned phosphorus explosives.

WikiLeaks video of U.S. military personnel killing people, including a child, and killing arriving medical personnel, while safely located thousands of miles away.

More pictures.
The following pictures are of men, women, girls, boys, infants, whose fate was known ahead of time, and whose fate was and is still being accepted by the people in the country that has waged more wars, killed more people, subverted more countries, than any other group of people or country since the end of World War II.

To read more:

http://www.defraudingamerica.com/war_pictures.html

Protests in India after police try to forcibly cremate body of twice raped, burnt 16yo girl

Romans 1:18 (NIV) The wrath of God is being revealed from heaven against all the godlessness and wickedness of men who suppress the truth by their wickedness,

Revelation 19:17-18 New International Version (NIV) 17 And
 I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice to all the birds flying in midair, “Come, gather together for the great supper of God, 18 so that you may eat the flesh of kings, generals, and the mighty, of horses and their riders, and the flesh of all people, free and slave, great and small.”

(Stop praying to false gods. Pray to Jesus Christ and His father God for help to rid your country of demons)
(What is going on with these animals-humans in India? Where are the real men to defend their daughters and other loved ones? And you corrupt Indian police are some of the most despicable I have ever heard of. You apparently were taking bribes from the rapists to attempt to destroy the evidence, the victims body. That's  my opinion as a retired Los Angeles Police Department  LAPD investigator.
I have already written that if some groups petition the president of India to contact me I can end the rapes in India by teaching Indian girls how to defeat all men and even kill the rapists who try to attack them. I teach this in 3 hours in English, 4 hours in other languages. However, I can in an emergency I can teach these secrets in 30 mins.
However, the president or some large groups must set up the video teaching in such a way no men learn these secrets.
These reprobate bastard rapists need to be stopped in their tracks. However, if the police are not punished and under strict control then your officials do not care about you girls in India.And I cannot force better medical care upon your hospitals  Fathers and mothers need to stand up for their rights! Your rapist men and the police are being influenced by demons. Demons love fear, torture, rape all suffering and murder. You Indians need to protest continuously  by the tens of thousands, or hundreds of thousands or more across your country. You must demand and  and obtain continuous international attention!
Sol-War)

To read more:

http://rt.com/news/india-rape-protests-killed-084/

Delhi rape spurs Indian women to rush for gun licenses- * 16 y.o. Raped for 40 days by 42 men

Excerpts;
*16-year-old girl was abducted by a bus conductor in the Indian state of Kerala, who then raped her and passed on to others, 42 men raping her in turn for over a month. She was left out in the street severely injured, penniless, and ultimately disgraced, with her family having to move several times because of the mockery of their neighbors.

*“Women and girls continue to be sold as chattels, married off as young as 10, burned alive as a result of dowry-related disputes, and young girls exploited and abused as domestic slave labour,” Save the Children activist Gulshun Rehman said.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________

A sense of insecurity has gripped the female population in parts of India. As the ashes of the New Delhi gang rape victim were scattered over the Ganges River, hundreds of Indian women applied for firearm licenses and joined self-defense classes.

Since the news of the brutal gang rape and murder broke in December, 274 Delhi women have applied for gun licenses, Delhi police said. Some 1,200 more have called the licensing department to inquire how to obtain one.

“These include not only the average working woman, but even students who travel long distances to colleges and even their concerned parents. They were eager to find out more on the procedure to acquire arms,” a Delhi police officer told The Times of India.

Hundreds turned up at the police department seeking permission to get a gun for self-defense, with officers having to explain that “a clear danger to one’s life” should exist for someone in India to be given a license.

“They said that with even public transport no longer safe in the city, they just cannot take chances. When we told them this could not be reason enough, we were told to provide in writing that their daughters were indeed safe on Delhi’s roads,” the officer added.

Not only do the women of India suffer from male violence with impunity, they are also discriminated against in their rights to legally acquire arms, the Indian National Association for Gun Rights said.

“The fact that even parents are ready to hand over weapons to their daughters shows they are living in fear. There is a 20% increase in self-defence courses across the city,” he concluded.

Out of more than 800 applications for guns received from women over the last two years, only a few dozen have been accepted by the Delhi police, with just a handful of licenses granted on the grounds of personal threats. Others were rejected as “no personal safety threat was assessed,” though “self-defense” is an increasingly popular reason provided in applications.

This may not stop some of the parents from buying guns on the black market, or illegally manufactured weapons. Of 40 million firearms in the hands of Indian civilians only 6.3 million have been registered, the international bulletin of firearm injury prevention GunPolicy.org estimates
Raped for 40 days by 42 men

The widespread public anger due to the violence against women has been reflected in the press, which has been recalling similar tragedies from India’s recent past.

In 1999, a 16-year-old girl was abducted by a bus conductor in the Indian state of Kerala, who then raped her and passed on to others, 42 men raping her in turn for over a month. She was left out in the street severely injured, penniless, and ultimately disgraced, with her family having to move several times because of the mockery of their neighbors.

“Nobody accepts us; when they see us, they try to avoid us. We don't go out,” the victim’s father was quoted as saying by India’s NDTV.

Of the 35 people convicted for raping the teenage girl, all but one were ruled not guilty when Kerala’s High Court reviewed the case three years later. The decision was heavily criticized, some activists claimed the rapists were set free because they were well connected in Kerala.

But unlike many others in India, the family has decided to fight till the end appealing against the verdict to the Supreme Court, and is now awaiting a hearing.

Despite the vast public attention for cases like this and the 2005 Domestic Violence Act outlawing all forms of violence against females; rape, abduction and trafficking of women and girls remains a major problem in India.

“Women and girls continue to be sold as chattels, married off as young as 10, burned alive as a result of dowry-related disputes, and young girls exploited and abused as domestic slave labour,” Save the Children activist Gulshun Rehman said.

This, combined with widely reported police indifference, sparked the mass protests on the streets of Delhi calling for more effective laws and law enforcement to ensure the safety of women in the most-populous democratic country in the world.

To read more:

http://rt.com/news/indian-women-gun-licences-195/

HEARTS AND MINDS (1974) {BLOOD SACRIFICE of Viet Nam} The most compelling argument against war ever made on film.-video (A must watch)

Revelation 19:17-18 New International Version (NIV) 17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice to all the birds flying in midair, “Come, gather together for the great supper of God, 18 so that you may eat the flesh of kings, generals, and the mighty, of horses and their riders, and the flesh of all people, free and slave, great and small.”

This Academy Award-winning documentary about the Vietnam Wa was directed by Peter Davis and released in 1974.

It has been described as the most compelling argument against war ever made on film. It presents a critical look at America's all out effort in Vietnam in terms of lives, budget and honor. It includes the directors own war footage, newsreels, presidential speeches and interviews. It opens in the tranquil Hung Din village northwest of Saigon. It presents the Vietnamese people as human, something never seen stateside during that horrible war.

By 1954 the United States was paying 78% of the cost of France's war in Indochina. Shortly before they pulled out, John Foster Dulles offered Georges Bidantt, French Foreign Minister, two atomic bombs. The minister declined the offer.

What follows is a series of clips of speeches made by four U.S. presidents. Eisenhower defends our involvement because we value the tungsten and tin that comes from that area. Kennedy proclaims that things are not getting darker in Vietnam, but lighter. Johnson says our success depends on our winning the hearts and minds of the people in Southeast Asia. And Nixon claims that throughout our engagement there, the U.S. exercised a degree of restraint unprecedented in the annals of war.
We are introduced to several veterans and Vietnamese civilians whose thoughts and reflections bind this excellent piece together. First is ex-POW Lt. George Coker. He is welcomed home to Linden, NJ as a hero. He proudly defends the war and cites his upbringing in faith and patriotism as the reason for his survival. War, he tells us, is very much like a football game where you have to be pumped up to take out the opposition. He reappears throughout the movie spouting unthinking clichés about the greatness of war and duty. One chilling scene shows him addressing a group of young Catholic school children urging them to be willing to defend with their lives the democratic values that need to be imposed on those who do not think as we do.

Captain Randy Floyd explains how he came to hate communism through a high school course designed by the John Birch Society. It so motivated him that he enlisted after graduation. He speaks of the pride he felt flying jets and bombing villages. It was a job well done where you never had to hear the screams or see the broken bodies.

Native American Corporal Stan Holider of New Mexico was raised on the warrior legends of his people and joined the Marines because they were the warriors of the American fighting force. He recalls how he wanted to kill the gooks. And looking back feels he must have been brainwashed because while he was chanting that mantra, he was being called Blanket Ass and Squaw his fellow Marines.

Father Chan Tin, in hiding for fear of his life, comments that "for twelve centuries we fought against China, for 100 years we fought the French and when the war was lost by the French in '54 we thought Vietnam was liberated from foreign oppression. Then came the American invasion, 500,000 of them and it became a war of genocide. The people of Vietnam fight only for freedom, independence and national unity. Vietnam has 5000 years of history. We fight against invaders. It is not the Vietnamese who are the savages. "This is a war of independence against American imperialists. Let me respectfully tell the American people that this is their longest and dirtiest war. The Vietnamese fight only in self defense. Ultimately the Americans will see the light. If not, they will defeat themselves."

A wrinkled old man is shown hammering children's coffins together to meet the demand in his city. He builds 800-900 a week. The outlying villages suffer far greater casualties, he tells us, but there they are too poor to afford coffins. When asked how so many die he replies: "Poison. The children die from poison from the air. The planes come daily and spray poison on our land. It destroys the intestines and so many children and old people die. So many die. So many die. No matter how many decades America fights it will never conquer Vietnam. Never."

Spec 5 Ed Sowders, an army deserter, is introduced. He has been living in Canada and underground in the U.S. He's tired of hiding and plans to surrender to the army at a congressional hearing. He tells his mother his plans and she wonders how anyone can be proud of their child's death. "How can they hold their heads high?" she asks. "They lost a child in Vietnam. I don't think that's much to be proud of. they've lost more than they will ever gain for the rest of their lives." At the hearing on Capitol Hill, Mr. Sowders told the committee,"We called them gooks and slopes. Their lives weren't worth anything to us because we were taught they were all VC or VC sympathizers, even the children. Many of us began to understand because of our experiences in Vietnam the depth of the lies and deception practiced upon us and the American people by our country's leaders. It was they who trained us to kill our enemy without question. "I make no apology for my act of resistance but underground life has become intolerable to me so I am here to draw attention to my case and the tens of thousands like me. Over half a million have deserted the military since '65. Most of us have already returned to the military to be punished. It is ironic to be punished by the very same men who planned and executed a genocidal war in Indochina."

William Marshall, an eloquent and outspoken veteran sums up his experience this way. "You let us go off to war saying 'Yea team!' You let us go fight in Vietnam and all this kind of shit through the 60's. Now '68 comes along and you bring the team home, but we can't say nothing about it 'cause you don't want to hear about it. It's upsetting at dinnertime. Well goddam it, it upset me for a whole goddam year! It upset a lot of people to the point where they're fucking dead. I'm gonna tell you about it everyday. Make you sit and puke on your dinner because you got me over there and now you brought me back and you want me to forget it so somebody else can go do it somewhere else. Oh no, you gonna hear about all day everyday as long as I live because its gonna be with me as long as I live. When I get outta bed in the morning I gotta put on an arm and a leg 'cause it ain't there no more, you dig? Its real and its here and its gonna happen again unless folks get off their asses and realize what happened."

Daniel Elsberg is interviewed. "I bought into it. I went to do my duty. I thought we'd defeat covert aggression. It had an idealistic flavor to it but it was the underpinning of imperialistic policy. Truman lied from 1950 on about the nature of the colonial involvement in Vietnam that we were financing and encouraging. Eisenhower lied about the nature of our involvement with Diem and the fact that he was in power because of American support and American money. No other reason. "Kennedy lied about our combat involvement and about the recommendations that were being made to him for greater involvement. Kennedy lied about the degree of our participation in the overthrow of Diem. "Johnson of course lied and lied and lied about the provocations of the North Vietnamese prior to and after the Tonkin incident, about plans for bombing the North Vietnamese and the nature and behavior of American troops in Vietnam. "Nixon misled and lied to the American people about the bombing of Cambodia and Laos, the ground operations in Laos and the mining of Haiphong harbor which finally came about in 1972 but was envisioned as early as 1969. The American public was lied to month by month by each of these administrations. It's a tribute to the American people that they had to be lied to. It's no tribute to us that it's so easy to fool the public."

This intense film ends with Randy Floyd. He is asked if he thinks we learned anything from Vietnam. "I think were trying hard not to," he replies. "I think America tries really hard to escape what we learned in Vietnam. To not come to the logical conclusions of what happened there. The military doesn't realize that people fighting for their freedom are not going to be stopped by changing your tactics, by adding more sophisticated knowledge. Americans have worked extremely hard not to see the criminality that their officials and their power makers have exhibited."

This is compelling footage. Watching it you can't help but think with different names and different faces you are watching current events.

To read more:

http://www.forbiddenknowledgetv.com/videos/military-industrial-complex/hearts-and-minds-1974---full-film.html

Why Didn’t We Learn From Vietnam? by Preston James {& Mindwars against the American people} (A must read)

Excerpts;

How could Americans ever let this cycle of pre-emptive, illegal, unConsitutional, unprovoked, undeclared war occur again?
Why didn’t what they learned over Vietnam sink in? Why hasn’t the American Military reacted now like they did in Vietnam?  What has changed, why does the public and the military tolerate the current war-making situation the USG has placed us all in? Why no massive protests, why has Congress abandoned the interests of “we the people”?
The answer is complicated but involves some very crafty planning and changes made by the Ruling Cabal and the Secret Shadow Government on how to set up wars and Psyop the American people to support them. It was the SSG’s mastery of the concept MINDWAR that provided the means to re-invent the same old war patterns disguised as something else that the American people would support.  Here is how it was done.

Obviously the various defense related think tanks and policy boards carefully analyzed what went wrong in Vietnam and formulated sophisticated plans to counteract all these negatives. Unfortunately the SSG is controlled by the Central Banksters, because all Wars are Bankers Wars (2). And the Military Defense Complex is dependent on perpetual war as a means of meeting their out of control need for massive war related profits.  But even that isn’t enough to attain their goals which is to take down and reconstitute the whole world into a luciferian NWO dictatorship based on abject tyranny and mass-murder/culling of most humans. So the SSG uses factions within American Intel and various renegade special ops groups and cutouts to traffic massive amounts of illegal drugs into America in order to raise off the book black funds.

Individual soldiers deserted in huge numbers, whole units refused to fight, there was rebellion in some Barracks, and numerous incidents of fragging, some preceded by warnings to officers and non-coms to back off, others not.
There were large mass demonstrations at home in America and the situation became so dire, that President Lyndon Johnson was told by his advisers and the Ruling Cabal that he must step aside and could not run for a second term.
Most of this was kept from the American public by a Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM) which served in most cases as official USG propaganda dispensers.

Henry Kissinger was the interface between the Ruling Cabal, the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) and President Nixon and basically ran Nixon’s foreign policy.
1380332789368.cachedNixon was elected and seemed to be led around by the nose by his National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger who is now viewed by many as a hardened war criminal for his many dealings in Vietnam, Myanmar and other places which directly resulted in mass death. He is also blamed for his manipulative, botched negotiations and recommendation to leave so many American POW/MIAs behind with secret plans to have them assassinated in jungle prison camps by special Observation Groups (SOGs), actually Special Operations Groups and aircraft dispensed poisonous VX gas when that failed.
It’s important to note that because JFK was Assassinated by a high military Cabal including LBJ, J. Edgar Hoover, GHWB, Dulles, Lansdale, Lemnitzer, etc. that Vietnam became possible as an illegal perpetual, un-winnable war for profits in the first place. Once JFK was out of the way, the US Military and the defense industry and banks surrounding became the Secret Shadow Government, and began ruling the visible, ceremonial government which actually became a hired prostitute of the SSG.
It takes creative Psyops by the top Policy-Makers to elicit a nation’s support for any new war.
No nation’s citizens are eager to send their children to war to be maimed and die in mass, and it take special high level psychological operations (Psyops) to process the society’s group mind to motivate them adequately to want revenge against another nation or group.
dThat is why FDR used a long term secret USN Intel plan to build up and provoke Japan into attacking America at Pearly Harbor, removed the carriers first and then even with clear intel of the impending attack, made certain his forces stood down and let it happen, thereby being responsible for over two thousand deaths of American soldiers and inciting anger and a bloodlust for revenge in the average American.  This provided complete support for declaring and waging war with Japan and Germany both. bloodlust and revenge at a primal instinctive level is necessary to fully motivate a nation to back any war 100% and these instincts must be craftily triggered by any high government officials and top Policy-Makers that want to enter a war to make massive war profits for those entities who put them in office and own them.
Of course the various means top Policy-Makers use to incite or provoke wars are very crafty means, often false flag attacks, or attacks by enemies they have created, finance, trained and activated, like with Al Quae da in the Mideast which should more accurately be called Al CIA duh. So we get the 9/11 false flag attacks blamed on Mideast Arab nations and leaders that had nothing to do with it, but which served as an instant way to create a bloodlust and revenge by the American public against these nations wrongly blamed and made it a “slam-dunc” to get the public’s backing for numerous illegal Mideast wars.
American leaders using the CMMM stoked American fears of communism taking over the whole world, as a string of falling dominos starting with Vietnam, playing on the paranoia generated earlier over North Korea and Red China.  Of course most Americans didn’t realize that Mao was set up by British and Wall Street Central Banksters to create a future enemy just like Lenin, Stalin and Hitler who was actually a British spy trained and mind-kontrolled at Tavistock Institute according to the world’s top muckraker Greg Hallett. The French got beaten badly at Dien BenPhu and top US Policy-Makers realized that Vietnam would be a great boondoggle for a long, extended perpetual war, providing tremendous opportunities to kill off and debase the American youth and the US Military, make America defenseless in the long term, and generate huge war profits for those who put them in their top USG positions. Of course few in the high military command structure knew any of this and thought that they could crush the commies with massive air power and ground forces, not truly understanding guerrilla warfare. And besides many in the high command learned of the Bolshevik Red Terror in their days at the war colleges, but never learned that it was the Banksters who created and financed Bolshevism in the first place.
It wasn’t too long before there was dissent about the Vietnam situation son after advisers were sent in.
JFK quickly realized that entering into protracted war in Asia would be foolish and never easily won. It was his plans to pull out all American soldiers/advisers that probably turned the JCS against him and motivated them to participate in the coup de etat to assassinate him along with LBJ, J. Edgar Hoover, Nixon, GHWB, Landsdale, Lemnitzer and the rest.
LBJ murdered JFK in Dallas with lots of help from the JCS, CIA, and Mob and created a green light for war profiteers.
lbj.headWhen JFK was assassinated, this gave LBJ the green light to go ahead with the war full speed ahead, which he did and brought huge defense contacts to his friends and supporters who ran defense companies. However the deaths and terrible casualties in Vietnam soon started creating dissonance on the home front. Numerous reports of atrocities and Operation Phoenix blanket assassinations run by the CIA also came home and the public heard an earful. No one returning from Vietnam really had anything good to say, numerous reports of soldiers stuck out in firebases and jungle outposts with lack of food, guns that jammed, shortages of ammo, lack of adequate clean clothes, no backup and insufficient air support became the backroom talk. The war was becoming grossly unpopular very fast, but the USG’s top Policy-Makers were very hard-headed and used the CMMM to their advantage as long as they could until there emerged a massive, unstopped mass resistance that coud no longer be ignored.  This became first apparent in major turning points.
Kent State was a major turning point in American public opinion about the USG’s war efforts in Vietnam
220px-Kent_State_massacreKent State seemed to be the real turning point when the National Guard was ordered to fire on student protestors and did so on May 4, 1970, killing four students, wounding 9 more and firing 67 rounds in 13 seconds. Some of those shot were innocent bystanders just walking by. But that wasn’t the only turning point.
The Reverend Martin Luther King Assassination was another USG sanctioned hit.
martin-luther-king-jr.-news-conference2-sizedThe FBI, CIA, Mafia assets and local corrupt Memphis Police in a joint effort with US Army snipers unused but ready on a nearby rooftop for backup, assassinated Reverend Martin Luther King on April 4, 1968, and this led to major urban rioting in 100 American cities.
And to add pressure to the already tense situation between police, the USG and the masses, the CIA assassinated Robert F. Kennedy on June 5, 1968 while campaigning for the Democratic Party Presidential nomination. Today it is generally recognized the the SSG decided MLK had to go because he turned against the Vietnam war was speaking out and carried a great deal of influence in American society from many different levels.
The RFK Assassination was another CIA hit.
rfkDavid “el Indio” Morales was there as was a whole group of the usual CIA officers photographed in the crowd and there is smoking gun proof that it was a CIA hit using the usual modus operandi, a second gun and a ready to made patsy that didn’t even shoot RFK, Sirhan Sirhan, an MK-Ultra mind-kontrolled dupe.
As usual witnesses were either ignored, threatened or worse, and evidence was suppressed, quashed and in many cases destroyed.  Those running the investigation has clear CIA linkages and sinister associations. The Ruling Cabal running the SSG decided that all the Kennedys had to go or be dealt with. Bobby was perceived as far too dangerous to Bush and the other plotters that assassinated his brother.
Ted Kennedy was taken out of an future Presidential position by a covert human compromise operation.
ted_kennedy_01Of course as many now realize, Ted Kennedy was taken down with a deep black covert operation over Chappaquiddick and the strange murder of Mary Joe Kopechne which thoroughly discredited him enough to prevent him from ever becoming President, even though there is no evidence he did it and plenty of evidence that the company did (after all they rented a house on Chappaquiddick earlier to set up operations). A first examination of the car when pulled out showed it had been side-wiped and the steering wheel had been tied to the mirror and then the car sent into the water.  Teddy Kennedy was placed in a situation where he used every bit of influence he could to keep from being charged with manslaughter, when the worst thing he did was have an affair with Mary Jo, he never murdered her like the   CIA operatives did.
When President Nixon took over the war effort Henry Kissinger egged him on to take a very aggressive stance to attempt to bomb North Vietnam back into the stone age. This only moved to harden the North Vietnamese regulars and bring in more Chinese and Soviet aid.  And of course, the Brutality of Operation Phoenix, one of the greatest war crimes in recent history after the rape of Nanking, probably set the pretext for the US Army training of the numerous death squads in Central and South America.
Nixon’s aggressive war efforts failed because he lost support of the American’s hearts and minds.
Nixon’s aggressive actions failed and it is now known that the US military was near collapse in Vietnam near the end of the war. Hundreds of returned Vietnam Vets marched and protested in the streets of America along with thousands of students and concerned citizens.  basically the American lost their will to back any more war in Vietnam and wanted it ended.
The rest is history, Kissinger and Nixon knowingly abandoned many POW/MIAs and covered it up.  there were the secret plans to assassinate those left behind and then when that failed to gas them from low flying aircraft (Operation Tailwind). When American troops were pulled out many loyal South Vietnamese soldiers were taken out too, but unfortunately many left behind to become murdered by the Communist regime.
Toward the end of the war, the US Military was near collapse and all support for the war had evaporated at every level of society and within the military itself.
The following excellent video provides a pretty complete description of how the Vietnam War effort collapsed toward the end. By the time American troops were pulled out and it was acknowledged that America had been defeated in Vietnam, the American public has generally turned against the war and all support for it has long collapsed. Many claimed “Never Again” in their protests and marches.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cOuBo0XMFsA
YouTube - Veterans Today -

Now 41 years later it seems like American ran the same course multiple times in Iraq and now Afghanistan where these invasions have clearly failed and American has in essence been defeated even though they completely destroyed the infrastructure and society of Iraq. And just like so many others that tried to invade and conquer Afghanistan, the American Military has failed there too.
It was really all about generating massive war profits for defense contractors and Central Banksters.
What they did succeed at was their main goal in the first place, to create massive war profits for certain financial beneficiaries in the background and to fight Israel’s wars and create mass death and chaos which is an essential goal of the Globalists trying to set up the luciferian NWO world dictatorship.
In his last public speech as President Ike warned about allowing the Military Industrial Complex from gaining too much influence. He knew what was coming and tried to warn the American people, but alas to no avail.
How could Americans ever let this cycle of pre-emptive, illegal, unConsitutional, unprovoked, undeclared war occur again?
Why didn’t what was learned with the loss of the Vietnam War stick? After the lessons of Vietnam and Americans strong beliefs that pre-emptive, unprovoked, undeclared, UnConstitutional war was wrong, how could they allow their nation to be drawn into these multiple illegal perpetual wars once again? The War Department had it’s name changed to Department of Defense, supposedly because the US Military was Constitutionally for defense only, not pre-emptive, illegal, unprovoked and undeclared wars. Vietnam debased the American Militray to the point it almost destroyed its ability to protect America which is its only Constitutional purpose. Since Vietnam perpetual wars for profits have continued to debase the American Military (1)
Why didn’t what they learned over Vietnam sink in? Why hasn’t the American Military reacted now like they did in Vietnam?  What has changed, why does the public and the military tolerate the current war-making situation the USG has placed us all in? Why no massive protests, why has Congress abandoned the interests of “we the people”?
The answer is complicated but involves some very crafty planning and changes made by the Ruling Cabal and the Secret Shadow Government on how to set up wars and Psyop the American people to support them. It was the SSG’s mastery of the concept MINDWAR that provided the means to re-invent the same old war patterns disguised as something else that the American people would support.  Here is how it was done.
1. It was decided that the draft must be discontinued and the US Military converted over to a full volunteer force which could be secretly morphed into mercenary type fighting units given the right conditions. In this way the US Military could be run more like a mercenary force with the adage “well you volunteered to join of your own free will, didn’t you”. Various grandiose recruiting promises would be made and expensive Madison Avenue advertising idealizing the military and National Guard was used to con naive young folks who had limited opportunities elsewhere.  The National Guard was sold (and still is) as a place for “weekend warriors” who help the community with disasters, tornadoes, hurricanes and floods.  No mention of being sent to foreign wear theaters or successive stop loss being used against them. If every potential recruit was shown what they were really headed for and all the facts about these illegal Mideast wars, the terrible woundings, the depleted uranium poisoning, and rampant Post Traumatic Stress, almost no-one would ever enlist. Sophisticated Madison Avenue and Mindwar techniques are being used to con young folks into enlisting. So essentially the conversion of the US Military to a volunteer force gave command and control more rights over US servicemen/women in a sense because they could be treated like mercenaries but with mandated return such as stop-loss and required callback/reserve status indefinitely, which is actually a type of human slavery technically.
2. It was decided that the Major Mass Media must be completely controlled by the SSG in order to be able to manipulate, stimulate, engineer and elicit pubic opinion and suitable mass societal motivation for war so that the negative reactions at the end of Vietnam would never again occur.  To do this every major newscaster (talking-head) would have to brought into the system on control, one way or another. William Colby told others that the CIA had done this under Operation Mockingbird and it was their greatest achievement.
3. Plans were made to morph the National Guard into a federalized addition to the regular army so they could be sent abroad to fight along with the regular US Army when the public was properly conditioned that it was essential to American “national security”. This of course is completely illegal and unConstitutional and clearly violates state’s rights.
4. A great emphasis was placed on training what was officially called “Special Observation Groups” (SOGS) which actually stood for “Special Operations Groups” which were sent on many secret peacetime missions to fight drug cartels in Central and South America that were started by American, Nazi and Israeli intel but that were becoming too powerful or stopped paying their required tribute. These groups were indoctrinated with elitism, esprit de corps and made to feel that they were part of a secret team which was essential to protecting American national security interests at all costs and that the general public at large could never be briefed on what they really had to do to protect America from the bad guys.  What most never knew until later in their careers or afterwards was that the bad guys were created, trained and paid for by America, England, Israel and Saudi Arabia so that there would be a ready made enemy to fight, and plenty of terrorists that could institute false flag attacks when necessary.
5. The use of Gladio Style False-Flag events such as the Murrah Building bombing, planned and done by the FBI, BATF and CIA using sophisticated military charges set near the front buildings columns, some say inside Xerox copy paper boxes. The SSG war planners in their ivory tower think tanks (groups ike the Defense Policy Board) came to believe that after Vietnam’s immense public relations failure, sophisticated MINDWAR methods would have to be used to re-motivate the public to accept and even relish war. It wass decided that well done Gladio-style False-Flag terror attacks would meets such a standard and would actually motivate the public to want extreme revenge taken against those “Terrorists” blamed by USG spokesmen and continually parroted in the CMMM. Many years later the truth came out from Robert McNamara that the Gulf of Tonkin incident never occurred as claimed and was actually a false-flag event used to wrongly justify the war. And Operation Northwoods was declassified by an apparent mistake and has turned out to be quite revealing as the prototypical Gladio style false-flag event planned (although JFK refused it to let his generals activate it, it was planned to make American filled with rage and desirous of revenge against Castro, enough so to back a complete invasion of Cuba and even a nuclear war with Russia which the generals planned to stage a first strike but claim the Russians launched first–they felt that the loss of approximately 20 million Americans tops was an acceptable loss to defeat the Soviets). Those who want to know more about Operation Gladio which has now been fully documented by those involved can do some basic web and www.youtube.com research. there is now a great deal of valid information there.
6. Elicitation of mass Revenge. Use of sophisticated Mindwar shaping of public opinion after false-Flag attacks to motivate the American public to seek revenge no matter what and give up all normal human reason in the process. After the 9/11 False-Flag attack, numerous middle aged men and women enlisted to extract revenge on “those Mideast terrorists” that they had been told by the USG and its CMMM that they did it.  They believed this big lie from the USG and the CMMM and have suffered terribly over it and in many cases over and over again. Pat Tillman found out about the Big Lie and was planning on coming forth and publicizing his new found dissonance with the USG’s war position when the high command had him murdered at point blank range to shut him up. The use of be-headings by paid and trained Mideast Terrorists was used to both frighten, blood-shock and motivate Americans in mass to want to send heavy firepower to the Mideast to extract maximum deadly revenge and bomb these Arab nations they were told were responsible back into the stone age. It is important to realize that the Central Banksters chief agent of war has been the zionists who hijacked America under power and unlimited funds provided by foreign espionage operations inside America like Aipac, Adl, and the like which bought almost every single Congressperson, Justice Department and top Pentagon official and fully infiltrated and hijacked America. DHS is a perfect example of this and is actually the zio’s flagship for finishing off America if not stopped. These zio NeoCon, dual Israeli-American citizens have hijacked the NSA and all raw intel collected  y goes directly to Israel where it is parceled out and sold to other nations all around the world including Communist China. Zios are the kings of terror and create it all over the world to justify wars for the Central Banksters.
7. The Ruling cabal and their various war planning groups (think tanks) realized that major geopolitical manipulations and setups would have to be used to create the pretext for major wars, since pretexts like communist aggression in Vietnam was not present.  Of course all Communism, like Nazism was paid for and originated by the City of London Central Banksters and their Wall Street franchisees as an age old strategy of building up an enemy before you need him for a war. This was done with Noriega in panama after which he was labeled a bad guy and then the Bush regime invaded Panama. Of course this was done once again with Saddam Hussein who was a CIA asset and was armed up by America as a counterbalance against Iran. Of course, the actual manner in which the first Iraq was was started was very crafty. A certain company from Sante Fe negotiated a secret deal with Kuwait.  They had new cross drilling technology which Kuwaitis used to drill under and into Saddam’s main oil filed inside Iraq. Then the crafty part.  American Ambassador April Glaspie was reputed to have gone to meet with Saddam and told him, by the way did you know that Kuwait was cross drilling into your main oil field and showed evidence (perhaps special satellite photos). Saddam ask her what America’s reaction would be if he attacked Kuwait to stop it.  She replied we would consider it an inter-arab conflict and would stay out of it.  The rest is history and the SSG had no intention of staying out of it at all.
8. A major factor in the ability of the SSG to pursue these illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared wars is the national security lock-down that occurred after the Roswell UFO crash and recovery with actual alien ET bodies. This of course sent shock-waves through the USG and American Intel and provided “national security” as an excuse to start compartmenting everything related to defense policy and practice and use as an excuse to sidestep the normal rule of law, the US Constitution and Bill of Rights and to cover up hundreds of murders and thousands of crimes against “we the people”.
9. Another major factor was that the SSG realized that in order to create pretexts for large, perpetual wars for conquest and massive profits they had to engage in massive Psychotronic operations against the American people using beyond black technology involving pulsed beam microwaves, cell phone tower transmissions and various types of remote thought and mood entrainment including the subliminal sound systems for such. It has been known for at least 50years that mood can be entrained remotely in the brains of a large portion of individuals through proper use of sophisticated psychotronics.
10. The use of electronic “shoot em dead” games that are addicting to many youth and are technically mind-kontrol devices which engender attitudes and thought sequences which make it easier to be trained and later mind-kontrolled/accultured to become remote based drone pilots who kill anonymously from the air as if it was a game. Also the proliferation of TV shows and Hollywood movies that glamorize use of guns and violence as a socially accepted and preferred method of resolving conflicts is technically a form of mind-kontrol which prepares individuals for more combat related mind-kontrol later. These shows condition and elicit a primal bloodlust i many cases by stimulating the desire for revenge against evil that shed blood by shedding more blood, the very thing that war it.
11. The use of large scale mass Psyops to process the American Group Mind.  These include use of televised bloodshock tragedies to makes the masses suggestible to programming by the CMMM. Fear is generated by making sure there is enough chaos, crime and breakdown caused by USG drug trafficking and other dysfunctional uses of government such as debasing and perverting the legal system and Dept. of Justice. When the public is very afraid, the USG can easily institute new freedom-robbing draconian laws and regulations that would not otherwise be tolerated.
12. The Ruling Cabal originates and represents a worldwide occult network. The few Top Policy-Makers that set the policies of government which everyone follows and Congress makes laws to support, arise from and represent this occult network and work hard to establish an evil NWO Globalist government to be run as a dictator rules complete tyranny characterized by massive depopulation of humans. It is believed by some experts that have fully examined this networks that it utilized semi-annual occult rituals which utilize what is called Psi-power, or accessing the powers of the dark side, that is accessing what they call the “teeming power of lucifer”, whom they call the “great architect and view as the god of this world and their god. It is believed that during these rituals spells are cast on the masses to shape their behaviors in the desired outcomes.
Conclusion:
When you combine the use of all eleven of these factors together you can see it rendered most Americans deer in the headlights.Engendering support for wars is pretty difficult, but USG top Policy-Makers have a full arsenals of tools and tricks with which they can do so.  The main requirement is to trigger a basic primal bloodlust for revenge at all costs if citizens are going to become motivated enough to send their beloved children to be wounded and die for any such cause.
Initially the manufactured mass response of the 9/11 attacks worked exactly as designed and sufficiently motivated Americans to want to go to war to the degree they were willing to sacrifice their soldiers to do so.  Folks believed the USG narrative even though now it has been proved to be a complete lie in every way, except the number of dead victims in the twin towers. America in general wanted revenge against those “nasty, savage Muslims” who they were told hated our freedom and way of life.  It was months before this official USG narrative was seriously questioned and even toady at least 50% of Americans are still duped by it and believe this massive lie, what many now call the Big Lie.
On 9/11 a major USG psyops was used to cast a spell on most of America and only through the diligent work of numerous 9/11 researchers and the alternative media of the worldwide Internet has the truth been able to penetrate significant numbers.The biggest problem that the USG faces now is that they realize that the Internet will destroy all their lies one by one unless they start a new world war, engineer and stage a major disaster or catastrophe lie a phony meteor strike or EMP attack because too much truth is being discovered and is penetrating too many different sectors of American Society.
Obviously the various defense related think tanks and policy boards carefully analyzed what went wrong in Vietnam and formulated sophisticated plans to counteract all these negatives. Unfortunately the SSG is controlled by the Central Banksters, because all Wars are Bankers Wars (2). And the Military Defense Complex is dependent on perpetual war as a means of meeting their out of control need for massive war related profits.  But even that isn’t enough to attain their goals which is to take down and reconstitute the whole world into a luciferian NWO dictatorship based on abject tyranny and mass-murder/culling of most humans. So the SSG uses factions within American Intel and various renegade special ops groups and cutouts to traffic massive amounts of illegal drugs into America in order to raise off the book black funds.
Stew Webb has more knowledge about these drug operations under Iran Contra and Mena Arkansas and the folks responsible than anyone else I know of and has been publishing excellent articles about this for some time now. It is Federal whistle-blowers like Stew Webb, Mark Novitsky, Thomas Drake, Sibel Edmonds, Susan Lindauer, Eduard Snowden and so many more that are peeling back the various layers of USG deception and lies and have all paid a terrible price for it one way or another. Most whistle-blowers lose everything in the process and the harassment they endure can be serious and even daily in many diverse ways. These folks are great American Heroes that put it all on the line for us and for America. We all owe them a great debt of gratitude. Each one of these heroes needs to be fully restored when the SSG criminals are brought to justice, which is on the way now because all corruption eventually consumes itself and the Internet is eliciting the spontaneous emergence of populism all over the world, their greatest nightmare for those that serve evil and are part of this occult death cult which has seized control over mankind.

* Read the comments

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/12/08/why-didnt-we-learn-from-vietnam/

Sir No Sir: The G.I. Revolt (BBC Storyville)-video (A must see)

ATTENTION: US soldiers, veteran and American citizens

The Secret anti-war revolt inside the US military you never heard about

'Sir No Sir!' tells the story of the 1960s GI movement against the war in Vietnam for the first time on film. The film explores the profound impact that the movement had on the war and investigates the way in which the GI Movement has been erased from public memory. - See more at: http://www.forbiddenknowledgetv.com/videos/activism/sir-no-sir-the-gi-revolt.html#sthash.wAfkkxEt.dpuf

Produced, Directed, and Written
by David Zeiger

PSYWAR - The Real Battlefield is the Mind-video

How To Defeat The Globalists- Dave Hodges

Is humanity doomed? Is there no hope to overcome the endless attacks upon humanity by the globalists? Should we just lie down and take our beating because there is nothing that we can do? Is there anything we can do?

When I appear as a guest on many radio shows, I am frequently asked how we defeat the globalists. What is the correct answer in response to the question, “How do we defeat the globalists”?

Do We Oppose the Globalists In the Physical or Spiritual Domain?

There can be little question that the globalists need to be opposed at every juncture of their unwarranted intrusions into our lives. If all we do is oppose our enemies at the physical gate, all we can hope to achieve is a stalemate. However, if we also employ the known spiritual weapons, which God has bestowed upon us, humanity could literally make quantum leaps in our circumstances and we would be more intimately connected to our source of creation.

Winning the Battle of Logic

There is a clearly a war for the control of our minds. The globalists have successfully seduced the bulk of humanity into becoming little more than sheep who believe the lies put forth by the mainstream media. In an interview I conducted with Jim Marrs, I asked him how we could best counter the power that the globalists have over the people in our country, Jim answered “Turn the TV off”. Sometimes, wisdom comes in simple packages and Marrs has the talent for making the complex appear to be simple.

We need to attack the globalists stronghold that they use to imprison humanity. The globalists do not maintain control over us because they control the politicians. They do not maintain control over us because they control most of the instruments of law enforcement. The globalists control us because they control our minds by propagandizing us to death on a daily basis through the mainstream media.

Any organizing principle of war states that you must neutralize the command and control structure over the enemy. This is why, whenever we invade a country, we first take out their radar and communications ability. This is one of the approaches that we need to employ in neutralizing the hold the globalists have our minds. To do that, we only need to follow Marrs' advice and turn off the TV. Collapse the major instrument of control that our enemies enjoy over us; the control over our minds through the mainstream media.

If CNN and FOX were to disappear, we would stop being conditioned on what to think, and begin thinking for ourselves. Subsequently, the veil of deception would be removed from over our eyes. The sheep would lose their media based shepherd and the sheep would be forced to find their own way in life. The resulting paradigm could lead to a global awakening and, other than the return of Jesus, this would constitute the worst nightmare for the globalists.

Winning the Numbers War

I have immersed myself in discovering how change occurs. Why do some movements take hold and win the day, while others die on the vine? The answer coming from the field of social psychology is surprisingly simple.

Scientists from the prestigious Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute have determined that if just 10% of any given population holds to an unshakable idea, that the idea will become adopted by the majority of the country. However, the scientists who belong to the Social Cognitive Networks Academic Research Center (SCNARC) found that if the ideas are shared by less than 10% of the population, the idea will not progress and will eventually die out. The research was first published in a peer reviewed E Journal in an article titled “Social consensus through the influence of committed minorities.”

Computational and analytical methods were used to discover the tipping point where an obscure idea eventually becomes the majority opinion. The finding has dramatic implications for those of us trying to wake up the sheep in this country.

The SNARC scientists found that the 10% figure was applicable whether they were talking about the spread of innovations or to advance a political ideal.

Reaching 10% of the population should be the goal of the alternative media.

Rediscovering Our Inner Power

If the people of this planet only understood the power that lies within each one of us, our global elite oppressors would run for cover.

After researching this topic for years, I am convinced that the transhumanism experiments are, at their core, a representation of a distinct effort on the part of demonically inspired rulers of this planet to discover and harness the true nature and power of the soul as well as to use the power for their own evil purposes. Let me be clear, I am firmly convinced that if we do not stand up and oppose our slavemasters, we will indeed lose our most special resource, our soul.

What has frustrated the globalists is that the power of the mind, the body and the soul are inextricably intertwined, and their efforts to morph (e.g. combining human and animal DNA) and to control have been met with failure. The soul, in particular is connected to our source point of origin and the globalists have failed in their experiments, at places like Plum Island, in altering and/or controlling this aspect of our nature.

Our point of origin which is manifested in our soul cannot be separated from a person and this fact represents the ultimate roadblock to total domination of our being by the global elite. The globalists can theoretically control the entire physical realm and all food, water and weapons. However, they cannot stop the power of what lies deep inside of all human beings. Unfortunately, humanity has not claimed our God-given power.

The good news is that our spiritual powers are not just the proclamations and claims of mystics and metaphysical masters, these facts are now being quantified by science, despite the globalists' best efforts to counter this power and to suppress the release of this information to the general public.

There is much more to the power of the mind than the gatekeepers of the mainstream of society cares to admit. The global elite have been aware of and have tried to counter this power for all of human history. The Bible was correct when it said that people with faith can move mountains and now we have the scientific proof.

Make no mistake about it, the globalist-controlled media holds the power of prayer, the power of intention and the power of the presence of what we label as miracles, in total contempt. There are significant reasons why I believe we will see a great purge against all genuine expressions of spirituality in the very near future. In fact this purge has already begun and it explains why the American Stasi, the Department of Homeland Security, has declared Bible-believing Christians to be domestic terror threats. After reading this article, you will discover when America descends into the tyranny of martial law, Christians will be the first large group to be purged. We will be persecuted and exterminated because our faith teaches how best to combat the power of the satanically inspired globalists.

It turns out that I had to leave some of my formal education behind in order to embrace a higher reality than the one I was trained in. In Rupert Sheldrake’s (Seven Experiments That Could Change the World: A Do It Yourself Guide to Revolutionary Science, 1995), he demonstrated that people can predict when they are being stared at from behind. This fact has very strong survival implications and this made a great deal of sense to me since much of our behavior is based upon survival. This discovery opened my mind ever so slightly as to the power that we all possess.

On the heels of the Rupert experiments, I discovered that committing random acts of kindness is very good for our health and our sense of well-being and this principle was actually being quantified in traditional research in manner that actually operationalized the concept of “Pay it forward.”

Sonja Lyubomirsky in her book, The How of Happiness, spoke about the benefit of being kind. Performing an act of kindness releases serotonin in your brain. Serotonin is a neurotransmitter (i.e. brain messenger) which has demonstrable health benefits, including the ability to make us feel more happy. Not only does the originator of the act of kindness get a bump in their Serotonin levels, but so does the recipient of the act of kindness. Even people watching the random act of kindness feel good as a result of watching kindness in action. Do you understand what this means? We are hard-wired to be kind. Evil is destructive and love is life-preserving. Subsequently, our brains and their reactions to events are entangled.

The Mechanics of Global Consciousness

Performing the same research, over and over, under the same conditions and achieving the same results is the hallmark of good research (i.e. replicability). Through the Princeton EGGS experiment we now have solid, replicable empirical evidence that humans interact directly with each other and the world in the domain of consciousness, despite physical barriers and geographic separation.

As an aside, one night I was driving cross country and was listening to the classic Art Bell show. He was bemoaning the fact that an area of the country was experiencing devastating drought conditions. He did something that I had never seen before. Art performed a human consciousness experiment in which he asked the estimated 6-9 million listeners to his show to concentrate on bringing rain to a drought-stricken region. This experiment, performed on air, lasted for about 3-4 minutes. It was not very good radio because there was a lot of dead air. However, I thought the concept was interesting, and so much so, I followed up on the results and discovered that torrential rains visited the area when no rain was called for in the forecast. Flooding resulted and when I tuned back into Art’s show, I discovered he was freaked out and swore to never to perform the experiment again.

I took this anecdotal experience from Art Bell’s on air experiment and began to read about the phenomenon. I discovered that repeated experiments demonstrate an effect on experimenter instruments through the individual and combined group intentions in an experiment called the Princeton EGGs in which they subsequently named this power as group consciousness.

Can you imagine if we, the “useless eaters”, could be taught pray for the same things? We could literally force the globalists off the planet. They know this and this is why they suppress the knowledge.

The Awesome Power of Prayer

The term “distant healing” has actually made its way into the lexicon of the National Institute of Health (NIH). Many medical facilities, including hospitals, referred to this phenomenon by various terms including prayer, spiritual healing and non-local healing. Just within the past few years, two major peer-reviewed journals have published studies on healing at a distance. The Annals of Internal Medicine published a review of 28 double-blind distant healing studies from reputable journals which came to the stunning conclusion that there is enough evidence to support a measurable effect of prayer at a distance and that more research was warranted and needed. Additionally, The Archives of Internal Medicine published a study, which reviewed the health data of 990 cardiac patients who were prayed for in a double-blind study. In this study, the people did not know that they were either being prayed for, or were not being prayed for. Further, in keeping with the tenets of double-blind studies, the people doing the praying did not know the individuals they were praying for. The praying people merely had a list of first names and last initials representing the people that were being prayed for. The survival rate of the group prayed for was significantly and measurably higher than the control group, in which nobody was prayed for.

Does experience with praying make a difference in the outcome? It is interesting to note that many of the people in the formal studies used experienced “healers,” while many studies have demonstrated that novices are just as effective. However, there is empirical evidence which suggests that these skills can be taught. Various schools and disciplines (e.g. Reiki, Therapeutic Touch) have collectively produced nearly a half of a million of trained “prayer” practitioners on the skills related to intercessory prayer.

Stunningly, the National Institutes of Health is calling for more research to address the question of how to integrate healing at a distance prayers into the practices of mainstream medicine. Dr. Larry Scherwitz, who was the co-director research at the Preventive Medicine Research Institute in Sausalito, California, has designed guided imagery techniques, not unlike the ones used by athletes, to this end. The goal of these practices is to teach cardiac patients the ability to control blood flow in order to minimize dangerous complications which can occur during surgery. What separates Scherwitz’s approach from the “mainstream” is that he also teaches the techniques to the family members of the patient. Prior to the surgery, the family takes a walk in order to collectivize and unify their intentions. Then, while the patient is asleep on the operating table, the family works with the therapist practicing the guided imagery in which they visualize minimal bleeding, a steady heart rate and a steady hand on the part of the surgeon. They end the session with what is called end-result imagery in which the patient awakens easily, experiencing comfort and is in an alert state. These practices, according to Scherwitz, are adaptable to all types of surgery.

The NIH has issued a grant to study healing at a distance.

Changing the Way that We Look At Things

Another important effect to consider is the Hawthorne effect. The Hawthorne effect comes from the discipline of field research and it teaches us about the observer effect. It is a well-established principle that when research subjects know they are being observed, their behavior changes. The field of quantum mechanics teaches us the same exact principle. The lesson to be drawn here is that we, as individuals and as a collective whole of humanity, can change the way we look at things, the things we look at will change. What I am saying here is that when we realize that we gifted by our creator with undeniable talents and subsequently employ these talents to positively impact our environment. our collective faith can move mountains. The implications for the spiritual war that we currently engaged in, should be apparent. Whenever, two or more like-minded people are gathered in His name, there is no limit to the power that we have at our disposal.

Putting the Principles to Work

The first thing that every American should do is to turn off your television and free your mind to be able to accept the realities of the times we live in.

Become a disciple for the truth. Seek the truth and spread the truth. There is plenty room for millions more the join the alternative media with message of hope and power.

Do not shop at Walmart, Kmart or any of the other “slavemarts”. Do not feed the evil corporate beast that is poisoning our planet. Put your gun away and keep your pitchfork in the closet, simply let the evil die on the vine by ignoring it.

Commit daily acts of kindness. Love is the death of hate. Kindness erases persecution. Pay it forward and enjoy your serotonin high in the process.

Realize that the world does not a need a Gandhi, a Martin Luther King nor a Mother Teresa, the world needs millions of Gandhis, Martin Luther Kings and Mother Teresas. We are all God’s reformers. This fact alone could crush anything the globalists could mount against us. Not in our house, not on our planet, should become our refrain.

Find your niche; your God-given talents and, subsequently, give these gifts back to the world in the spirit of love. We are all soldiers engaged in the fight against evil.

Finally, pray and pray often, as this is our ultimate weapon. The power of collective prayer knows no limitations, it is waiting there for us to claim.

Dave is an award winning psychology, statistics and research professor, a college basketball coach, a mental health counselor, a political activist and writer who has published dozens of editorials and articles in several publications such as Freedoms Phoenix, News With Views and The Arizona Republic.

The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

To read more:

http://www.activistpost.com/2013/12/how-to-defeat-globalists.html

United Nations Launches First Fleet of Surveillance Drones - videos-{Alien technology? A must watch videos)

(Where did these scientist obtain the knowledge to invent drones? Was it from aliens? No not exactly, you see it was from multi-dimensional beings known as fallen angels who need man for satan to rule the world in his one world government for a period of time. Rebel angels impart their know how into scientists and war mongers. They are also modifying  the weather -geoengineering-chemtrails- to match what it was like thousands of years ago in preparation for demonic entities to come back in physical form. those humans helping these demonic beings will be thrown under the bus -killed- as the traitors they are to humanity.Sol-War)

Update on the global drone arms race.
Nicholas West
Activist Post

It has been predicted that the development of drone surveillance by the U.S. would spark a global race to develop new drone capabilities, leading to a potentially dystopian future of drone wars where combat and even assassinations can be performed by fleets of insect-like microbots. The Washington Post reported in July, 2011:
More than 50 countries have purchased surveillance drones, and many have started in-country development programs for armed versions because no nation is exporting weaponized drones beyond a handful of sales between the United States and its closest allies. (Source)
We are already seeing this take place in both air and sea, as myriad unmanned drones are taking flight from research laboratories across the world. Drones have even taken to the high-seas, as navies begin to "build fleets of crewless boats capable of missions on and under the water, according to maritime experts," as discussed at Military.com.

The number of countries has now risen toward 90 as Pakistan recently entered into the market, which is detailed below. However, the latest news shows drones going truly global: the United Nations itself has launched surveillance "peacekeeping" drones to fly missions above the violence-infested Congo. Details and video below....

The United Nations has launched two drones with plans for more in 2014 that will be used to assist the army in their suppression of rebel groups in DR Congo.
UN peacekeeping chief Herve Ladsous told the BBC that the drones, or "unarmed, unmanned aerial vehicles" would be the "tool of choice" to monitor the activities of armed groups and the movement of civilians.
"We need to get a better picture of what is happening," he said.
He said that if they were successful in DR Congo, they could also be used in other UN peacekeeping missions. (Source)

This is a flat-out admission of a beta test and a portent to a potential full rollout of UN drones across much of the conflict-ridden planet. It doesn't take much imagination to foresee how their widespread use could become justified in the wake of increasing criticism of their unilateral use by the United States.

The fact that the first test of U.N. drones should take place in Africa very well could also tie in to the billions of dollars that has been pledged to boost Africa's infrastructure as globalists prepare the region for corporate expansion. It's a strategy long in the making, as the former link details.

One has to wonder what might happen if one of these unarmed drones gets shot down. Would weaponization be the next step? Many people in the "conspiracy" circles have always worried about the day that blue-helmeted U.N. troops would arrive to knock on the doors of Americans. The boots on the ground approach might not prove necessary at all. Weaponized U.N. drones patrolling the planet might do the knocking. For now, though, it's just another conspiracy theory.

_______________________________________________________________________
Pakistan Makes Entrance Into Global Drone Arms Race


Shahpar surveillance drone
image source
The number of countries with drones has now risen to nearly 90 as Pakistan has now announced its entrance into the global drone arms race with two surveillance drones called Burraq and Shahpar.

The citizens of Pakistan have been outraged of the hundreds of drone bombings by the U.S. that have taken place inside their country in the wake of 9/11. To make matters worse, it was recently announced that the Pakistani government has had a secret pact since at least 2007 that demonstrates complicity in the bombings against their own people. This has all led to 10,000+ Pakistanis taking to the streets to protest.

Now the Pakistani military is claiming the launch of two surveillance drones, which marks a new level of military capability. While the drones are not yet armed, their launch is being hailed as a massive success:
The development of the drones, thought to have a range of about 75 miles, represents a milestone for the country’s military and scientists, Pakistani and Western analysts said.
“It is a landmark and a historic event, wherein a very effective force multiplier has been added to the inventory of the armed forces,” the Pakistani military said in a statement. (Source)
Regardless of their limited effectiveness compared to the capabilities of those owned by the United States, Israel and Britain, it shows the intent to not be left out of the drone market. It is a market that is expanding across the planet, which ironically (or coincidentally) has the CIA concerned -- yes, the very CIA that helped orchestrate the planned bombings in Pakistan with the Pakistani government.

More generally, this is most likely another problem-reaction-solution scenario; this time a solution for Pakistan in an attempt to thwart further encroachment by the United States and her allies. In turn, drone development in Pakistan will serve as further justification for the U.S. to deploy their drones inside Pakistan.

It is truly a theater of war, where the military-industrial complex -- which is global -- continues to orchestrate and manage the various players, while laughing all the way to the bank as they further enslave the citizens of planet Earth.

You can read previous updates below, as China begins to approach the drone capabilities of the United States...
_________________________________________________________________________
China Adds Stealth Combat Drone to Growing Arsenal


China in particular has embraced their use. A report from 2011 indicated that there were at least 280 active drones, and that China was also experimenting with autonomous drone swarms (you can read that story in a previous update posted below). Now Chinese media is announcing the first successful test of a combat-ready stealth drone called "Sharp Sword."

The new stealth drone goes beyond surveillance capabilities and marks China's first known weaponized UAV. It has been noted that it could be used in conjunction with China's first aircraft carrier that went operational in 2012. While not specifically mentioned, this development could mirror the United States' first successful test of an autonomous drone landing at sea aboard its own aircraft carrier.
The Sharp Sword might be intended for eventual use with the aircraft carrier and for "long endurance" surveillance missions, said Rick Fisher, a senior fellow at the US-based think tank International Assessment and Strategy Center.

"This demonstrates the enormous investment that China is making toward building a world class level of military power," he said in an email.

This type of aircraft "will greatly complicate the defence" of other countries, including Japan and the US, he added.

[...]

The flight "implies that China has made the leap from drones to combat drones", it said, calling it the move of "major significance". (Source)

China's defense spending is second only to the United States, so it is to be expected that the drone arms race sparked predominately by the United States and Israel will continue to move forward. It is a development that now has the CIA concerned, which you can read from the last update to this post.
_____________________________________________________________________________
CIA Concerned Over Drone Expansion Across the Planet

The Washington Times is now reporting on the further proliferation of drones in countries across the planet. The number has moved from 50 to 87, and apparently has the CIA concerned.

In what appears to be another classic example of problem-reaction-solution, the very same military-industrial complex that was responsible for encouraging the proliferation of drones is issuing a warning about "rogue" nations getting a hold of the technology. The Washington Times makes a stunningly truthful comment that highlights the irony of the concern:
The U.S., Britain and Israel are the only nations to have fired missiles from remote-controlled drones, but the proliferation of unmanned aerial vehicles has become so prevalent that U.S. intelligence sources and private analysts say it is merely a matter of time before other countries use the technology.
[...]
“Many countries acquired their UAVs from Israel,” said the report.
It said Germany, France, Britain, India, Russia and Georgia have either leased or purchased Israeli drones, including the Heron, a model that many foreign militaries see as a good alternative to the American-made Predators and Reapers.
The Times also highlights that America's policy of offensive drone strikes, which have killed civilians at a greater rate than supposed terrorists, doesn't bode well for how other countries are likely to employ their drones. The Times goes on to say that it is China and Iran -- the usual suspects -- who are the greatest potential threat.

And here is where the solution comes in ... more drones, naturally.
Although there is concern in Washington that China will sell the technology to American adversaries, sources say, the U.S. also is pushing ahead with development of its own secretive “next generation” drones.
Today’s models emerged in the post-9/11 era of nonconventional conflict — a time when American use of both weaponized and surveillance-only drones has been almost exclusively over chaotic patches of the planet void of traditional anti-aircraft defenses.
With little or no need to hide, relatively bulky drones such as the MQ-1 Predator dominated the market. But the “big secret,” Mr. Zaloga said, “is that the U.S. is already working on both armed and unarmed UAVs that can operate in defended airspace.”
And develop they are. Recently we have seen the Navy successfully test autonomous drone takeoffs and landings at sea, Boeing has begun to retrofit its decommissioned F-16s into pilotless fighter jets, and solar drones have been developed that can stay aloft for years at a time.

The latest addition to the roster is the proposed hypersonic drone from war profiteer defense contractor Lockheed Martin, which intends to improve upon its SR-71 Blackbird - the fastest production plane ever devised. (source) This drone is capable of flying at Mach 6 (six times the speed of sound, roughly 4,500 mph). The prototype is set to become reality by 2018 and fully operational by 2030; it should fit nicely into the next generation of drones that is is set to transform war, as one can see in a General Atomics video presentation here. Whether or not all systems become a reality, it is clear that investment in permanent war continues unabated.

It is also worth mentioning that as we approach the full-fledged introduction of drones into American skies, as Congress has agreed to by 2015, the selling point to counter any debate about surveillance of citizens might get quashed by this "emerging threat." They won't be surveillance drones -- they will be a defensive fleet to protect us against the inevitable attack by a rogue nation. And the script continues...

You can read the full report from The Washington Times here:
http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2013/nov/10/skys-the-limit-for-wide-wild-world-of-drones/?page=1
______________________________________________________________________________

China's "Drone Swarms" Highlight Global Robotic Warfare Arms Race

Much like nuclear weapons, it seems as though this genie is not likely to find its way back into the bottle. A new report released by Project 2049 Institute reveals that China has taken the rise of the American drone quite seriously and has been investing just as heavily in drone surveillance and weapons capabilities. All indications are that they are quickly catching up to the world's leader.

According to the report entitled, "The Chinese People’s Liberation Army’s
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Project: Organizational Capacities and Operational Capabilities,"
China has developed a wide range of unmanned aerial vehicles across all military branches.


image source
Domestic competition for military contracts appear to mirror U.S. capabilities:
Intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance: electro-optical, synthetic aperture radar (SAR), and signal intelligence (SIGINT) sensors. UAV SIGINT sensors include both communications intelligence and electronic intelligence sensors with a strong emphasis on developing UAVs for locating, tracking and targeting U.S. aircraft carriers in support of long range anti-ship cruise and ballistic missile strikes.
Precision strike missions. Design concepts include numerous antiradiation and combat type UAVs. During operations they would theoretically be supported by decoy drones whose roles would be to aid in defense penetration by helping to overwhelm and confuse enemy air and missile defenders.28 According to Chinese writings, they would also be supported by electronic warfare UAVs.
Electronic Warfare Missions: UAVs for jamming satellites, airborne early warning plane communications and radar systems, and ship based early warning, communications, and air and missile defense systems.
Data Relay Missions. In particular, Chinese researchers note that UAVs could provide a critical link between landbased command and control facilities and anti-ship missiles engaged in long range over-the-horizon attacks. One study also posited that high altitude UAVs equipped with data link payloads could substitute for communications satellites in the event of enemy antisatellite attacks. (Abridged from original report, which can be read in full with citations at the article title link above).
The report further indicates that China already has 280 UAVs in service, and that number is from mid-2011, making it one of the world's largest fleets. Furthermore, technology "in development" includes autonomous drones swarms:
Chinese strategists have also discussed using swarms of drones to overwhelm the U.S. Navy's carrier groups in the unlikely possibility of a shooting war. The drones could act as decoys, use electronic warfare to jam communications and radar, guide missile strikes on carriers, fire missiles at U.S. Navy ships or dive into ships like kamikaze robots. (Source)
This capability is very likely to already exist in China, as the "kamikaze robots" have been used successfully by The United States in Afghanistan for at least a couple of years; it's known as the Switchblade drone.

No one really knows the full level of drone development across the world, due to the obvious secrecy surrounding military technology. The London Guardian has compiled reports of all known drone stocks in the world and offered maps and graphs that illustrate an indication that a drone arms race is fully under way. There are a minimum of 56 drone models used in 11 different countries, with the U.S. leading the pack at 678 operational drones.

A new U.S. study by the Association For Unmanned Vehicle Systems International (AUVSI) shows why drone proliferation continues to ramp up at a nearly exponential rate: it has become one of the fastest growing areas of the U.S. economy. A report entitled, "The Economic Impact of Unmanned Aircraft Integration Systems in the United States" is clear in its conclusion that competition for jobs and tax dollars created by drone tech development is likely to provide the impetus to loosen state regulations on drone use. The AUVSI is projecting 70,000 new jobs in the first three years of full integration.
While we project more than 100,000 new jobs by 2025, states that create favorable regulatory and business environments for the industry and the technology will likely siphon jobs away from states that do not.
The full study can be found at the title link above, but the bullet points as noted by the Association are as follows:
In the first three years following integration into the NAS, more than 70,000 new jobs will be created.
In the first three years following integration, the total economic impact stemming from the integration is projected to surpass $13.6 billion and will grow sustainably for the foreseeable future, cumulating in more than $82.1 billion in impact between 2015 and 2025. Economic impact includes the monies that flow to manufacturers and suppliers from the sale of new products as well as the taxes and monies that flow into communities and support the local businesses.
The study projects integration will lead to 103,776 new jobs nationally by 2025. Many of these jobs are portable and will gravitate toward states with favorable regulatory structures and infrastructure. Future events – such as the establishment of FAA Test Sites – will ultimately determine where many of these new jobs will flow.
Additional economic benefit will be seen through tax revenue to the states, which will total more than $482 million in the first decade following the integration.
Every year that integration is delayed, the United States loses more than $10 billion in potential economic impact. This translates to a loss of $27.6 million per day that UAS are not integrated into the NAS. (Source)
Naturally the AUVSI has a vested interest in promoting drone use despite their "non-profit" status. From their About Us page on their website, they don't hide their goals and connections:
The Association for Unmanned Vehicle Systems International is the world's largest non-profit organization devoted exclusively to advancing the unmanned systems and robotics community. Serving more than 7,500 members from government organizations, industry and academia, AUVSI is committed to fostering, developing, and promoting unmanned systems and robotic technologies. AUVSI members support defense, civil and commercial sectors.

Mission Statement

Advancing the unmanned systems and robotics community through education, advocacy and leadership.

Vision Statement

To improve humanity by enabling the global use of robotic technology in everyday lives.

AUVSI's Strategic Goals
Inclusive Community – AUVSI will be an inclusive and accessible global organization encompassing the robotics/unmanned systems community.
Global Focus – AUVSI will be the essential partner in the growth and reach of the global robotics/unmanned systems community.
Education and Outreach - AUVSI will facilitate the expansion of robotics/unmanned systems knowledge and will promote educational opportunities.
Knowledge Source – AUVSI will be the preferred robotics/unmanned systems knowledge source.
Advocacy and Influence – There will be recognition of AUVSI by governments, industry and academia as a powerful advocate for robotics/unmanned systems.
Member Services – AUVSI will provide value-added services to its current and potential membership. (Source)
Despite their stated concern for humanity and desire to foster global economic opportunity, drones and robots are already eliminating many jobs, including military personnel and affiliated tech work. Autonomous intercommunicating systems are being developed by the U.S. and now apparently the Chinese with the capability for unilateral threat assessment and war theater decision making. It is often cited that robotic warfare lessens the dangers to humans, but at some level it becomes an outright replacement, such as DARPA's amazingly human PETMAN and other warbots. Next generation drones have the stated goal of reducing or eliminating the human element altogether as the promotional video from General Atomics below highlights for 2017.

Similar to the machines in a factory, robots don't have human frailties such as sickness, tiredness, mental health issues, clouded judgement based on emotions ... or conscience. Where do the human resources of war go when they have been outsourced?

It is possible that during the initial phases, it will appear as a boon to the economy, but the cascading effect of a global robotic arms race is likely to reach a tipping point and get out of hand very quickly.

Clearly, even as resistance to drones in American skies heats up, especially following the Rand Paul / Eric Holder debate about the constitutionality of killing Americans on U.S. soil, the military-industrial complex continues to invest in robotic warfare as though global proliferation is a foregone conclusion. The world's two leading superpowers and the feedback loop they have created ensure it.

______________________________________________________________________________

The Drone Arms Race Heats Up: World's First "Beach Ball" Surveillance Drone Developed in Japan

Researchers in Japan have provided the latest in all-seeing eye technology: the drone "beach ball". This might be the clearest evidence yet that we have entered a world which resembles bad science fiction, but, nonetheless, it's true.

Homeland Security Newswire reports that the new Spherical Air Vehicle (SAV) "weighs 350 grams (12.3 ounces) and has a diameter of 42 centimeters (16.8 inches); it can reach a speed of 37 miles per hour."

The developer from the Technical Research and Development Center of the Japan Defense Agency has amazingly constructed this vehicle from parts that can be found at electronics shops for a cost of around $1,400. (Source).

The DIY flying spy camera can bounce, roll, hover and turn corners in any environment using components such as a modified plastic bottle, propeller and control flaps. All operated by remote control. (Source)

Naturally, this has led the researchers to speculate how it can be used in search-and-rescue missions. This is the exact same justification we have heard from military and police sources in the United States to justify the use of micro-drone surveillance over the interior U.S. in violation of the Constitution.

Nonetheless, the technology continues to be developed as competition soars between nations to catch up to the United States. As we wrote about previously, the miniaturization of surveillance and weapons of war is not nearly over. President Obama (signed off on by John P. Holdren) has issued the comprehensive, 60-page National Nanotechnology Initiative 2011 Strategic Plan, calling for investment in nanotechnology to be used in everything from remote sensors for bioweapons detection, to surveillance and traffic control.

The world of science fiction has indeed become our reality. We would be well advised to put pressure on world leaders and the scientific community to use the greatest caution when racing toward a unmanned future that science fiction warns can end rather unpleasantly for the human race.

Here's the demo (in Japanese)

JAPANESE MINISTRY OF SELF-DEFENSE SHOWS OFF FLYING SPHERE ROBOT

Updated: 12/04/2013

To read more:

http://www.activistpost.com/2011/08/drone-arms-race-heats-up-worlds-first.html

Inside the Saudi 9/11 coverup - An Act of War: CIA Leak Gives “Incontrovertible Evidence” That 9/11 Was State Sponsored

An Act of War: CIA Leak Gives “Incontrovertible Evidence” That 9/11 Was State Sponsored

If you have ever questioned the official narrative for the September 11th attacks then you have, without a doubt, been dubbed a conspiracy nut by the establishment media and those who hang on their every word.

Like the Warren Commission report on the JFK assassination, the 9/11 Report assembled by a Congressional investigation is unraveling and being revealed for what it really is – nothing more than a cover story.
This is no longer a conspiracy theory… it’s conspiracy fact.

After the 9/11 attacks, the public was told al Qaeda acted alone, with no state sponsors.

But the White House never let it see an entire section of Congress’ investigative report on 9/11 dealing with “specific sources of foreign support” for the 19 hijackers, 15 of whom were Saudi nationals.

It was kept secret and remains so today.

President Bush inexplicably censored 28 full pages of the 800-page report. Text isn’t just blacked-out here and there in this critical-yet-missing middle section. The pages are completely blank, except for dotted lines where an estimated 7,200 words once stood

A pair of lawmakers who recently read the redacted portion say they are “absolutely shocked” at the level of foreign state involvement in the attacks.

…

Some information already has leaked from the classified section, which is based on both CIA and FBI documents, and it points back to Saudi Arabia, a presumed ally.

The Saudis deny any role in 9/11, but the CIA in one memo reportedly found “incontrovertible evidence” that Saudi government officials — not just wealthy Saudi hardliners, but high-level diplomats and intelligence officers employed by the kingdom — helped the hijackers both financially and logistically. The intelligence files cited in the report directly implicate the Saudi embassy in Washington and consulate in Los Angeles in the attacks, making 9/11 not just an act of terrorism, but an act of war.

The New York Post investigation reveals that Saudi agents, officials and operatives in Virginia, Florida, California and D.C. provided direct support by way funding or intelligence to those involved in bringing down the towers.

Karl Denninger at the Market Ticker succinctly argues that this was, in fact, an act of war:

It’s obvious given what happened, the logistical and funding requirements and where the hijackers came from along with inexplicable actions immediately following the attacks – unless our government explicitly let certain people flee.

Yet we went to war in Iraq and Afghanistan while helping the Saudis — the very people who attacked us.

And Obama, to this day, kisses the Saudi King.

Over three thousands Americans are dead – yet President Obama bows to Saudi King Abdullah, whose government had direct ties to 9/11 hijackers:

President Barack Obama Bows down To Saudi King Abdullah like a good slave(abed)

To read more:
http://www.pakalertpress.com/2013/12/17/an-act-of-war-cia-leak-gives-incontrovertible-evidence-that-911-was-state-sponsored/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+pakalert+%28Pak+Alert+Press%29

After the 9/11 attacks, the public was told al Qaeda acted alone, with no state sponsors.
But the White House never let it see an entire section of Congress’ investigative report on 9/11 dealing with “specific sources of foreign support” for the 19 hijackers, 15 of whom were Saudi nationals.
It was kept secret and remains so today.
President Bush inexplicably censored 28 full pages of the 800-page report. Text isn’t just blacked-out here and there in this critical-yet-missing middle section. The pages are completely blank, except for dotted lines where an estimated 7,200 words once stood (this story by comparison is about 1,000 words).
A pair of lawmakers who recently read the redacted portion say they are “absolutely shocked” at the level of foreign state involvement in the attacks.
http://nypost.com/2013/12/15/inside-the-saudi-911-coverup/

*** The Saudis and Israelis also share a love of dastardly plots, including false-flag operations. Mideast expert and journalist Zafar Bangash recently stated on my radio show that the war on Syria was plotted by two American agents of Israel, Dan Shapiro and Jeffrey Feltman, at a meeting in Paris with Saudi intelligence chief Bandar Bin Sultan. Bangash agreed with me that Prince Bandar, who also goes by the name “Bandar Bush” due to his ties with America’s leading crime family, seems to have been behind the false-flag chemical weapons attack on al-Ghouta... and that Bandar and the Israelis, along with their Bush crime family friends, were the probable perpetrators of the crimes of September 11th, 2001.
http://www.presstv.com/detail/2013/10/25/331160/will-israel-merge-with-saudi-arabia/

POST-AMERICAN PRESIDENT: THE WORLD REALIGNS -- ISRAEL AND SAUDI ARABIA WORK TOGETHER ON IRAN MENACE, FRANCE TO JOIN NEW ALLIANCE

http://atlasshrugs2000.typepad.com/atlas_shrugs/2013/11/post-american-president-the-world-realigns-.html

Report: “Israel and Saudi Arabia will work together in case of an Iran attack”
Mossad agents met with senior level Saudi officials to formulate a joint attack on Iran, in case the talks between the world powers and Iran fail, the Sunday Times reported. “The Saudis are decisive in confronting Iran and the Israelis are ready to provide the help they need,” a senior level official told the newspaper
http://www.jerusalemonline.com/news/middle-east/israel-and-the-middle-east/report-%E2%80%9Cisrael-and-saudi-arabia-will-work-together-in-case-of-an-iran-attack%E2%80%9D-2333

Israel, Saudi Arabia work together on plan for possible attack against Iran - media
http://voiceofrussia.com/news/2013_11_17/Israel-Saudi-Arabia-work-together-on-plan-for-possible-attack-against-Iran-media-6223/

PRUDEN: Israelis and Saudis in bed together?

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2013/nov/18/pruden-bedtime-in-the-middle-east/

*** Will Israel merge with Saudi Arabia?

Today, a budding romance between Israel and Saudi Arabia is the talk of the Middle East. The Saudis and Israelis are working together to destabilize Syria and prop up the al-Sisi regime in Egypt. The Saudis and Israelis both strongly oppose letting the “Arab spring” bring democracy to the Middle East. The Saudis and Israelis both want corrupt Arab dictators to rule Bahrain and other countries in the region. The Saudis and Israelis work together whipping up sectarian tensions in a divide-and-conquer strategy aimed at preserving their respective regimes. And both the Saudis and the Israelis are angry at the US for refusing to bomb Syria and then attack Iran.

Both regimes were founded, and are still largely controlled, by enormously wealthy parasites. The Rothschild international banking family created and still dominates Israel, using the unearned wealth it has sucked from the world’s economy through usury. The Ibn Saud family created and still runs Saudi Arabia, using unearned oil wealth and mafia tactics to finance its operations.

The parasite state of Israel depends for its existence on bleeding the US taxpayer for billions of dollars every year. According to the Christian Science Monitor, the real cost of Israel to the American taxpayer is more than a trillion dollars.

If we also consider the cost of the 9/11 wars-for-Israel, Israel’s real cost to the US is five trillion dollars, perhaps more. No wonder America is broke.
The Ibn Saud family is equally parasitical. It consists of a few honest and pious individuals scattered among a large number of billionaire playboys who have never done an honest day’s work in their lives. The Ibn Sauds not only bleed the world’s economy by siphoning off oil revenues to finance their depraved amusements, but they also muscle in on business enterprises in Saudi Arabia, forcing entrepreneurs to bring Royal Family members on board as co-owners who invest nothing and do no work, but grab the lion’s share of the profits

The Saudis and Israelis also share a love of dastardly plots, including false-flag operations. Mideast expert and journalist Zafar Bangash recently stated on my radio show that the war on Syria was plotted by two American agents of Israel, Dan Shapiro and Jeffrey Feltman, at a meeting in Paris with Saudi intelligence chief Bandar Bin Sultan. Bangash agreed with me that Prince Bandar, who also goes by the name “Bandar Bush” due to his ties with America’s leading crime family, seems to have been behind the false-flag chemical weapons attack on al-Ghouta... and that Bandar and the Israelis, along with their Bush crime family friends, were the probable perpetrators of the crimes of September 11th, 2001.

To read more:

http://www.presstv.com/detail/2013/10/25/331160/will-israel-merge-with-saudi-arabia/

To read more:

"September 11 - The New Pearl Harbor"-Massimo Mazzucco’s 9/11 Documentary (A must watch)

"September 11 - The New Pearl Harbor" is a 5 hour documentary that summarizes 12 years of public debate on 9/11. While aimed primarily at a general, uninformed audience, the film also contains some new findings that may be of interest to advanced researchers.

This film is intended as an educational, non-profit operation, and must remain so in order to fulfill all the requirements for the usage of copyrighted material. As such, the entire film is made available online for free from day one. Any purchase of the actual DVD will be considered as a form of donation to the author, in recognition of the time spent to put together this material. Free duplication and distribution of all DVDs is encouraged.

At the bottom of the page you will find more information related to this film, including the links to order the DVD, and the TRAILER.

"September 11 - The New Pearl Harbor" - Full version (1/3)

INTRODUCTION

0.01:02 - 12 parallels between Pearl
Harbor and September 11
0.14:10 - The debate: main issues

PART 1 - AIR DEFENSE

0.14:55 - Where are the interceptors?
0.16:12 - The "incompetence theory"
(radars, transponders)
0.22:00 - The military drills
0.29:40 - Specific warnings
0.33:08 - The chain of command
0.38:10 - Promotions, not punishments
0.39:50 - The Mineta case
0.47:38 - Debunkers: "Mineta was mistaken"
0.53:18 - The Mineta case - A summary

PART 2 - THE HIJACKERS

0.57:15 - "Piss-poor student pilots"
0.59:38 - Marwan al-Sheikki (UA175)
1.01:52 - Ziad Jarrah (UA93)
1.03:06 - Hani Hanjour (AA77)
1.04:00 - The debunkers' positions
1.06:00 - 2 simulations of the Pentagon attack
1.13:10 - Someone knew?
1.16:40 - Airport security cameras
1.20.15 - The missing black boxes

PART 3 - THE AIRPLANES

1.26:50 - Passenger planes or military drones?
1.28:20 - Impossible speeds
1.37:30 - What happened to the passengers?
1.38:35 - The cellphone calls
1.48:30 - The debunkers' position
1.50:38 - If not from the planes, from where?

"September 11 - The New Pearl Harbor" - Full version (2/3)

INDEX for DVD 2
PART 4 - THE PENTAGON

0.02:35 - Downed light poles
0.03:30 - The missing plane
0.04:30 - The official version
0.05:24 - Problems with the official version
 (wing, ailerons, tail, engines)
0.13:09 - The mystery hole
0.14:10 - The debunkers' explanations
0.16:20 - Conclusions on damage analysis
0.17:00 - The missing tapes
0.18:30 - Security video analysis
0.23.40 - Pentagon summary

PART 5 - FLIGHT 93

0.24.15 - The empty hole
0.28.00 - The debunkers' explanations
0.33:00 - Plane crash or bomb explosion?
0.34:50 - The debris field

0.37.20 - The shootdown hypothesis
0.38:50 - The small white plane
0.41:40 - "Let's roll"
0.44:25 - Summary of Flight 93

PART 6 - THE TWIN TOWERS

0.45:10 - Introduction
0.47:45 - The Towers' small dirty secret
0.53:10 - Larry Silverstein
0.56:15 - NIST vs. Architects & Engineers
0.58:00 - Robust or fragile buildings?
1.04:45 - The initial collapse - Explanation #1
1.05:45 - The initial collapse - Explanation #2
1.07:35 - Problems with the official explanation
1.18:00 - The full collapse - No official explanation
1.18:50 - Law of physics violated
1.20:50 - The Twin Towers and freefall
1.27:50 - Debunkers' response to A&E

"September 11 - The New Pearl Harbor" - Full version (3/3)

(Twin Towers continued)

0.00:20 - The hypothesis of controlled demolitions
0.01:08 - Debunkers: "Impossible to place explosives"
0.07:34 - Explosions in the Twin Towers (witnesses)
0.15:00 - "Fuel in elevators shafts" theory
0.23:25 - Debunkers: "Explosions not recorded by tv cameras"
0.30:26 - Squibs
0.33:00 - Explosive force (montage)
0.35:00 - Ejecta
0.38:00 - Diagonal cuts
0.40:15 - What happened to the hat trusses?
0.42:20 - Extreme temperatures
0.45:30 - Debunkers' explanations
0.46:45 - Twisted and mangled beams
0.47:40 - Molten steel
0.51:05 - Molten concrete

0.53:50 - Pulverization
0.57:40 - Victims vaporized
1.02:20 - Conclusion on the Twin Towers

PART 7 - BUILDING 7

1.05:10 - Introduction
1.06:35 - Official version by NIST
1.09:36 - Collapse computer simulation
1.11:00 - Fire computer simulation
1.12:20 - Debunkers: "Building 7 weaker"
1.14:25 - Preknowledge
1.19:00 - Symmetry
1.20:00 - Freefall

EPILOGUE

1.22:30 - John McCain
1.24:35 - The last word

CONTACT: redazione[AT]luogocomune.net (replace [AT] with symbol).

SOURCE FILES: Here you can download the "Pentagon video analysis" by digital expert P.P. Murru (in Italian). All other sources used in the film are easily retrievable online.

OTHER LANGUAGES: You can access the Italian version of the film here, and the French version of the film here.

PUBLIC SCREENINGS: A 3 hour version of the film is in the works. It will be made available as soon as ready to those who wish to organize a public screening. Please contact me for details.

COMMENTS: Serious, constructive criticism is always welcome, from both sides of the fence. I don't have a forum in English, but you can always send your comments to my address above. The comments deemed of general interest will be published here, together with my answers.

ERRORS & OMISSION: I have tried my best to acknowledge every source I have used in the film. Should I have missed someone, please let me know. Errors & omissions will be listed here as soon as they are reported.

ORDER DVD - You can order the 3-DVD set of "September 11 - The New Pearl Harbor" from Amazon (US residents) or from luogocomune (rest of the world). Other films by Massimo Mazzucco are also available.

To read more:

http://www.luogocomune.net/site/modules/sections/index.php?op=viewarticle&artid=167

9/11 - WHY ARE AMERICANS AFRAID OF THE TRUTH? (it is 9-1-1)

(It is 9-1-1 not 9/11. The rogue element in US government who engineered this event selected the date as it would be embedded in all Americans minds forever since 911 s the emergency number to call nationwide for all emergencies.Why does everyone ignore this important point? Sol-War)

By: Devvy
September 30, 2012
NewsWithViews.com
"A power has risen up in the government greater than the people themselves, consisting of many and various powerful interests, combined in one mass, and held together by the cohesive power of the vast surplus in banks." John C. Calhoun, American statesman, June 27, 1836
The only thing I've researched as extensively as I have the unconstitutional "Federal" Reserve is what happened on September 11, 2001. I put in about 400 hours doing my initial research into 'smart' meters. Probably a few thousand on Oklahoma City and the list goes on. As I said so many years ago in a column, it took about 18 months before I was finally mentally able to say something is very wrong here with the government's version of what happened on 9/11. From that point on, I opened my mind and looked for the truth.
I went through the same mental process over OKC, only not so long. We already had Ruby Ridge (August 21 - 31, 1992), WACO (February 28 – April 19, 1993). TWA Flight 800 would come 15 months after OKC. The Internet and PCs were really just beginning to hit households in America, so we still pretty much relied on faxes, newsletters, snail mail and the phone. At first, I was getting all this crazy stuff about OKC being a botched government sting, not foreign terrorists. Of course, I simply could not believe it because I didn't want to believe it.
In in my early years learning the under belly of what was planned for this country, I became acquainted with Jerry Longspaugh. Shortly after the Murrah Building was blown to bits, Jerry sent me video taken by a couple of people. I saw with my own eyes the lies. I contacted another friend, then Colorado State Senator Charles (Charlie) Duke. We watched the film and decided it needed to be made into a video. Jerry deserves the credit for ultimately what became Cover Up in Oklahoma. A video that spread across this country like wildfire.
I went to OKC to do my own on-site investigation before the building was imploded to cover up the evidence. I spoke to many people that day who were victims. I read the report prepared by my dear friend and expert, Brigadier General Ben Partin, U.S.A.F. (Ret.) who concluded explosive charges were placed on specific columns. Ben served 32 years and was a top expert in explosives and designing missile systems. The building was blown from inside. There is no question in my mind OKC was an FBI/ATF sting that went wrong.
Those responsible have never been charged. Many of them were promoted while the director of the FBI, Louis Freeh, Attorney General Janet Butch Reno, and Bill Clinton repeatedly lied to the American people who needed to believe it was some home grown wacko bounced out of the military. Some "patriot" who went off the reservation.
There are several similarities between OKC and 9/11:
Both buildings were blown up from inside. Look at these two photos and tell me the building was blown from outside in when your eyes can see just the opposite:

Do take the time to read my column, OKC - What Really Destroyed The Building? You will read the truth.
Access to the buildings to place explosive material is similar. If you read my columns, every one of them is source referenced with links from credible sources, not arm chair bloggers. The individuals who placed the bombs on those columns were seen inside the Murrah Building in OKC doing something to the wiring. No one could possibly know what was about to happen - except those who planned it.
How many people are aware of the highly unusual closing of the Twin Towers the weekend before 9/11? How many people know Bush, Jr.'s younger brother was in charge of security for those towers?
"Marvin P. Bush, the president's younger brother, was a principal in a company called Securacom that provided security for the World Trade Center, United Airlines, and Dulles International Airport." And not to be outdone by this fact, we also learn that "from 1999 to January of 2002 (Marvin and George W.'s cousin) Wirt Walker III was the company's CEO."
Delivery of the weapons in both massacres did not cause the Murrah Building to blow up or the towers to come down. It is impossible for the Murrah Building to have sustained the amount of damage it did from a few containers of ANFO (ammonium nitrate-fuel oil) inside a moving truck parked on the street. It is also impossible to believe two commercial airliners and the jet fuel they were carrying caused, for the first time in history, steel buildings to pancake collapse. Go look at these pictures. How many people know that therubble from those buildings burned for MONTHS? It is impossible to believe jet fuel caused it or burning furniture and paper.
Despite the massive amount of material being sent to me about 9/11, I simply did not want to believe anyone, as rotten and corrupt as we know key players are in Washington - would do such a thing. I willfully believed lies because to question the official story meant I had to do something about it. I know there are several writers on NWVs who believe I am a tin-foil kool aid drinking conspiracy nut because of my columns on 9/11. I know that I am not. What I am is of the same mind set as Patrick Henry: “For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst and to provide for it.”
Because the size and scope of 9/11 was so massive, I would venture to say that tens of millions of Americans simply could not absorb it all between family and work obligations. There was far too much speculation backed up by nothing. There was far too much being posted on the Internet that could not be substantiated. One could literally drown in the sheer number of articles and columns about that horrible day. Sifting through it all takes time. Time to read, research, file Freedom of Information Act requests and watch mountains of video. As I was home that day, I saw all of it unfold on TV and for weeks after, I kept up with it more than the average person simply because I do work at home.
"It just didn't make any sense to me... When one starts using his own mind, and not what one was told, there is very little to believe in the official story." September 5, 2007 - U.S. Navy 'Top Gun' pilot, Commander Ralph Kolstad
There are those out in America who do not believe the government's story about 9/11, but when you debunk one of their favorite theories, why they climbed down my throat with vicious emails. Let me give three prime examples. The first:
Not long after the heinous attacks on September 11, 2001, many questions began to surface about the sequence of events which took place. A little less than two months after the attacks, the allegation was made that FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) had prior knowledge of 9-11 because they deployed rescue workers the night before the actual attacks.
This allegation was based on an interview broadcast September 13, 2001, on Dan Rather's news program. A Tom Kennedy allegedly stated he arrived in NYC on September 10, 2001 - the night before the attacks. This allegation of prior knowledge became so persistent, WND addressed the issue in an articleNovember 15, 2002:
This, however, did not satisfy many who felt that the audio of this interview proved that a Tom Kennedy, who works for FEMA, stated emphatically that he arrived in NYC on September 10, 2001. In an effort to determine the truth of the matter, I filed a FOIA (Freedom of Information Act) request on April 19, 2002; see here.
FEMA's Prior Knowledge of 9-11 Put to Rest
Second: It was all over the Internet Flight 93 made an emergency landing at Cleveland-Hopkins Airport and the passengers whisked away to some unknown location, therefore it could not have crashed in Pennsylvania. I filed a Freedom of Information Act request to get the documents which would either prove or disprove those allegations. The feds refused to cooperate, so I filed a lawsuit; see here. The government gave it up. The documents I received proved Flight 93 never landed at Cleveland-Hopkins that day.
Third: It made me sick to see postings on the Internet hawking, Find da plane! in reference to Flight 93. Some big joke. No plane crashed in that field outside Shanksville! All from arm chair "experts" who never got within 500 miles of the crash site. I finally told my husband I needed to go out there and see what I could find out. Not easy since I lived in Sacramento, California at the time. It cost me about $2400, but I believe I got the truth. My trip, the interviews and photos of what I saw are all here. There's no question the plane crashed in that field. Parts of the plane were found eight miles away. That could only have happened if Flight 93 had been shot down. I believe it was by Major Rick Gibney.
I have read Mike Ruppert's book, Crossing the Rubicon, his old postings, the 9/11 (Omission) Commission Report, all David Ray Griffin's excellent books, viewed who knows how many hours of film, countless hours of video from 9/11 Pilots for Truth. In sum, months and months of time spent on seeking the truth about that day, just like these "tin foil hat conspiracy nuts":
Carol Ashley, mother of Janice Ashley, 25, Fred Alger Management, 93rd floor, WTC Tower One; Kristen Breitweiser, wife of Ronald Breitweiser, 39, Fiduciary Trust International, WTC Tower Two; Patty Casazza, wife of John F. Casazza, 38, Cantor Fitzgerald, 104th floor, WTC Tower One; Beverly Eckert, wife of Sean Rooney Aon, WTC Tower Two; Mary Fetchet, mother of Bradley James Fetchet, 24, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, 89th floor, WTC Tower Two; Monica Gabrielle , wife of Richard Gabrielle Aon, 33; WTC Tower Two;
Bill Harvey, husband of Sara Manley Harvey, 31, Fred Alger Management, 93rd floor, WTC Tower One; Mindy Kleinberg, wife of Alan Kleinberg, 39, Cantor Fitzgerald, 104th floor, WTC Tower One; Carie Lemack, daughter of Judy Larocque, Market Perspectives; passenger, American Airlines Flight 11; Sally Regenhard, mother of Christian Michael Otto Regenhard, 28, Probationary Firefighter, L131, Red Hook, missing at WTC; Lorie Van Auken, wife of Kenneth Van Auken, 47, Cantor Fitzgerald, 105th floor, WTC Tower One; Robin Wiener, sister of Jeffrey Wiener, 33, Marsh Risk Technologies, 96th floor, WTC Tower One
Bob McIlvaine, father of Robert McIlvaine, Assistant Vice President, Merrill Lynch, WTC North Tower, 106th floor. Interview by Evan Solomon, CBC News 8/30/06: Bob McIlvaine: "I believe 100% that the U.S. orchestrated 9/11 with the help of other agencies around the world. But my blame goes to the United States because it happened in the U.S. There's people within the U.S. that knew it happened, that planned this to happen."
Bill Doyle - father of Joseph Doyle, Cantor Fitzgerald, WTC North Tower. Article 8/6/05: "I honestly don't believe the government story. During another interview, Doyle said: The 9/11 Commission is probably the worst representation of the 9/11 Families or for that matter all the American public because it's a sham. It really is.... We had tons of different questions that we asked them to ask. They wouldn't do it. And the continuing cover-up is just beyond belief... There's just such a continuing coverup. And why don't we just let the information about 9/11 be known? And then maybe this conspiracy type of thing would go away, but it's never going to go away or I don't think it can go away because they were complicit..."
Michelle Little, sister of Firefighter David M. Weiss, FDNY, Rescue Company 1, Midtown Manhattan, lost his life trying to rescue others from the World Trade Center the day of the attacks. Press Conference, National Press Club 9/12/06: "I am here today to call for the facts of September 11, 2001 to be released to the American public. ... The time is now to call upon all the Americans to lobby local media to cover this story and to pressure members of Congress to support legislation by reopening this investigation. We must hold those involved accountable for this atrocious tragedy. My brother, David, and ten brothers from his unit were murdered on 9/11. For them and for all of our mothers and fathers, sisters and brothers, aunts and uncles that died that day, it is imperative for their lives to know the truth."
Lt. Col. Shelton F. Lankford, U.S. Marine Corps. Retired U.S. Marine Corps fighter pilot with over 300 combat missions flown. 20-year Marine Corps career. "This isn't about party, it isn't about Bush Bashing. It's about our country, our constitution, and our future. ... Your countrymen have been murdered and the more you delve into it the more it looks as though they were murdered by our government, who used it as an excuse to murder other people thousands of miles away. If you ridicule others who have sincere doubts and who know factual information that directly contradicts the official report and who want explanations from those who hold the keys to our government, and have motive, means, and opportunity to pull off a 9/11, but you are too lazy or fearful to check into the facts yourself, what does that make you?"
Barry Zelman, brother of Kenneth Zelman, Oracle Corp., on assignment at Marsh & McLennan, WTC North Tower, 99th floor. Speech given at The Citizens' Commission on 9-11, 9/9/04: "I just embrace people that understand that four airplanes an hour and half between the first impact and the second impact with zero military response in the United States. It didn't happen that way. It couldn't have happened that way. You're talking about the most intelligent agencies that we have on the face of the earth. State of the art agencies ... And there was zero military response? ...It's very transparent that our own president did not want to investigate this tragedy. And I'm standing before you today for one reason. The only thing that I can give my brother is the truth. That's it."
Donna Marsh O'Connor, mother of Vanessa Lang Langer, Regus Business Center, WTC South Tower. Press Conference, National Press Club 9/12/06: "This government has made me a victim of conspiracy theories because they haven't answered fully, or allowed anyone to ask the true questions of September 11th. And that's what I'm asking from you [members of the media] today; for exposure. We are not crazy. We have questions. We demand answers ...We're asking for a new investigation into the events of September 11th and this time a truly bipartisan, global--with families invested from the beginning, middle and though out the end."
"Rosemary Cain, mother of Firefighter George C. Cain, Ladder Company 7, Manhattan, FDNY. "It is our right to know, as the families of those who paid the highest price. We demand to stop the lies so they can rest in peace. The truth must be known. They did not die in vain!"
"Daniel Wallace (1984 - 2007), son of Lt. Robert Wallace, Engine 205, Ladder 118, FDNY. Speech 12/3/06: "Ever since that day, I believed the official story for all about 2 minutes. I always had my questions. My family had their questions. The government sent us the 9/11 Commission or I should say omissions, really. They sent us that. I read the whole thing. As I'm reading the whole thing; it was just incredible; the lies in this book..."The truth: to actually be out there knowing that I'm fighting for something that's right and something that's American. That's the American way. ... My father was a true patriot and I will follow in his footsteps. I'm gonna try so hard. I'm gonna try to the death of me to get him justice. Not only him, but the three thousand others that died, too. ... My father was a patriot. I'm a patriot and everybody in this room that believes in truth and wants to find justice is a patriot. Because this is America. It is of the people; for the people; and by the people. And that's the America I know and that's the America that I'm gonna defend, no matter what."
The questions have never been answered. The American people were fed one lie after another and believed them. To even begin to believe that certain individuals and rogue elements within the U.S. government could be responsible for slaughtering 3,000 people is just too much for most Americans. It just can't be true. Let us grieve and move on because that's where safety lies.
As many of you know, I have been involved in the war against 'smart' meters here in Texas. During the August 21, 2012, open forum held by the PUC (which I later watched what I missed on video), an advocate of those dangerous meters said when people get something in their head, even though it's not true, they refuse to believe the facts. That is true because I've seen it for myself and let me give you an example. I watched the Casey Anthony trial while working at my desk. Much of the ballyhooed science testimony was in my layman's opinion, a waste of time. The distraction by the defense about unfounded allegations of sexual abuse. All smoke for what turned out to be a brain dead jury.
Here was the "Perry Mason" moment in that trial. The prosecution introduced a photo of little Caylee in a tee-shirt and asked the grandmother if she had ever seen the shirt before - the shirt Caylee's remains were found in where her little body was thrown like garbage. The response by grandma was no. You see, grandma bought all clothes for the two year and did all her laundry since the grand daughter lived with them. Grandma knew every piece of clothing that beautiful child had; nothing escaped her. Caylee was found dead in that pink tee shirt neither grandma or grandpa had ever seen before until shown the photo by police of Caylee wearing the tee shirt at Casey's boyfriend's house.
Casey kept spare clothes for Caylee at the boyfriend's house. The last person known who was seen with the little girl alive was Casey Anthony and the only one in the family who knew the child owned that tee shirt. The jury found Casey Anthony her not guilty. There will never be justice for little Caylee as her "mother" walked from a murder charge.
Norman Mineta was Secretary of Transportation that day. The testimony he gave before the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States contained his eye witness account that day that should have sent shock waves across this country:
MR. HAMILTON: We thank you for that. I wanted to focus just a moment on the Presidential Emergency Operating Center. You were there for a good part of the day. I think you were there with the vice president. And when you had that order given, I think it was by the president, that authorized the shooting down of commercial aircraft that were suspected to be controlled by terrorists, were you there when that order was given?
MR. MINETA: No, I was not. I was made aware of it during the time that the airplane coming into the Pentagon. There was a young man who had come in and said to the vice president, "The plane is 50 miles out. The plane is 30 miles out." And when it got down to, "The plane is 10 miles out," the young man also said to the vice president, "Do the orders still stand?" And the vice president turned and whipped his neck around and said, "Of course the orders still stand. Have you heard anything to the contrary?" Well, at the time I didn't know what all that meant. And --
Those who support the government's fairy tale write Mineta was referring to Flight 93. Not so:
MR. HAMILTON: The flight you're referring to is the --
MR. MINETA: The flight that came into the Pentagon.
MR. HAMILTON: The Pentagon, yeah.
MR. MINETA: And so I was not aware that that discussion had already taken place. But in listening to the conversation between the young man and the vice president, then at the time I didn't really recognize the significance of that. And then later I heard of the fact that the airplanes had been scrambled from Langley to come up to DC, but those planes were still about 10 minutes away. And so then, at the time we heard about the airplane that went into Pennsylvania, then I thought, "Oh, my God, did we shoot it down?" And then we had to, with the vice president, go through the Pentagon to check that out.
MR. HAMILTON: Let me see if I understand. The plane that was headed toward the Pentagon and was some miles away, there was an order to shoot that plane down.
MR. MINETA: Well, I don't know that specifically, but I do know that the airplanes were scrambled from Langley or from Norfolk, the Norfolk area. But I did not know about the orders specifically other than listening to that other conversation.
MR. HAMILTON: But there very clearly was an order to shoot commercial aircraft down.
MR. MINETA: Subsequently I found that out.
Read what Mineta said. He was referring to a plane incoming TO the Pentagon, not Pennsylvania. If the order to shoot down was not the Pentagon and a plane was 10 miles from the Pentagon, why wasn't an order given to shoot it down? You have a young man telling the vice president a commercial air liner is headed right at the Pentagon. It's 50 miles out, then 30 and then ten. We know fighters were scrambled from Langley. As horrible and painful as such a decision would be, knowing what would happen if a plane that size hit the Pentagon, why didn't Cheney give the order to shoot it down?
I was at the Pentagon, November 11, 2001. I saw close up the damage to that monstrous building that I have been in several times. It was far, far worse than it looked on TV or in pictures. How many people know that the exact location where Flight 77 allegedly hit had recently been reinforced:
Hani Hanjour and Flight 77's Unexplained Expert Maneuvers"
"One year after the attacks, MSNBC's Ashleigh Banfield mused, "It's ironic says Pentagon Renovation Manager Lee Evey that the hijacked airliner smashed into the very area of the Pentagon that had just undergone a renovation to strengthen the building against a terrorist attack. The death toll could have been much worse. Evey said the hijacked aircraft hit a portion of the building that had been renovated and reinforced with blast resistant windows, a special reinforced steel construction, and even fire-resistant Kevlar cloth."? (September 9, 2002 Monday TRANSCRIPT: # 090901cb.467) Ms. Manfield chooses the expression 'ironic' to describe these bizarre facts. That's perhaps one word. Absurd and criminally suspicious could easily be two others."
How convenient. I interviewed April Gallup when I had my radio show; it was all I could do not to cry while interviewing her. She is a survivor of the Pentagon attack. What she lived through no one should ever to experience.You can see an interview with her here.
The ONLY way YOU can feel comfortable in your own mind is to take the time to read credible research that's already been done for you. That is why I believe the following:
1. George Bush, Jr., did not know what was going to happen that day. While many will disagree with me, I don't believe Bush was considered reliable enough to act surprised or reliable enough to be part of such evil that words cannot describe.
2. I believe Dick Cheney is the top dog behind 9/11. I'm sure some will stop reading right here, but his involvement screams at you if you have the courage to open your mind to something so horrific, it almost goes beyond mere words. If you just say, she's nuts and walk away, will you ever really know if it is true or not? I tried that for almost a year and a half - until I could work up the courage to even entertain the idea of such treachery, such evil, such treason by anyone who calls themselves an American.
Is every family member, survivor, expert pilots with no political ax to grind, scientists in the field of physics, experts in explosives - thousands of them - all delusional conspiracy nuts wearing tin foil hats? Do all of them, including me and probably thousands of others who have written about that day have nothing better to do with our time than seek the truth about that day? The police state being erected and squeezing us since September 11th is the direct result of what happened that day built on a mountain range of lies. 9/11 IS the big lie for the unconstitutional invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan. Endless wars and killing, for what?
3. I feel comfortable saying that the majority of Americans have no idea there were other military exercises going on that day that confused the FAA and our military. They were used and the one person who could orchestrate the whole scenario is Dick Cheney.
4. Explosives planted inside brought down both World Trade Center Towers and Building 7.
5. Major Gibney and his crew shot down Flight 93.
6. Flight 77 did not hit the Pentagon. Where is it? Cheney knows and so do certain individuals in the FBI. To this day, the FBI has videos that will prove McVeigh's truck did not blow up the Murrah Building in OKC. Despite massive efforts by media organizations, the courts refuse to allow the American people the truth by allowing the FBI to keep them from we the people, the family and survivors of April 19, 1995.
John Ashcroft: Release Those Videos!
"Before the employees at the Pentagon gas station and the Sheraton National Hotel could even rewind their security camera film which was pointed right at the point of impact at the Pentagon, the FBI swooped down and confiscated all videos. They have them and they will not release them. Same as the videos taken by the FBI from the Virginia Department of Transportation which will also show exactly what flew into the Pentagon. The FBI has then and they won't release them. Why not?"
I ask the same question today: Why won't the FBI release every video they have from that day? Don't you want to see them? They are hiding the truth from all of us.
I believe Flight 77 flew over the Pentagon and into the Atlantic Ocean because it would be the only possible explanation. I say that after having reviewed the serious, professional research done by Americans who only want the truth. Not conspiracy theories, but the truth. There have been and still are too many individuals out there who have hurt the movement with their loony theories about no planes hit the World Trade Center Towers, i.e., Dr. Judy Wood. She is a scientist which gives her credibility. But, it is not credible to believe that tens of thousands of ordinary every day people did not see what they saw. People who had no reason to lie and film that does not lie. I have listened to her on radio and read her material. It simply doesn't pass the reality test. She has very dedicated followers who disagree with me.
Because the research on 9/11 is massive, the only way to get through it is to take the time to read analysis, thoroughly researched books, articles and look at videos and photos. How did I do it in between everything else? Take one article a day and read it over morning coffee or in the evening instead of watching the same old regurgitated baloney on Hannity, Bill O'Reilly, Van Sustren or whatever propaganda is on for the evening. If you do that and stick with it, I believe you will come to the very painful conclusion the world has been lied to about that day.

There are people all over this country who do nothing but continue trying to keep 9/11 in front of everyday folks so that one day, the roar from the American people and from around the world will force a real investigation about what happened that day. Not government hacks, but televised congressional hearings and bring in those who have done real research and let them tell the truth about 9/11. Subpoena Maj. Rick Gibney. Subpoena the young man Cheney was talking to that morning about the plane approaching the Pentagon. Subpoena Cheney. Put them all under oath and give us the truth.
"One man with courage makes a majority." --President Andrew Jackson
Here is my 9/11 archives - Everyone of my columns is filled with links. You have to study them because they are important. Do it with one column at a time because those links will educate on a specific issue involving that day. Americans should be grateful to all the individuals from engineers, firemen, witnesses, former military, everyone, who despite being attacked at every turn, put their names and reputations on the line to bring us the truth. Like physics professor, Dr. Steven Jones. They all had the courage to speak up for the truth - unlike the gutless cowards in the media (including cable), U.S. Congress then and now.
I want to thank the editor at NWVs for putting up with such a long column, but it was necessary.
Photos - look at them and ask yourself if the government's story matches up -- just like OKC.
9/11 Pentagon Damage Immediate Aftermath High-Resolution Photos
Pentagon One
Pentagon Two
Are they all conspiracy nuts wearing tin toil hats?
An Attempt to Uncover the Truth About September 11th, 2001
Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth
Pilots for 9/11 Truth
PTECH, 9/11, and USA-Saudi Terror - Part I
PROMIS Connections to Cheney Control of 9/11 Attacks Confirmed
Part II
9/11 Doubts Seep into the Mainstream as Evidence Accumulates
The Sibel Edmonds Story - Gagged over the truth about 9/11.
She was a foreign language specialist for the FBI.
New York Times Revelations Highlight CIA's Role pre-911
9-11 Net rumor finally put to rest
Must watch
9-11 explained in 5 minutes
Amongst The Rubble (What they don't want you to see) 9/11 (video)
McVeigh's Second Trial
I wrote that series which contains so much most Americans don't know
about that slaughter of 183 Americans.
My OKC material is on my CD.

To read more:

http://www.newswithviews.com/Devvy/kidd553.htm

Alien ETs, Hybrids and 9/11-by Preston James-videos

( Disclaimer- Dr. Steven Greer is a disinformation agent funded by Laurance Rockefeller.

 Paul Hellyer, former Canadian Defense Minister just does not understand that these are not alien. They are fallen angels.Numerous high ranking military officer also believe they are aliens, while at the very top, those officials know they have sold their souls to satan and his fallen angels.

Preston James uses the term 'alien' for those of you not in the know. However, as you will see later in this article he readers to officials who have sold their souls to lucifer, meaning satan. But he clearly does not recognize that Dr. Greer is a disinformation agent.

The World's Highest Ranking Alien Believer

YouTube - Veterans Today -
Slowly but surely as time has passed since 9/11, some astute researchers began to see that the whole USG narrative dispensed by the Controlled Major mass Media was just another big lie like the classic lie, Oswald was a lone-nut assassin. At present up to 40% in some surveys believe that the USG is lying about 9/11 and is at a minimum covering it up. Some surveys have shown that up to 80% believe that the USG is lying about the JFK Assassination by still claiming Oswald did it alone and the Warren Commission Report is accurate.
The facts now show that 911 was an inside job and it is now obvious that ultra high tech means was used to institute the attacks and to institute the coverup so effectively.
However as some now realize the facts are clear, 9/11 was an inside job and extremely high tech means were used to do it. For example, how were most of the twin towers turned to dust? How were two aircraft seen and videoed flying into the twin towers at impossibly high speeds, with no landing lights and serious aberrations in the videos which made such flights impossible. How could such two planes have hit the towers when FAA records later recovered showed them still flying and in service after their alleged tower strikes?
The 9/11 attacks also served as a complete justification for these wars of aggression in Iraq, Afghanistan and now in 16 other African and Mideast countries, continued as low intensity warfare utilizing paid mercenaries and secret special operations warriors.
The problem with the State provided narrative is that it is a bald faced lie and easily provable to be such.

6corpsT

he problem, and it is a very big problem, is that the narrative provided by the USG through its Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM), a state propaganda mechanism owned by six major international “Globalist” corporations, is a complete and bald faced lie.
Immediately following the 9/11 attacks at the Twin Towers in NYC and the Pentagon, the storyline was broadcast and parroted by all CMMM in unison that the attacks were based on 19 Mideast Muslims that hijacked 4 passenger aircraft with “box-cutters”, and were controlled by Osama bin Laden from a cave in Afghanistan using his cell phone who was also able to prevent all NORAD interceptions which must be activated within 6 minutes from stopping any of the hijacked aircraft.
Upon close inspection the State supplied storyline is patently absurd in every way.
Upon close inspection this storyline is so absurd that it would seem doubtful that anyone would ever accept it. However, as was learned from Eduard Bernays and Goebbels, state propaganda can be extremely effective if dispensed by a Controlled major Mass Media in unison, over and over again. As was learned in Bolshevik Russia and Maoist China, as well as other communist states like North Korea, rote repetition by the CMMM.
The Power and tyranny of the State is used to bludgeon truth out of “we the people”.
The power of the state was used a brute force to silence true witnesses, often by threats, sometimes by murder. When that was not sufficient the rote repetition of the State provided narrative of lies was in many cases enough to drown out the truth provided by the alternative media on the Internet and by word of mouth of actual witnesses. In the final analysis, most citizens believed the official State narrative because it fulfilled their deep emotional need to see the USG and the CMMM as good parent figures who always want their best and could never do such an evil thing as murder 3,000 Americans to fight Israeli’s wars in the Mideast to protect the central Banksters big oil interests and other natural resources they were itching to get their hands on.
American Intel has been for the most part infil-Traited and hijacked and used as an instrument of suppression of dissent against the American People.
The problem in America is that most do not understand the degree of penetration of American intel into every major institution of society including and especially the Major Mass Media and the sad fact that the CMMM is a propaganda mouthpiece for the Ruling Cabal of a few top Policy-Makers.
According to former CIA Director William Colby, “The CIA owns everyone of any significance in the major media.”
Another former CIA Director, William Casey, stated “We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false.”
Anyone who doubts that American intel fully captured the Major mass Media and transformed it into the Controlled major Mass media, its main propaganda dispenser can easily show this by studying now declassified “Operation Mockingbird” documents.
Almost every major Corporation has been hijacked by the Secret Shadow Government (SSG) through its agents, American intel.
Basically Americans just plain do not understand that almost every major corporation has been hijacked and taken over one way or another to serve as a agent of American Intel, which itself currently is serving as nothing but an enforcer for the Central Banksters and the worldwide network of approximately 140 key interlocked corporations that are deeply associated with it.

dhs-seal-250If

any corporation refuses to “play ball” well then, they have major licensing problems, major tax problems or are shut down by government regulators. It is now known that through secret arrangements organizations like Infraguard have created a strong connection between DHS and American Corporations and made them essentially an extension of the State as far as controlling their policies and practices. It has recently been discovered that the FBI and DHS not only has a “no fly list”, they have a main core “assassination List” of 8 million American patriots they considers “Enemies of the State”, and a “No-Work List” as well as an “Harassment or Tension List”.
Here is how the “No-Work List” works. If one has been put on the list the list due to behaviors that the FBI or DHS or some other USG agency has identified as defined by their “domestic terror activities description list” or for any arbitrary reason, the person’s employer receives a visit from an FBI agent or a DHS agent and is shown a “national security letter to read, but which cannot be kept. The employer is told something to the effect, “this employee is a suspected domestic terrorist”, or “has been associating with known terrorists”, or something like that, and “we believe it would be safer for your employees if he were not employed here any longer”.
The letter is taken back, the employer is informed that it is a 10,000 USD fine and up to ten years in a federal prison to disclose the contents of the letter or the visit. A business card is left by the agent and the employer is told, we have a special department that will help you find a way to release this individual and make sure that any legal actions by she/he goes nowhere because we have arrangements with court clerks and can make sure such cases get to one of our judges. Numerous times such a visit is made to a potential employer to prevent a federal whistle-blower from being hired. As many now realize this is the norm for most whistle-blowers that they cannot get jobs even when by far the best qualified applicant.

dhs-terrorist-300x145


There is also believed to be an “Harassment or Tension List” where a targeted individual is watched and creatively stressed by manipulation of his/her environment and working conditions if employed. This is often a strategy of creating daily tension in the target’s life, interrupting their normal successes and making everything “a bitch” to accomplish. Sometime depending on the assigned “threat status” an individual’s car, residence, job, friends, spouse, family and everything in their life is obstructed or tampered with. Retired USG workers or military from special access programs are occasionally used to do gang stalking for harassment purposes and sometimes in certain cases hand-held high tech psychotronic weapons are used to create headaches, memory loss, difficulty concentrating and various illnesses.
Now who are the REAL TERRORISTS?
Classically the FBI has had a special unit specializing in this delivery of “domestic harassment and torture” and there are several well known cases where they have used such a program against their own FBI whistle-blowers. Two FBI agents were far too high profile and handled things too effectively for this to be done to: Philip Whitehurst MD, and Colleen Rowley, both great American heroes who refused to engage in any wrongdoing or to cover up FBI crimes. However, the FBI and CIA as well as Miltel have murdered hundreds including even women and children to create and maintain coverups for those less fortunate or skilled to protect themselves. Obviously when possible, going public and being able to gain major public attention and visibility can help one to survive immensely. The FBI has always been a blackmail and terror group set up to serve as an enforcer for the Ruling Cabal and the Central Banksters. Naturally it has been quite easy for them to become deeply involved in the neo-Bolshevik oppression of American Patriots and dissidents who question 9/11 or any other covert USG high crimes and misdemeanors. Are all FBI agents functional criminals and enemies of “we the people”? No, many are good folks who are kept in the dark and used in some compartmented tasks without understand overall FBI functions to destroy the American Republic and the US Constitution and Bill of Rights. It is the top FBI leadership that are the abject criminals, traitors, murderers and enemies of American Freedom and Liberty. And unknown to most the FBI does a substantial amount of the real dirty work and illegal ops for the NSA. (2)
The only real domestic terrorists are those who occupy the highest positions in DHS and the FBI, and these folks are dangerous, very dangerous to the freedoms and lives of all good Americans.
When either FBI agents or DHS agents (sometimes CIA or Miltel) are tasked to make visits to employers with National Security Letters to initiate a separation or harassment procedure, it has been learned that they give the approximate following narrative. The employer is told, Al Quae Da is expanding its membership and recruiting dissatisfied Americans and those that are vulnerable to being recruited into a domestic terror network without realizing it. (actually the only ones doing this are the CIA and FBI when they pich retarded or mentally ill folks to entrap and set up to be terror patsies!). They tell the employer that they are working closely with corporations to “nip this in the bud early” so that these terror groups cannot succeed. In this way they are working hard to prvent more 9/11′s and need the employers help, everyone’s safety depends on it. It’s all a lie of course just like everything else related to the USG and CMMM narratives on 9/11 and Al Quae Da which is actually Al Cia Duh.
So you have a situation of complete total duplicity where the world’s biggest terrorists, the folks who specialize in blackmail, murder, harassment of the innocent or anyone who want the Constitution or Bill of Rights followed and Rule of Law, claiming they are preventing future terror and more 911′s when they have always been the whole problem right from the very start. This is of course the epitome of hippocrasy and pure, unmitigated evil beyond what normal folks can imagine and that’s why they have gotten away with it so far.
As many now realize when placed on the “No-Fly List” or one of these special watch lists, there is no appeal process available and mid-level supervisory agents have the power to do this with absolutely no oversight. Now this is a true definition of abject tyranny. When Senator Ted Kennedy was placed on the “No-Fly List”, he tried numerous times to get his name taken off, but never succeeded nor could he ever get any explanation who put him on the list, if it was a mistake or why he was on the list. And he was a powerful US Senator, Go figure. Yes, this is pure tyranny by mid level asinine abusers using color of law to violate the US Constitution and Bill of Rights.
And now a current situation is developing which is very interesting and is best summarized as “what is good for the goose is good for the gander”. There are Reports that DHS has actuated a 19 million dollar contract to hire special “security agents” to protect key industrial leaders and officials.

Congressman Exposes DHS Buildup for CIVIL UNREST & Secret Police Force- "NOT A CONSPIRACY"

YouTube - Veterans Today -

These new DHS high security agents must have top secret security clearances. What is not being told is that some of them will likely be deeply mind-kontrolled sleepers which can be activated to do just the opposite of what they roles are claimed, that is to take out these folks they are supposed to be protecting when they are “activated”. And this fits with DHS’s neo-Bolshevik agenda to set up a new Red Terror mechanism, a new Red Cheka to mass murder Americans and take out top political and industrial leaders. And the story doesn’t end here, many police departments have set up procedures for their officers to practice taking mock pills for biological warfare protection (typically packaged M & Ms used for trials). Officers have been instructed to practice taking them on an assigned schedule and have been sworn to secrecy along with special anti-domestic terror training. One individual told me most officers played along, but actually tossed them, because they didn’t trust what could be in them or the real ones, and expected the real ones to contain either poison or the actual biological weapon itself. So it is fair to say that a significant amount of distrust exists within many police departments towards DHS and their ADL anti-domestic terror trainers. And some officers deeply resent DHS and see it as abject tyranny infringing on their responsibilities and rights as peace officers and an attempt to make them mere federal or military clones and order takers of the DHS which they deeply resent.
Turning America into a new war zone is the apparent secret USG agenda.
It has become pretty obvious to the Ruling Cabal that the Internet has essentially sideswiped them, that they did not anticipate its ability to create a newly emerging world populism and a strong new populism inside America. In order to maintain their power they now know that it is necessary to continue to transform America by use of synthetic or staged terror, sometimes virtual terror such as at Sandy Hook. Obviously the transformation of America into a domestic war zone using staged, synthetic and virtual will open up huge new defense industry markets, perhaps allowing the continuance of huge profits for the Central Banksters as well as the defense related industries and security providers. And in the process, the mechanisms of complete suppression of any domestic protests or dissension, even though a basic Constitutional Right, can be used to prevent “we the people” from taking control over their nation back.
It is pretty clear that America the Republic has been hijacked by foreign Central Banksters and their cutouts who now have established a stranglehold over it by buying, bribing, compromising and coercing almost every single Senator and Congressperson. Use of lucrative revolving door contracts, absurdly high speaking honorariums and many other secret perks are part of the means of “human compromise” and influence-peddling.
These staged illegal, unConstitutional, undeclared, unprovoked Perpetual Wars are destructive to the US Constitution, Bill of Rights, Rule of Law and basic American Freedom and Liberty.
“Of all the enemies to public liberty war is, perhaps, the most to be dreaded because it comprises and develops the germ of every other. War is the parent of armies; from these proceed debts and taxes. And armies, and debts, and taxes are the known instruments for bringing the many under the domination of the few. In war, too, the discretionary power of the Executive is extended. Its influence in dealing out offices, honors, and emoluments is multiplied; and all the means of seducing the minds, are added to those of subduing the force of the people. The same malignant aspect in republicanism may be traced in the inequality of fortunes, and the opportunities of fraud, growing out of a constant state of war . . . and in the degeneracy of manners and morals, engendered by both. No nation could preserve its freedom in the midst of continual warfare.”
- James Madison, April 20, 1795
The CMMM typically transforms good Americans into a deer in the headlights.
When the major network “talking heads” (who are hand selected for their appearance of credibility and believability) all parrot the same storyline, the average American becomes a deer in the headlights and fall for it.
9/11 is a perfect example. Thousands of young American men and women immediately enlisted to go and fight who they believed were the Mideast Muslim Terrorists that did it. A precedent had already been set with the set up with the very crafty entrapment of Saddam Husein in the first Iraq war where US Ambassador April Glaspie told him that the Kuwaiti Government was cross drilling into his main oil filed and that if he decided to do something about it, the USG would consider it an inter-arab conflict and stay out of it. Of course this was a very clever set up and Saddam fell into it hook line and sinker when America intel used a top public relations firm to spread masterful media lies like the one told by the young girl that Saddam’s soldiers ripped babies out of the incubators and threw them on the floor of the hospital to die.
Divide and Conquer is the age old game of the Hidden Occult Masters who control world central banking aka the “money-changers”.
Divide and conquer is the age old game of the Babylonian Money-Magick folks, you know, the City of London Banksters, the cutouts for the Old Black European Nobility (OBN) who desire to remain in the background while puling the strings and levers of governments, banking, intel and the military.
And of course it is now known that as is usual pre-war policy, Saddam Hussein was a sheep-dipped CIA assassin who was built up to be a tyrant and supplied with massive arms and munitions, as well as poison gas and biological warfare precursors in exchange for much of his massive oil profits. And numerous European countries were part of this big Iraq arms buildup, in which Saddam was used as a counter-force against Iran. This of course is the age old City of London Financial District strategy of “divide and conquer”, to keep one enemies fighting among themselves and consuming wealth and lives, thus weakening their nations and peoples.
This strategy worked for many years as England built up its collection of colonies all over the world. But as their colonial power failed, they implemented a very crafty plan to replace the colonial government structure with central Banking systems, covertly franchised from the Bank of England. these systems were all based on ancient Babylonian Money-Magick, reputed to be a type of “Black Magic” that could create money nothing as well as provide interest for loaning such fiat currency while transforming the citizens of such nations into debt slaves from the pernicious usury which formed the basis of the system of Central Banking. And of course the secret insignia or symbol for these Babylonia Black-Magic Arts from which Money-Magick came from is the Hex-Star, or the merging of the upward facing triangle (Nephilim or Beast Blood) and the downward facing Triangle (Human Female Blood). This was never the “Star of David” as many have been led to believe. It originated back in Babylonian times and emerged in Judaic circles after 700 AD. Some call it the luciferian flag and believe it symbolizes the “teaming power” of lucifer, the god of this world.
And as numerous experts now believe the new Mideast country of Israel was set up as the private army and intel headquarters of the Rothschild Central Banking Family, you know, AKA the Bauers that basically infiltrated and took over merry old England and now run the City of London Financial District and perhaps every Central bank in the world. Some have estimated the families holdings at 750 Trillion dollars. Rothschild translated means “child of the rock” and their original coat of arms was a Red Shield, the color which seems to be associated with the arising of Bolshevism, the “Reds” and communism, collectivism, the “red Guard”, etc. It is believed by numerous researchers who have studied this extreme wealthy, connected and powerful family that they are the nexus of evil in the world and have been involved in the financing of every major war as well as have reaped huge profits from such wars.
Some astute researchers who have followed all the trails believe that Babylonian Money-Magick and its pernicious usury and debt-slavery of the central Banksters has actually been provided by involvement with aliens and cross breeding between aliens and humans to create hybrids with super Psi-powers from the “Dark Side”, that is luciferian black arts which the Old Black Nobility (OBN) have been known for since ancient times. If true then, Psi-power is luciferian Black arts power provided by aliens to a certain select of humans who have been deeply involved with them for many generations. For those that doubt this some basic research on Aleister Crowley and how an alien ET Gray type appeared to him inside a pyramid in Egypt. This same power was sought by certain top SS men in the basement of Wewelsberg Castle. These was related to their occult organization “The Black Sun”. Some experts believe that it was the occult connection to these “alien ET spirit guides” which provided the advanced Nazi weapons technology, including anti-gravity craft and perhaps even time-warping.
Most can now agree that all wars are Banker’s Wars.
As the classic and highly respected movie by Michael Rivero “All Wars Are Bankers Wars” (3), a very important movie, has shown, Central Banking’s largest profits come from major wars one way or another and sometime short selling and related market manipulation are part of it. And as historians know, the Rothschild’s takeover of the English banking system was really based on some very crafty market manipulation related to advanced knowledge of Napoleon’s defeat.
The Rothschilds are deeply involved in the highest echelons of Freemasonry and thus linked to a worldwide occult system, with the core secrets hidden from the lower echelons.The secret of freemasonry, only available to the highest oath takers is that they worship what they call the “great architect of the Universe” whom they call lucifer. And yet some who have defected have claimed that lucifer is evil and the practices his followers promote in secret are evil too, although the organizations cover is that of a charitable community organization.
The Rothscild’s fly the luciferian flag and set up their own luciferian nation-state in Palestinian-owned land, and took such lands by systematic aggression and capture at the direction of the City of London Central Banksters, the Rothschild world zionists. These Central Banksters and their American Federal Reserve franchisees appear to have very craftily set up all major wars and staged them for massive profits and to further an agenda of “death and survival of the fittest”. As many know part of this worldwide occult network is the Russell Trust AKA the Skull and Bones fraternity of Yale University which meets in the windowless “Tomb”. Their theme is purification of the human species through the ministering of mass death through war while gaining money and power at the same time. Instead they produce the putrification and corruption of Government and society and create immense evil and suffering in society marked by needless wars of acquisition and mass death and suffering of the innocent. they want death and suffering for everyone else but their group of the “chosen ones”.
Most members of the Ruling Cabal are members of secret occult death Cults with known luciferian beliefs which regard the average human as a useless eater, except for themselves (who are the “chosen ones”).
Most of the Ruling Cabal of top Policy-Makers are part of death cults that worship death and believe it must be ministered to mankind by war in order for the supper-elite chosen ones (them) to be able to maintain power, and be able to cull the herd and reduce population and weed out the undesirables. Their goal is to “hive” the people of the world to think in lockstep as they direct.
hiveIt has been reported that the 15 yearly new members of Skull and Bones also worship lucifer and are projected into the highest positions in government and industry after being “tapped” to become members. The Russell Trust is also known to have become wealthy from Chinese opium sales during the period of the Boxer Rebellion and opium wars and afterwards. The Skull and Bones is a luciferian death cult and has some very well known members such as Prescott Bush, George H.W. Bush and George W. Bush as well as John Kerry and Mac Wallace, LBJ’s personal hit man whose fingerprint was found on a box from the sixth floor School Book Depository in Dallas from the time of the JFK Assassination and was the personal hit man of LBJ who had him murder his own sister, Agriculture Inspector Henry Marshall, as well as many more including his participation in the assassination of JFK at LBJ’s request.
A detailed examination of the seemingly impossible occurrences of the 9/11 attacks suggest that advanced alien technology was obtained and used on that fateful day.
The unmatched and extremely effective transformational power of 911 can really only be adequately explained if one assumes that it was based on the following acquisitions and use of alien advanced technology. If one truly wants to explain all the strange occurrences related to the attacks of 9/11/01 and the successful coverup afterwards in the days that followed, one must look to the application and use of alien technology obtained through long term arrangements between these occult black arts family members who rose to become top Policy-Makers.
1. Ruling Cabal’s acquisition and use of alien mind-kontrol. Obviously the well known psyops technique of “Blood-shock” was used on9/11 which makes the public very suggestible to state provided narratives carried by the CMMM. This method was also used with the JFK Assassination by use of public execution in broad daylight with a concocted film later released to dramatize the head snap and recondition the public to keep denying the truth of a conspiracy. The blood-shock of 911 provided a means to set the storyline that the “19 evil Muslims with box-cutters” from Afghanistan did it under the guidance of Osama bin Laden who made the whole USAF/NORAD stand down by use of his cell phone from a cave in Afghanistan. It is also strongly suspected that beyond-black “alien Hiving” technology was deployed by use of advanced space station and ground antenna deployed psychotronics was used to create human hive mentality of obedience and belief in the state sponsored 911 narrative dispensed by their partners in crime the evil disgusting but whitewashed CMMM.
2. Ruling Cabal’s acquisition and use of alien high tech anti-matter explosives technology. There is sufficient evidence to show that various types of advanced explosive devices were used in the twin towers and in WTC7. There was an initial underground blast seconds before the first plan hit (conventional), numerous explosions when the alleged plan strikes occurred (conventional and high tech), and ultra-high tech anti-matter devices were used inside the elevator shafts one every ten floors detonated one per second from the top down, turning the building to dust and leaving radioactive tracers behind. There could have been a small conventional neutron device planted in the basement as an upward facing shaped charge which left some radioactive tracers. It appears that WTC has conventional high explosives pre-planted in the building which were detonated at 5:20 PM to demo the building.
3. Ruling Cabal’s acquisition and use of alien high tech anti-gravity cloaking. Beyond-Black secret anti-gravity cloaking technology has been available for at least 30 years by certain DOD USAF contractors. This could have been used to hide the use of any cruise missile or smaller plan which struck the Twin Towers. It is not know however at this time for certain whether any plane, missile or flying object hit the twin towers or not or if it was a staged holographic from a space platform and a close-by control aircraft.
4. Ruling Cabal’s acquisition and use of alien high tech 3D holograph & sound generation and projection. It is known that beyond-black holographic technology exists which can project 3D moving images and sound which will fool many. Close study of the videos shown far too many aberrations for them to be realistic portrayals of any aircraft strikes. It is known that alien high technology does exist which could have been used.
5. Ruling Cabal’s acquisition and use of the ancient Babylonian alien black arts of Psi-power associated with a secret occult network in the background from which this Ruling Cabal that did 911 arose from in the first place as top Policy-Makers. Based on anecdotal evidence and personal testimonies it is now known that top Policy-Makers must sell their souls to lucifer to obtain their own personal spirit guide which many believe is an evil alien parasite that grants use of Psi-powers to their host. This transaction cannot occur unless they have freely given up their souls first, i.e. been “soul-snatched” by recurrent violation of the Golden Rule, “do unto others as you would have them do unto you.” Psi-power is the ages old, ancient Babylonian Black arts, aka “Black-Magic” which is the root of Babylonian Money-Magick which drives Central banking’s use of fiat debt-based currency, and pernicious usury which produces debt slavery all over the world. Declassified documents have shown that the US Military has spent many millions doing research on Psi-power, attempting to walk through walls and contact alien greys through complex black arts rituals. The USG says these programs were discontinued. Don’t believe it, a little basic research will show that they are spending more than ever and doing joint research with aliens in underground bases (DUMBS).
It’s a pretty good bet that massive Psi-power was used to “cast a spell” on Americans in order to be able to pull of the 9/11 operations so successfully. To do this weird rituals and numbers must be used, such as murdering JFK in masonic Dealey Plaza at the 33rd degree triple underpass. For those who do not believe that the US Army top command went luciferian and Psi for at least a while (an probably still are, especially with the remote viewing programs) do some research on the “Temple of Set”, Wewelsburg Castle, and the Black Sun. You will be simply amazed because it all came her to America under Operation paperclip. It’s all a “can of worms” but you will quickly get an idea of what has been going on.
Some believe that there are alien/human hybrids that have risen to the top Policy-Maker positions in society using the powers provided by the black arts and selling their souls to lucifer to obtain a spirit guide and special powers to obtain success, wealth, status and power.
Of course the usual question arises quite often when discussing this subject, “if the aliens that assisted the 9/11 attacks are so high tech and so advanced and so evil, why don’t they just take over the whole world at once and get rid of all humans?” The answer that some insiders have provided as a possible explanation is that there are Rules of Play to the Universe set by a God Almighty. If alien ETs are going to take over Planet Earth they must do so according to rules of human free-will and human consent, and must allow the truth to be told. They cannot go where too many people refuse to do evil or break the Golden Rule according to this narrative.
Conclusion:
Some insiders know and have stated that there is an Alien Agenda which is controlling the actions of the top Policy-Makers who are known to be associated with a worldwide secret occult network. This Alien Agenda is purported to involved in Terra-Forming the Earth in successive steps, starting with the Continent of Africa where the first alien-hybrid are scheduled to inhabit at some future point according to well founded rumors of a secret treaty with Aliens and top world officials.
The alien agenda has been to raise up families of “the chosen ones” who may be alien hybrids themselves, who will create a worldwide NWO tyranny which can provide the complete control and tyranny necessary to deploy worldwide Terra-Forming which includes aircraft spraying of chem-trails and the use of GMO food and other high tech methods for the controlled depopulation of planet earth, in order to provide space for the new alien hybrid race. If this is true, then the Alien Agenda has achieved a great deal of gains from the 9/11 inside-job false-flag attacks and may continue to use staged or virtual terror like at Sandy Hook where there were no dead kids at all and crisis actors were used to stage a phony mass/live-shooter event as a covert attack on the Second Amendment.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/11/28/alien-ets-hybrids-and-911/

Strange Immunity Cult leaders, CIA agents, mass murderers and other criminals {Including high officials of governments}-video ( A must watch)

The Cult of Terror-The Shock Doctrine- A vast Counterintelligence Global Program for gaining power over the minds and lives of the public. Satanic black magic and mind control.


Scientology, the CIA & MK ULTRA Illuminati Mind Control
"A global pattern of unimaginable abuse"

Have you noticed that some people get heavily prosecuted for crimes while other walk away from charges or are never charged at all?

As this documentary shows, it's much, much worse than most of us realize.

Here are case studies from the US, France, Belgium and the UK.

"A global pattern of unimaginable abuse"

(Child kidnapping, rape, torture and murder-snuff films involving high officials of governments of Belgium, France, USA and more

Washington’s Dirty Game in Ukraine by Stephen Lendman

by Stephen Lendman mccain-ukraine

Weeks of Ukraine street protests continue. Washington’s dirty hands are involved. They’re manipulating things disruptively. Imperial ruthlessness operates this way.
International law is clear and unequivocal. Meddling in the internal affairs of other countries is illegal. Doing so is longstanding US policy.
It’s to eliminate independent sovereign states. It’s about replacing them with pro-Western vassal ones.
It’s about weakening major rivals. It aims to eliminate them altogether if possible. It’s for unchallenged global dominance.
It’s to make the world safe for corporate American profiteers. John Perkins was an “economic hit man.” He explained, saying:
“(H)ighly paid professionals cheat countries around the globe out of trillions of dollars.”
“They funnel money from the World Bank, (IMF, and other international lending agencies, as well as) other foreign aid organizations into the coffers of huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families who control the planet’s natural resources.”
“Their tools include fraudulent financial reports, rigged elections, payoffs, extortion, sex, and murder.”
“They play a game as old as empire, but one that has taken on new and terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization.”
Their mandate is plundering nations for profit. It’s controlling their resources. It’s impoverishing and bankrupting them. It’s trapping them debt bondage.
Nations refusing terms face major reprisals. Washington stops at nothing to achieve goals. Tactics include bullying, intimidation, punishing sanctions, assassinations, coups and lawless aggression.
Media propaganda accompanies them. The battle for Ukraine features Russia bashing. More on that below. It involves beating up on Ukraine’s democratically elected government.
New York Times editors want Ukraine tilting West. They lied saying President Viktor Yanukovych “undermined his legitimacy.”
They said he did so “when his security forces used truncheons and tear gas against thousands of protesters…”
One day only they confronted them violently. Yanukovych took them to task for doing so.
During weeks of protests, they’ve shown remarkable restraint. US police are some of the world’s worst bullies. Don’t expect Times editors to explain.
They lied claiming an EU alliance “open(s) the way to a brighter economic future.” It assures plundering Ukraine for profit, impoverishment, unemployment, debt entrapment, and extreme human misery.
Former NYT executive editor Bill Keller writes alternate Monday Times op-eds. He does so irresponsibly. He supports wealth, power and privilege. He spurns objectivity. He turns truth on its head.
On December 15, he headlined “Russia vs. Europe.” He accused Vladimir Putin of “bullying neighboring Ukraine into a new customs union (resembling the) Soviet Union Lite.”
Fact check
Putin offers carrots, not sticks. He engaged Yanukovych responsibly. Mutually beneficial trade terms are being negotiated.
On December 17, Putin and Yanukovych will co-chair a Russian/Ukrainian interstate commission session. They’ll do so in Moscow. Bilateral agreement terms will be finalized.
On Sunday, European officials in Brussels suspended talks on an EU/Ukrainian alliance. They wrongfully accused Yanukovych of refusing to accept terms demanding rejection.
They’re one-way. They’re take it or leave it with no concessions. They assure opening Ukraine to plunder if accepted.
Stefan Fule is European Commissioner for Enlargement and European Neighbourhood Policy. He duplicitously said Ukraine’s position has “no grounds in reality.”
He calls anything short of unconditionally agreeing to harsh EU terms unacceptable. So do other EU officials. Washington demands nothing less.
John McCain represents the worst of legitimate governance. He’s an embarrassment writ large. He’s militantly hardline. He an unindicted war criminal. He’s ideologically over-the-top.
He showed up in Ukraine. On Sunday, he addressed protesters. He lied saying:
“People of Ukraine, this is your moment. This is about you, no one else. This is about the future you want for your country.”
“This is about the future you deserve. A future in Europe, a future of peace, with all of your neighbors.”
“The free world is with you. America is with you. I am with you. Ukraine will make Europe better, and Europe will make Ukraine better.”
Turning East, not West, serves ordinary Ukrainian best. McCain lied claiming otherwise.
So did Senator Chris Murphy. He accompanied McCain. He disingenuously told Kiev protesters “Ukraine’s future stands with Europe, and the United States stands with Ukraine.”
Keller espouses the same one-way dogma. He maliciously attacked Putin. He accused him of “draw(ing) the line against Europe.”
He’s “deepen(ing) division. It seems clearer than ever that Putin is not just tweaking the West to rouse his base or nipping domestic opposition in the bud.”
He’s “attempting to turn back 25 years of history. (He) put on a KGB uniform and never took it off. (He’s) the cynical, calculating master of realpolitik.”
“He sees the world in conspiracies and responds in kind. (He’s) a tortured Russian soul out of Dostoevsky, distressed by godlessness, permissiveness and moral decline.”
“He is Soviet Man, still fighting the Cold War. (He’s) a classic narcissist…His beef with the West is no longer just about political influence and economic advantage. (It’s) profoundly spiritual.”
Keller-style Putin bashing features malicious misinformation. Putin and Obama are polar opposites.
Putin supports global peace, stability and security. He urges cooperative relations with all countries.
He rejects meddling in the internal affairs of other states. He believes sovereign independence is inviolable.
Obama prioritizes advancing America’s imperium. It aims for unchallenged global dominance.
It features ruthless economic exploitation. It involves violence, instability and imperial wars.
Obama breaches rule of law principles. He abhors democratic values. He wants the world made safe for US corporate crooks.
He’s ravaging one country after another to achieve it. Putin is polar opposite. Don’t expect Keller to explain.
His op-eds read like administration handouts. Propaganda substitutes for truth and full disclosure.
He recalled Mikhail Gorbachev’s July 1989 speech. At the time, he endorsed Russia sharing a “common European home.”
Keller quoted former Washington Post chief foreign correspondent, Jim Hoagland, saying:
“The long winter of world conflict based on the division of Europe seems to be approaching an end.”
According to Keller: “Nearly 25 years after Gorbachev’s ‘common European home,’ Putin sounds like a common European home wrecker.”
Fact check
In 1989, GHW Bush promised Gorbachev NATO wouldn’t expand East. It wouldn’t do it to Russia’s borders provided Moscow let its former republics become independent.
Another promise made. Another broken. Former Russian republics Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania are NATO members.
Other Eastern European ones include Albania, Bulgaria, Croatia, the Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania and Slovenia.
Washington wants all remaining Eastern European nations co-opted. It wants them part of NATO.
US bases encircle Russian and Chinese borders menacingly. So-called missile defense systems intended for offense target them.
Neither country threatens America. Positioning strategic weapons near their borders shows Washington’s real intentions.
Keller conveniently omitted explaining what readers need to know. He told half the story. He suppressed its most important part.
He duplicitously claimed Ukrainians “hope to be part of the West.” National sentiment is divided.
Longstanding historical and cultural ties point East, not West. So does hope for Ukraine’s troubled economy.
Allying with EU’s sinking ship assures disaster. It guarantees predatory Western exploitation.
It risks turning Ukraine into a zombie country. No responsible leader should chance it. Whether Yanukovych is up to the challenge remains to be seen.

About the Author: Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. He writes for MoneyNewsNow.com and VeteransToday.com.
He is also author of the celebrated books “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity” and “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War“.
Lendman also hosts his own blog at sjlendman.blogspot.com.
He is host of a progressive radio show with cutting-edge discussions and distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network. It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening. It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/12/17/washingtons-dirty-game-in-ukraine/

Woman Leaves Room Speechless: "I'm just a mom!" - One Of The Most Powerful Speeches Ever Made-video (A must watch)

THE NEW WORLD ORDER - A 6000 Year History - FEATURE FILM

Detroit is not bankrupt. Here’s why: The SECRET CAFR Swindle -video ( A must watch/read!)

Taxes are no longer necessary. This video exposes a deliberate and massive swindle that is perpetrated by every government agency from your local school district all the way up to the Federal government.
This is the second Version of this expose' on public finance. Similar to first version, but incorporating input from Walter Burien and Clint Richardson.
See their sites for much more info:
cafr1.com
thecorporationnation.com
realitybloger.wordpress.com

The CAFR Swindle - The Biggest Game In Town

Well, it turns out they do have something to hide. it s called CAFR accounts.
It stands for comprehensive annual financial report.
45 second:  and its standard to all government agencies. Court houses have them school districts have them.
City, county, and state governments all have CAFRs. Up until recently hardly any one except government insiders had even heard of CAFRs. The hard numbers? Are in the CAFR. This is true of all accounts ??
1:02
when the media reports anything about public finance this is what they should be talking about. but you may have noticed they only seem to be talking of this thing called the budget. The budget is something very different. The government budget is not so much an accounting tool, but a propaganda hallucination. A budget is a projection a goal a target.
In accounting terms the budget is referred to as inferior to the CAFR account.

suppose your county has a gazillion dollars in the CAFR.

1:32  - but they tell you they have no budget.
for dog catcher. That’s okay they may be exactly right they don’t budget money but they budgeted nothing for dog catcher.
This comes from stray dogs are not a problem, so fine. tThat has noting to do with any shortage of funds.  It’s just a budget decision.
They might tell you that they don’t have money for the dog catcher but that is to appease the small minorities who have lost their dogs.
Now say they budget a million $ for mosquito abatement. Now they decided to go into those CAFR accounts and set aside a million bucks.
The media tells us the county budgtted a million for mosquito abatement.
They don’t mention the gazillion dollars remaining in the CAFR accounts from which they are dispensing a million dollars.

We sit here and believe that when they spend that million there will be nothing left,
and they have us thinking that the budget is all there is. See how we are duped??

2:35 into thinking government is broke they are sitting on in this case nearly a gazillion dollars in many special off budget accounts. You don’t see that unless you look at the CAFR.
So now what happens if the mosquito abatement goes over budget and costs 2 million?Since you and I don’t know know about the CAFR and the gazillion sitting in the accounts, nightly news comes crying to us and says the county has gone over budget; we’re out of money; we need to raise taxes or borrow to pay the extra million for the mosquito abatement.
Your media does not audit the CAFR they just say whatever the government says.

So here is a real world example of CAFR magic.

2007 the county of Los Angeles had an operating budget of 17.5 billion $.
2007 was the beginning of a protracted recession. Government was constanlty complaining about budget shortfalls: belt tightiening, robbing Peter to pay Paul.
3:42 as a necessity to raise taxes and to extend the public debt, you’d expect LA county’s BUDGET over the next few years to be flat or to go down.

The five years between 2007 and 2012 LA county raised it operating budget from 17.5 to 25.8 billion.

They projected to spend 47% more in 2012 than 2007.

In the middle of a recession where did that money come from?

Yes, they borrowed.  Yes, they raised taxes – but not that much. They moved money around in the CAFR and presto they came up with 8 billion dollars more per year from thin air. From money skimming and laundering standpoint the old () crime families would begreen with ? of the size of this operation.

Compared to government, the private criminal class looks like a kid selling lemon de on the street corner.
4:49
…
This borrowing and raising taxes makes no sense at all once we know about those special funds that are hiding in the CAFR.
5:06 They are not telling us about the CAFR! They can send the tax man to come and squeeze us an extra million for the mosquito abatement.

It’s a big lie; they know its a big lie; it has worked ten thousand times in the past. If they can pretend to be broke  - and we will believe them!

Then why shouldn’t they go ahead and rob us? they are so good at it by now that they go ahead and underfund almost everything to make the budget look tight and the media never questions? They regularly come to us with their hand out for unexpected cost over rides. How many times have we heard that…
5:44 We expect that the money IN THE CAFR would be budgeted for some program. That would be silly why should they do that?

If this sounds like a big plot to steal our funds, it is. As soon as the revenues come in the door your bureaucratic wiz kids skim off large chunks into secret funds and they keep that money off budget and hidden so they can invest it; compound it; reinvest it and keep all those piles of cash in-house.

Now why would they want to do that? Of course when a politician puts away big piles of money he can use those millions or billions to back his buddies with investment capital. He can make his buddies rich or make new buddies by making them rich. And you know how that works: If I make you rich, I think some kind of kickback would be in order.

Another reason for our bureaucrats and officials to pack away money is to protect their job security. If the government agencies start running out of money, they stare firing people. So every bureaucrat, every official every agency has a major incentive to pack away as much secret money as possible and keep it in a nice handy liquid account.

8:00 . . . and this has been going on for a very long time.

Government’s income from just investments alone is now twice as much as revenue from taxes. Many peple find that hard to believe, so let me say this
that again: GOVERNMENT REVENUE FROM INVESTMENTS IS TWICE AS MUCH AS REVENUE FROM TAXES. We could sto paying taxes tomorrow and government would still have twice as much wealth and revenue then it needs to operate as it does today. And that secret stash grows bigger every day. Government is no longer a tax and spend operation.
8:35 It is a tax and keep operation.

8:47
Special funds never to be seen again by the public. They are brilliant at coming up for names for these accounts that sound important and reasonable: rainy day funds; emergency funds; back up funds; set aside funds; pension funds; discretionary funds. these are all just ways
9:00 to say I am taking your money and I am not giving you anything in return. None of that money is for any benefits programs or services for you and I. So we have to stop being fooled by this nonsense about this other thing called the budget.

If you put aside the household budget $400. you are going to spend $400 a month for your groceries and another month you need $450. Do you go and rob a gas station? No you take $50 out of your bank account.

Governments have bank accounts and they have investment accounts just like we do, but they keep that a secret – and to see that secret you have to look in the CAFR.
So when the media and our public officials start talking about having a budget crisis we should just laugh and say ‘so what.’ Change the budget. Don’t bother me show me the CAFR.

Let’s get an independent audit of that CAFR. If they are going to pretend they don’t have any money, i guess we have to point it out to them. We need to stop talking about the budgets and start looking very closely at the CAFRs.

10:07
…
We need to audit those secret CAFRs and start using them to [?] the crippling taxes that are accomplishing little more than creating those secret accounts.

So where do they park that money? Government owns the majority stakes in companies like Microsoft, Time Warner, Disney and Exxon. Government owns over 70% of all the primary blue chip major US corporations through investment in US stock markets. You heard me right 70% of the stocks of most of the big name major corporations in domestic and foreign stock market exchanges.
So what is good for GM may not be good for you,
11:00
but it certainly is good for the for-profit investor called government. For the small investor how you can we compete with a large single investor that has swallowed 70% of the investment market. The wealth that you and I should be making by investing in the stock market has been taken in taxes and is being made by government with your money, and the government is not sharing that wealth back with you.

Government is not serving you.Iit is eating your lunch – since government gets rich along with corporations now. It is no longer particularly interested in passing any real onerous regulations for public benefit.
Government now passes laws in international trade policies that enrich corporations in which government is invested and from which it profits. In the interest of profits government has created some very bad foreign policy
12:00
- like invading and making war in places where corporations covet the resources. Or by permitting American corporations to hire dirt cheap foreign labor, or by opening trade with countries that have next to no human rights and environment protections.

Make money here, put it over there!

Government is not a profiteer.

It is the exploiter!

To read more:

http://jhaines6.wordpress.com/2013/12/03/patricia-a-reader-shares-that-detroit-is-not-bankrupt-heres-why/

Impossible … You Say? {Thoughts Have Power}

by Jack Williamsthe-power-of-thoughts – Jsw4@mac.com

In a seemingly infinite universe of unlimited possibilities, anything must be possible.
Mankind has, however, been held in an artificial box of limited possibilities called the Matrix.
Many well-meaning souls only do their research within the contrived confines of the Matrix box, disregarding everything outside of it as not possible.
I believe that such investigators have long been programmed by the Matrix – itself – to disregard any thought that appears to be beyond it. In this fashion, the Matrix will continue to suppress mankind, untroubled by conspiracy researchers, as it has done for untold centuries.
Conspiracy researchers, however, have long been stymied by how extensive the Matrix control over human life has become. “How was it possible?” they ask.
“The Matrix had help, lots of it,” is my best answer. This article is all about the nature of that help, even if it might be thought to be impossible by some.
Have you ever had a thought that seemed foreign to your way of thinking? Have you ever thought of doing something that would be absolutely evil? If you are like most of us, you have had such thoughts, thoughts you later feel ashamed of having had. I believe that in most cases, such thoughts were probably not yours. Could they have been given to you?
Given? Given by whom?
The more modern question should be, “Given by what?”
darpaHave you ever heard of DARPA?
DARPA stands for Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency and is a scantily promoted bureaucracy within the US Department of Defense that develops new technologies for use by the secret services and the American armed forces. Their exotic weaponry is light- years beyond what most people think is even remotely possible.
Anything DARPA develops today might be kept secret for decades. For instance, weather control and modification for warfare use was engineered before the Vietnam War. Although our military utilized weather control during that war, such a capability is top secret even to this day.
Another top secret is DARPA’s ability to use electromagnetics to implant thoughts into the heads of anyone, especially those people who have slow vibrations, which are brought on in many ways, most commonly by watching too much mainstream television.
Human vibrations are commonly called vibes. A gauge for vibes is angry people are thought to have low, slow vibrations, while happy individuals have quick, high ones.
How do I know such things? I do not know them, I have merely deduced them, after forty-five years of researching conspiracies. But actually, one doesn’t need much research, good or otherwise, if their intuition is sharp enough. And by the way, people with good intuition have high vibes, while those with nasty thoughts have low ones.
For eons, however, man has been plagued with what I believe to be a more basic reason for many of his unwanted thoughts.
The closest that ancient man came to understanding the source of those negative thoughts came from his belief they were evil spirits. The Muslims called them the Jinn. The Gnostics called them Archons. Demons, they are called by Christians.
archons
Oh, how right were our ancestors. But don’t tell that to modern man as he has long been programmed to believe that evil spirits and demons do not exist.
I wonder where those thoughts of denial come from. Could they come from the very demons that modern man denies? Could these negative- thought-making demons work best when their presence is unknown? Might we, if we learn all about them, nullify most of their influence and thereby raise slow vibrations to quick ones?
If these negative beings are electromagnetic in nature, they would be able to home in on us by  entering our auric fields (a series of electronic energies that literally surround our bodies).
Wonderfully gifted people can see the colors of these fields, while technology can measure them. Our friends at DARPA must know all about our auric fields, far more than they are willing to tell us.
synchronicity-aura-readingsI believe it is reasonable to assume that these negative spirits do not possess our bodies, but from their positions in our auric fields, they can and do influence the perceptions and actions of our bodies, minds, and spirits.
And while in our auric fields, can these negative beings perceive our greatest fears, then enlarge and broadcast them to us as if we originated those thoughts ourselves? In this fashion, a sane being could literally be driven insane.
Psychiatrists and their prescription drugs are certainly not the answer to problems such as these, as they will complicate the situation and make it much more difficult to handle.
Since negative beings probably operate from abysmally low and slow frequencies, we can most likely avoid them in our auras and lives by keeping our own frequencies at a higher, quicker vibrational rate. This is impossible to do while under the spell of psychiatric drugs.
Are such drugs meant to not only slow our vibrations, but to attract evil beings who can cause us to think and act in ways that are acutely detrimental to ourselves individually, and to society collectively?
Initially, antipsychotic medications can chemically produce soporific highs, which soon become addictive. So addictive are these drugs it can take months or years to wean oneself free of them; and even then, one risks becoming absolutely deranged in the process.gandhi
While on these psychiatric drugs one is easily programmable to think and do things they would not even imagine otherwise.
Most of the gun violence that has recently hit our country came from psychiatric drugs and programs administered by intensely dark elements from the intelligence communities. (Research: psychiatric drugs/gun violence)
Why has this been done? Most probably to create a public reaction against private gun ownership, even for self-defense, recreation, or hunting. A cowed and disarmed nation is easier to suppress than one that is widely armed with weapons they know how to use.
Why all this thirst for cruelty and oppression from the institutions of government?
That question puts us into the metaphysical essence of this commentary.
First of all, man is restricted in his perception. All we can see comes through to us via the rigidly limited spectrum of visible light, which is immeasurably small when compared to the whole electromagnetic range, thought to be infinite.
It has been said that human beings are basically blind, considering what they can see compared to what there is to see.
electromagnetic spectrum
I suspect our auric fields, which most of us cannot see, to be benign or harmful, depending on our vibration.
If negative entities are electromagnetic in nature, could not these beings be able to lock into the auric fields that approximate their low vibrations? Exorcists have concluded this is what we call demonic possession, which could be far more widespread than suspected.
eyes
To avoid these evil spirits, who can ruin our lives, we must keep our minds and bodies clean and free of street and psychiatric drugs. Television and pornography could also lower our vibrations as does sickness, crime, arguments, bad news, stress, worry, lack of quality sleep, genetically modified or processed foods – as well as aspartame, vaccines, fluoride, ionizing radiation, and a host of other little-recognized hazards.
Additionally, the practices of elitism and revenge surely reduce one’s vibrations, as do the lower emotions of fear and hate.
I have read that exceedingly low/slow vibrational men and women actually invite selected negative beings into their auric fields.
Who are such people? All those who secretly worship Satan, practice black magic, want power over others, lust after money, enjoy seeing people suffer, and are sexually compulsive – always in a most perverted manner, usually with the practice of pedophilia.
There is a monstrous connection between the psychiatric insanity of pedophilia and the twin evil of Satanism. Some researchers are convinced that most of the men and women at the higher rungs of governments and mega-corporations are clandestine Satanists. (Research: Satanism/pedophilia)
I am convinced that, guided by means of the devious and insidious thoughts coming from their auric fields, these possessed humans are often able to worm their way into senior jobs in corporations and into positions of power on local, regional, and national levels of various governments – most becoming  politicians, bureaucrats, or judges.
And by being clever, these possessed frauds mask their evil intent with double-talk that seems plausible to the undiscerning – the bulk of the all voting populations.
To reinforce and strengthen the evil entities in their auric fields, these possessed and psychotic individuals attend Satanic rituals that are ancient in origin.
Usually held at night, these secret rituals are attended by the pillars of society, whom few would ever suspect of being Satanists.
Is it reasonable to assume that worshipers of Satan are literally controlling our world, while these same evilly possessed beings pretend to be devout Christians, Muslims, or Jews?
Do these possessed mortals span the socio/economic strata of Earth’s societies?
Do the ones at the top of the hierarchical pyramids come from certain bloodlines from antiquity, which were specifically designed for possession by the negative beings from higher, unseen realms of existence? Has it been these selected bloodlines that have been our kings, prime ministers, presidents, media moguls, corporate CEOs, financial oligarchs, and so forth?
Do negative extra-dimensional entities invade the auric fields of their choice human bloodlines and guide them into becoming society’s leaders of mass destruction and death?
Is there a better explanation for the psychotic leadership in our world of continual wars and devastating poverty in a world of plenty?
Can we conclude that it is the lower human emotions of fear, misery, depression, pain, terror, and panic that energetically feed these negative extra-dimensional entities, without which they would die? Is that one of the main reasons for wars without end?
Has it been through our demon-possessed leaders and the negative entities sent in to guide them that a race of incontrovertibly vile inter-dimensional beings have effected their Matrix reality on Earth, which seeks to bring about the utter enslavement of man?
Certainly, it was not the possessed Bush, Clinton, or Obama puppets who did any of the planning for the New World Order. They are only well tutored PR spokesmen for it.
Our presidents, outside of Jefferson, have never possessed even a small fraction of the intellect needed to orchestra the Illuminati’s Matrix reality. They must have had massive help from elsewhere. Extra-dimensional help?
With this help and mankind’s ignorance of its existence, the Luciferian empire has grown incalculably large and noxious.
For the novice, in the field of esotericism, it may take a while for them to come to grips with the idea of extra-dimensional beings controlling the possessed leaders of Earth.
If it were not true, why would the British government ask internet service providers to censor all esoteric material from the net? But does it not makes sense? Esotericism holds the potential to move public awareness closer to not only seeing major parts of the whole picture of worldwide tyranny, but bringing it to an abrupt halt.
Epicurus, the ancient Greek philosopher, asked six important questions.
epicurus
In response to Epicurus, I would say that the source of all that has been, is, or will be, has created a freewill universe, of which suffering caused by evil has become a part – perhaps an important part.
ego
Eckhart Tolle has said, “Suffering has a noble purpose – the evolution of consciousness, and the burning of ego.”
In a freewill universe, we all have a choice between the negative and the positive, good or evil. But in order to make good choices, we must expand our view of what is possible.
It seems that a freewill universe is necessary in order for life to organically evolve to higher states of being. Positive beings take a quicker route to divinity, while others choose a longer way, burdened with lifetimes of negativity of their own making.
I believe that in a freewill universe, such as ours, all we need to do to free man from his chains of ignorance, poverty, and pain is for enough of us to begin to understand what has been happening in the world of geo/politics on an esoteric basis and then to disagree with it.
In spite of the uncomfortable dissonance it may initially cause, the first step for us is to chose critical thinking over the promoted and popular worldview, which is routinely pushed upon us all by the corporate media.
What science and the mainstream media does not tell us can often be more damaging to us than their lies.
Limit what a person believes is possible, by limiting their access to what is actually possible, and you have rendered him or her helpless in the onslaught of the Matrix.
The final wise step for mankind would be for us, en masse, to make a positive postulate for a just world of plenty for every life form.
“Impossible!” you say?
Conceivably if we all expand what we believe is possible, mankind will come to know how our humanity and dignity was expropriated by Illuminati control over governments and how we can regain them both.


To read more:
http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/11/26/impossible-you-say/

Pakistan TV Exposes bin Laden Killing Hoax and Documentary Exposes 9/11 Official Story- Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

“Pakistan TV Exposes bin Laden Killing Hoax” and Documentary Exposes 9/11 Official Story”

Original Bashir interview that contradicts Washington’s account of killing bin Laden

A website in the UK, themindrenewed.com, that downloaded the video from the link in my original report of the Pakistani TV interview with Mohammad Bashir has posted the interview with the original English subtitles. You can view it here:

This interview of an eyewitness to the entire event is powerful evidence that the Obama regime’s story of the killing of Osama bin Laden and his burial at sea is a hoax and a lie. Pakistani Samaa TV confirms that Bashir is who he says he is and that he lives next to the alleged bin Laden compound. Samaa TV also confirms that neighbors knew the residents of the “compound.” There has never been any mention of the Bashir interview in the presstitute media.

http://themindrenewed.com/interviews/2013/334-int-32
Published on Oct 16, 2013
Mohammad Bashir, Abbottabad resident and neighbour to the alleged “compound” of Osama bin Laden, gives his eyewitness account of what he saw happen on 2 May 2011 (local time), when – according to the official story – US Navy SEALs assassinated Osama bin Laden. In this interview, soon after the event, with a Pakistan national TV station (Samaa.tv), Bashir gives an account which fundamentally contradicts the official story.



For a transcript of the interview, please see: http://paulcraigroberts.org/2013/09/16/pakistani-national-tv-reveals-that-obamas-claim-to-have-killed-osama-bin-laden-is-an-american-hoax-paul-craig-roberts/



For a detailed interview with Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary to the US Treasury for Economic Policy, who obtained the translation, please see: www.themindrenewed.com

This video is being made public for the purposes of education. It provides documentary evidence with respect to the transcript and interview mentioned above; it is thus posted here in the spirit of Fair Use.

Massimo Mazzucco’s 9/11 Documentary
The extraordinary 5-hour film by Massimo Mazzucco exposing the 9/11 official explanation is now available (see below). Information and documentation continue to pile up that 21st century history is largely an orchestrated disinformation event.

Review of “September 11 – The New Pearl Harbor.”  A documentary by Massimo Mazzucco.
David Ray Griffin

There have been several good films and videos about 9/11. But the new film by award-winning film-maker Massimo Mazzucco is in a class by itself.

For those of us who have been working on 9/11 for a long time, this is the film we have been waiting for.

Whereas there are excellent films treating the falsity of particular parts of the official account, such as the Twin Towers or WTC 7, Mazzucco has given us a comprehensive documentary treatment of 9/11, dealing with virtually all of the issues.

There have, of course, been films that treated the fictional official story as true. And there are films that use fictional stories to portray people’s struggles after starting to suspect the official story to be false.

But there is no fiction in Mazzucco’s film – except in the sense that it clearly and relentlessly exposes every part of the official account as fictional.

Because of his intent at completeness, Mazzucco has given us a 5-hour film. It is so fascinating and fast-paced that many will want to watch it in one sitting. But this is not necessary, as the film, which fills 3 DVDs, consists of 7 parts, each of which is divided into many short chapters.

These 7 parts treat Air Defence, The Hijackers, The Airplanes, The Pentagon, Flight 93, The Twin Towers, and Building 7. In each part, after presenting facts that contradict the official story, Mazzucco deals with the claims of the debunkers (meaning those who try to debunk the evidence provided by the 9/11 research community).

The Introduction, reflecting the film’s title, deals with 12 uncanny parallels between Pearl Harbor and September 11.

The film can educate people who know nothing about 9/11 (beyond the official story), those with a moderate amount of knowledge about the various problems with the official story, and even by experts. (I myself learned many things.)

Mazzucco points out that his film covers 12 years of public debate about 9/11. People who have been promoting 9/11 truth for many of these years will see that their labors have been well-rewarded: There is now a high-quality, carefully-documented film that dramatically shows the official story about 9/11 to be a fabrication through and through.

This is truly the film we have been waiting for.
___________
Availability: The film is freely available to the world at:
1. The film-maker’s own website, complete with detailed index: http://www.luogocomune.net/site/modules/sections/index.php?op=viewarticle&artid=167
2. On YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O1GCeuSr3Mk

http://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2013/10/16/original-pakistani-tv-bashir-interview-massimo-mazzuccos-911-documentary/

Unveiling the Apocalypse - Church Militant TV on Freemasonry-video
FBI Freemasonry

http://unveilingtheapocalypse.blogspot.com/2013/09/church-militant-tv-on-freemasonry.html

Caught in the Act: Luggage Looters Stealing Your Goods {Its much worse than what is being reported here says retired LAPD investigator)

(This is nothing new at all. In the late 1970s -1980s during my thirteen plus year career inside Los Angeles Police Department, for a time of about three years i was assigned to LAPD LAX substation at the LAX airport. Through one of my informants who was inside an organized crime group I learned of this organized crime group who employed numerous airline employees, baggage handlers, ticket agents, and others who were involved in bringing in drugs on airlines, stealing articles from luggage then re-routing the luggage to other cities so no one could detect where the articles were stolen from, counterfeiting airline ticket and selling them privately, and other crimes. I presented this information to my commanding officer, a dedicated captain who called some specialized LAPD divisions, of whom some were highly interested at first, then late the same day said they were too busy to bother. Eventually I was told to go to BAD -Burglary Auto Division-a so called elite group handling big crimes. I presented my verbal evidence to the leader of the BAD division, who stated; 'we know all about it and so do the insurance companies and no one cares, why do you?' I then refused to give them my documented evidence and left their office. The chief security agents for TWA and American Airlines who were retired LAPD were highly upset of what LAPD had said to me. Later my captain warned me that LAPD may be protecting some organized crime operations. He authorized me to only report to him.However, upon higher officials inside LAPD learning of my investigations, had my captain transferred to another division.

I then met with the FBI S/A in charge of LAX airport and gave him the detailed evidence involving the organized crime ring in LA and allegedly run out of Detroit yet involved numerous cities across the nation. I provided him with names, addresses, car license numbers, photos and more. He and his men did absolutely nothing..,
Eventually I linked this organized crime, corruption inside LAPD at top levels, and inside the FBI with a CIA drugs and arms smuggling ring from Los Angeles to Costa Rica, savings & loan frauds, kidnapping of American teen age girls, drugging them and forcing them to prostitute aboard a yacht in Marina del Rey during VIP gambling parties, at which I am sure the sex parties were filmed for blackmail purposes, and more. It also involved at least one NSA agent and probably some DOD agents.

So you can thank corrupt police departments and the FBI for the thefts of items from your luggage. Hundreds of luggage pieces were torn open and ransacked per weeks in LAX airport alone.. Edward Schooling, LAPD retired)

To read more:

http://news.yahoo.com/blogs/nightline-fix-abc-news/caught-act-luggage-looters-stealing-goods-150019863.html?vp=1

Video: 7 Cops Watch Man Die Then In Frenzied Craze Beat Dead Body & Numerous Brutality Scenes-(A must watch video)

(POLICE STATE USA. THE POLICE, CALLED MILITIA IN UKRAINE AND RUSSIAN DO NOT BEHAVE LIKE THIS IN GENERAL NOR IN MOST ALL OF EASTERN AND WESTERN EUROPE. SOL-WAR)

Susan Duclos

While there are hardworking, brave police around the US, there are also the examples shown below of cops completely out of control, beating handcuffed suspects with billyclubs and fists, kicking suspects while they are down and in one case, 7 cops watching a man die then in a “frenzied craze’ beat the dead body

We, as a country, criticize other countries brutality against their citizens but in the video compilation below we see that we definitely shouldn’t be throwing stones while we live in our little glass houses.

Via the YouTube details from David Vose:

Anglo American governments created police force in 1829. Rome did not have any police. No past empire ever policed humans and imprisoned people for being angry or for being on drugs or mentally ill. Russia and China do not imprison people for social behavior or being poor. The American police state is almost perfected. The only thing left is the mark on your forehead.

* You must sign in to confirm your age to watch on utube. They do not want it to go viral.

To read more:

http://www.pakalertpress.com/2013/11/11/video-7-cops-watch-man-die-then-in-frenzied-craze-beat-dead-body/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+pakalert+%28Pak+Alert+Press%29&utm_content=Yahoo%21+Mail

US Police Have Killed Over 5,000 Civilians Since 9/11-video (A must watch)

(POLICE STATE USA.***  LEARN TO SUE IN COURT EACH OFFICER FOR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. IF YOU DIE MAKE SURE YOUR FAMILY KNOWS BEFOREHAND TO SUE THEM INDIVIDUALLY NOT JUST THEIR CITY POLICE DEPARTMENT, OR COUNTY, STATE.OR FEDERAL AGENCY. Edward Schooling, LAPD retired-Sol-War).

Statistically speaking, Americans should be more fearful of the local cops than “terrorists.”
By Katie Rucke | November 6, 2013

Though Americans commonly believe law enforcement’s role in society is to protect them and ensure peace and stability within the community, the sad reality is that police departments are often more focused on enforcing laws, making arrests and issuing citations. As a result of this as well as an increase in militarized policing techniques, Americans are eight times more likely to be killed by a police officer than by a terrorist, estimates a Washington’s Blog report based on official statistical data.

Though the U.S. government does not have a database collecting information about the total number of police involved shootings each year, it’s estimated that between 500 and 1,000 Americans are killed by police officers each year. Since 9/11, about 5,000 Americans have been killed by U.S. police officers, which is almost equivalent to the number of U.S. soldiers who have been killed in the line of duty in Iraq.

Because individual police departments are not required to submit information regarding the use of deadly force by its officers, some bloggers have taken it upon themselves to aggregate that data. Wikipedia also has a list of “justifiable homicides” in the U.S., which was created by documenting publicized deaths.

Mike Prysner, one of the local directors of the Los Angeles chapter for ANSWER — an advocacy group that asks the public to Act Now to Stop War and End Racism — told Mint Press News earlier this year that the “epidemic” of police harassment and violence is a nationwide issue.

He said groups like ANSWER are trying to hold officers accountable for abuse of power. “[Police brutality] has been an issue for a very long time,” Prysner said, explaining that in May, 13 people were killed in Southern California by police.

As Mint Press News previously reported, each year there are thousands of claims of police misconduct. According to the CATO Institute’s National Police Misconduct Reporting Project, in 2010 there were 4,861 unique reports of police misconduct involving 6,613 sworn officers and 6,826 alleged victims.

Most of those allegations of police brutality involved officers who punched or hit victims with batons, but about one-quarter of the reported cases involved firearms or stun guns.

Racist policing
A big element in the police killings, Prysner says, is racism. “A big majority of those killed are Latinos and Black people,” while the police officers are mostly White, he said. “It’s a badge of honor to shoot gang members so [the police] go out and shoot people who look like gang members,” Prysner argued, giving the example of 34-year-old Rigoberto Arceo, who was killed by police on May 11.

According to a report from the Los Angeles Times, Arceo, who was a biomedical technician at St. Francis Medical Center, was shot and killed after getting out of his sister’s van. The Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department says Arceo “advanced on the deputy and attempted to take the deputy’s gun.” However, Arceo’s sister and 53-year-old Armando Garcia — who was barbecuing in his yard when the incident happened — say that Arceo had his hands above his head the entire time.

Prysner is not alone in his assertion that race is a major factor in officer-related violence. This past May, a study from the the Malcolm X Grassroots Movement, an anti-racist activist organization, found that police officers, security guards or self-appointed vigilantes killed at least 313 Black people in 2012 — meaning one Black person was killed in the U.S. by law enforcement roughly every 28 hours.

Prysner said the relationship between police departments and community members needs to change and that when police shoot an unarmed person with their arms in the air over their head, the officer should be punished.

Culture of misconduct
“You cannot have a police force that is investigating and punishing itself,” Prysner said, adding that taxpayer money should be invested into the community instead of given to police to buy more guns, assault rifles and body armor.

Dissatisfied with police departments’ internal review policies, some citizens have formed volunteer police watch groups to prevent the so-called “Blue Code of Silence” effect and encourage police officers to speak out against misconduct occurring within their department.

As Mint Press News previously reported, a report released earlier this year found that of the 439 cases of police misconduct that then had been brought before the Minneapolis’s year-old misconduct review board, not one of the police officers involved has been disciplined.

Although the city of Minneapolis spent $14 million in payouts for alleged police misconduct between 2006 and 2012, despite the fact that the Minneapolis Police Department often concluded that the officers involved in those cases did nothing wrong.

Other departments have begun banning equipment such as Tasers, but those decisions were likely more about protecting the individual departments from lawsuits than ensuring that officers are not equipped with weapons that cause serious and sometimes fatal injuries when used.

To ensure officers are properly educated on how to use their weapons and are aware of police ethics, conflict resolution and varying cultures within a community, police departments have historically held training programs for all officers. But due to tighter budgets and a shift in priorities, many departments have not provided the proper continuing education training programs for their officers.

Charles Ramsey, president of both the Major Cities Chiefs Association and the Police Executive Research Forum, called that a big mistake, explaining that it is essential officers are trained and prepared for high-stress situations:

“Not everybody is going to be able to make those kinds of good decisions under pressure, but I do think that the more reality-based training that we provide, the more we put people in stressful situations to make them respond and make them react.”

GI Joe replaces Carl Winslow
In order to help local police officers protect themselves while fighting the largely unsuccessful War on Drugs, the federal government passed legislation in 1994 allowing the Pentagon to donate surplus military equipment from the Cold War to local police departments. Meaning that “weaponry designed for use on a foreign battlefield has been handed over for use on American streets … against American citizens.”

So while the U.S. military fights the War on Terror abroad, local police departments are fighting another war at home with some of the same equipment as U.S. troops, and protocol that largely favors officers in such tactics as no-knock raids.

Radley Balko, author of “Rise of the Warrior Cop,” wrote in the Wall Street Journal in August:

“Since the 1960s, in response to a range of perceived threats, law-enforcement agencies across the U.S., at every level of government, have been blurring the line between police officer and soldier.

“Driven by martial rhetoric and the availability of military-style equipment—from bayonets and M-16 rifles to armored personnel carriers—American police forces have often adopted a mind-set previously reserved for the battlefield. The war on drugs and, more recently, post-9/11 antiterrorism efforts have created a new figure on the U.S. scene: the warrior cop—armed to the teeth, ready to deal harshly with targeted wrongdoers, and a growing threat to familiar American liberties.”

As Mint Press News previously reported, statistics from an FBI report released in September reveal that a person is arrested on marijuana-related charges in the U.S. every 48 seconds, on average — most were for simple possession charges.

According to the FBI’s report, there were more arrests for marijuana possession than for the violent crimes of murder and nonnegligent manslaughter, forcible rape, robbery and aggravated assault — 658,231 compared with 521,196 arrests.

While groups that advocate against police brutality recognize and believe that law enforcement officials should be protected while on duty, many say that local police officers do not need to wear body armor, Kevlar helmets and tactical equipment vests — all while carrying assault weapons.

“We want the police to keep up with the latest technology. That’s critical,” American Civil Liberties Union senior counsel Kara Dansky said. “But policing should be about protection, not combat.”

According to the National Law Enforcement Officers Memorial Fund, there are more than 900,000 sworn law enforcement officers in the United States. In 2012, 120 officers were killed in the line of duty. The deadliest day in law enforcement history was reportedly Sept. 11, 2001, when 72 officers were killed.

Despite far fewer officers dying in the line of duty compared with American citizens, police departments are not only increasing their use of protective and highly volatile gear, but are increasingly setting aside a portion of their budget to invest in new technology such as drones, night vision goggles, remote robots, surveillance cameras, license plate readers and armored vehicles that amount to unarmed tanks.

Though some officers are on board with the increased militarization and attend conferences such as the annual Urban Shield event, others have expressed concern with the direction the profession is heading.

For example, former Arizona police officer Jon W. McBride said police concerns about being “outgunned” were likely a “self-fulfilling prophecy.” He added that “if not expressly prohibited, police managers will continually push the arms race,” because “their professional literature is predominately [sic] based on the acquiring and use of newer weapons and more aggressive techniques to physically overwhelm the public. In many cases, however, this is the opposite of smart policing.”

“Coupled with the paramilitary design of the police bureaucracy itself, the police give in to what is already a serious problem in the ranks: the belief that the increasing use of power against a citizen is always justified no matter the violation. The police don’t understand that in many instances they are the cause of the escalation and bear more responsibility during an adverse outcome.

“The suspects I encountered as a former police officer and federal agent in nearly all cases granted permission for me to search their property when asked, often despite unconcealed contraband. Now, instead of making a simple request of a violator, many in law enforcement seem to take a more difficult and confrontational path, fearing personal risk. In many circumstances they inflame the citizens they are engaging, thereby needlessly putting themselves in real and increased jeopardy.”

Another former police officer who wished to remain anonymous agreed with McBride and told Balko,

“American policing really needs to return to a more traditional role of cops keeping the peace; getting out of police cars, talking to people, and not being prone to overreaction with the use of firearms, tasers, or pepper spray. … Don’t get me wrong, I’ve been in more than my share tussles and certainly appreciate the dangers of police work, but as Joseph Wambaugh famously said, the real danger is psychological, not physical.”

To read more:

http://www.mintpressnews.com/us-police-murdered-5000-innocent-civilians-since-911/172029/

Texas cop accused of handcuffing and raping teen at traffic stop

(Why has AFP -Agence France-Presse put a photo out of an LAPD -Los Angeles Police Department police car with an LAPD officer in riot gear in this Texas story? And why Rt.com have you republished it? Sol-War)

Excerpts:

A San Antonio, Texas police officer has been arrested and charged with raping a 19-year-old woman following an early morning traffic stop.

Jackie Len Neal, 40, was arrested on the charge of felony sexual assault on Saturday, November 23. Neal is accused of tailing a woman while on duty around 2 a.m. on Friday, pulling her over, handcuffing her, and raping her in the back of his police vehicle.
“I can't express in words how disappointed and angry I am about this,” said Police Chief William McManus to the San Antonio Express-News. “I am at a loss for words. I am outraged. This is a punch in the eye to the Police Department.”

McManus added that this isn’t the first time Neal has been accused of sexual misconduct, and a woman made a similar complaint against the officer years ago. She declined to cooperate with police on an investigation, however, and the case did not move forward.

McManus has reportedly told his officers to get back in touch with that woman to see if she’d cooperate in light of recent events.
As for Neil, the Express-News reported that the 11-year veteran was released on a $20,000 bond, and will continue to be paid, pending an indictment.

To read more:

http://rt.com/usa/taxas-cop-rap-arrest-281/

Why Disguise Demons as Aliens? The UFO / Alien / Nephilim / Angel Deception

The entire “alien” agenda is to present a believable lie to mankind.

This page discusses the resurrection of the dead, or rapture, in conjunction with satan’s plan to prevent this from occuring. Satan and his rebel angels will not just sit by and watch God redeem the faithful, elevating mortal man to the position previously held by satan himself and his angels. Satan’s plan involves deceiving humans into accepting aliens and ufos, and a global religion based on the occult which will pave the way for antichrist. The main focus of this deception will be to convince humans that the Bible was wrong — that life evolved on other planets and that these “alien space brothers” perhaps were the ones who created humans … and the Bible was just a primitive misinterpretation of alien and ufo encounters.
Look at the current fascination with the occult and divination in our popular culture, how aliens and ufos have become mainstream, and how the recent discovery of fossils in Mars rock, and the images of the Cydonia region of Mars have caused many to speculate that humans are not the only intelligence in the universe. What is more insidious is the assertion that superior beings out there — aliens, or the White Brotherhood, or enlightening angels — are giving us the technology and spiritual wisdom to become gods. Humans have been vulnerable to that temptation since Eve bit the apple.

Previous pages explained how Satan was created to lead the angelic hierarchy, ruling over physical civilizations of angels on planets, such as the one still in evidence on Mars. After Satan rebelled, the center of his angelic civilization was destroyed “from among the stones of fire”, yet the Bible tells us Satan is still waiting for the time of God’s judgment. Satan is not in hell, he is still allowed audience before God, where he accuses the faithful (Rev.), and he still roams above and within the earth (Job). Since Satan is the most beautiful and powerful cherub, Prince of the Powers of the Air, intelligence behind UFO phenomena, the authority over all the aerial regions outward from earth…why is he so concerned with earth?

SATAN PREPARES FOR ARRIVAL AND IMPENDING JUDGMENT

Satan has been preparing the earth for the event that the Bible has foretold– Satan and his angels shall be cast down to earth. There are several passages in scripture that address the ousting of the Satanic forces from the realm or dimension of heaven.

And it shall be in that day,
Jehovah shall punish the army
of the high place in the high place [...]
And THEY will be gathered,
a gathering of prisoners in a dungeon.
And they shall be shut up in a prison,
and after many days,
they will be VISITED. Isaiah 24:21

The armies of the high places are of course satan and his rebel angel army. These angels will be gathered and imprisoned [the following passage declares that the prison will be earth] to be visited. Visited…by whom?

For, behold, YHWH comes out of his place to visit his iniquity on the dweller of the earth. Isaiah 26:21
In that day YHWH will visit the sea-monster, the fleeing serpent, with His fierce and great and strong sword, even on … the twisting serpent. Isaiah 27:1.

Rev 12:7-9, mirrors Isaiah’s prophecies:

And war occurred in Heaven,
Michael and his angels
making war against the dragon.
And the dragon and his angels made war,
but they did not have strength,
nor was a place still found for them in Heaven.
And the great dragon was cast out-
the old serpent being called the Devil and Satan,
he deceiving the whole habitable world-
was cast out onto the earth,
and his angels were cast with him.

Notice that it is the dragon, “Satan, he deceiving (in the present) the whole habitable world”, cast down to EARTH. This future event is described as occurring at the mid-point, day 1260 of Daniel’s 70th Week, with 1260 days remaining of the tribulation.

And when the dragon saw
that he was cast out onto the earth,
he pursued the woman (Israel)
who bore the male child
(Jesus Christ) and those redeemed by him…
and the woman was given two wings like a great eagle
that she might fly to a place prepared for her where she
is nourished for 1,260 days,(3 and 1/2 years).

Satan knows that at the midpoint of the tribulation he and his “armies of the high place” will be cast down to earth, with no longer a “place still found for them in heaven.” Satan and the rebel angels will be gathered, “a gathering of prisoners in a dungeon”, and the earth will be their prison. God’s judgment, His wrath, will then be poured out on the earth. Judgment is God’s reason for visiting the inhabitants of the earth, which will include at the point described by Isaiah, the rebel angels along with Satan. The point where the “dwellers on high” or “the high places” are thrown to earth does not take place at the beginning of the seven years of the last week of history, but in the midst of that seven years. This middle point of the tribulation is when the battle in heaven between Michael and his angels, and Satan and his angels is decided. Satan is thrown to the earth and held there to be judged in Rev. 12:7. At this point John hears a loud voice of a multitude in heaven Rev.12:10

Now has come the salvation, and the power
and the kingdom of our God…
for the accuser of our brethren
has been cast down,
he who accused them before our God day and night….
Because of this be glad,the heavens,
and you tabernacling in them.
Woe to the earth and to the sea
because the devil has gone
down to you in great wrath,
knowing that he has but a short time.

Notice that both Isaiah 26 and Revelation 12 link the resurrection and the casting down of Satan simultaneously, in the middle of the 7 year tribulation.
Isaiah 26:19-21 explains that the tribulation judgment of the earth commences at the point immediately after the resurrection of the saints.

Your dead ones shall live, my dead body;
they shall rise up.
Awake and sing, dust dwellers;
for the dew of light is your dew; and the earth shall cast out the rapha (to be judged).
Come My people, go in your rooms
and shut your doors behind you.
Hide for a little moment, until the fury passes.
For, behold Jehovah comes out of His place to visit iniquity on the dweller of the earth.

This description of the resurrection is detailed with an interesting point. The word rapha is a title given to some of the demonic spirits, the hybrid nephilim, that were chained during the flood of Noah. This word has been misleadingly translated “departed spirits” in most Bibles. Rapha occurs nowhere in scripture except in reference to certain rebel angels responsible for creating “nephilim”, hybrid fleshy creations genetically engineered from the daughters of Adam [Genesis 6] to house, or “be possessed by” the rebel angels who forsake their God-given spiritual forms. These rapha will eventually be loosed from their bonds and judged. After the midpoint of the tribulation the “inhabitants of the earth” will be not only humans who followed the Antichrist, but also the rebel angelic host who have been cast to earth at the midpoint of the tribulation, and other rebel angels like the Rapha who were not destroyed during the flood of Noah, but were bound within the earth and sea awaiting the day of judgment.
The extrabiblical book of Enoch refers to the chaining of the rebel “Sons of God” until the day of judgment:

Enoch, thou scribe of justice, go, announce
to the watchers of heaven, who have left the high heaven and the holy , eternal place, and have contaminated themselves with women…
your (rebel watchers) petition will not be granted in all the days of the world [...]
from now on ye will not ascend into heaven
to all eternity, and upon earth, it has been decreed,
they shall bind you for all the days of the world
[...] bind them under the hills of the earth…
till the day of their judgment and of their end

The Koran echoes this theme as well, that Satan has not yet been judged, but will be judged at a time corresponding to the resurrection.

…We said unto the angels,
Prostrate yourselves unto Adam,
by way of salutation; whereupon they prostrated themselves, except Iblees,
the father of the jinn, who was amid the angels…
I am better than he:
Thou hast created me of fire,
and Thou hast created him of earth.
God said, Then descend thou from Paradise;
or as some say, from the heavens;
for it is not fit for thee
that thou behave thyself proudly therein:
so go thou forth verily
thou shalt be of the contemptible. He replied,
Grant me respite until the day
when mankind shall be raised from the dead.
He said, Thou shalt be of those who are respited:
(“Adam & Eve”vii, L)

Satan and his “armies of the high place” will be cast down to earth at the midpoint of the tribulation, and those evil spirits who were held for the day of judgment on and in the earth will be cast out, to receive their judgment.

“In that day YHWH will visit the sea-monster, the fleeing serpent, with His fierce and great and strong sword, even on . . the twisting serpent . . .And He will slay the monster which is in the sea. Isaiah 27: 1.

“Come My people, go in your rooms and shut your doors behind you” (Isaiah 26) alludes to Noah’s escape from the flood. Jesus himself used the same analogy when he described the days before he would come again in Luke 21. It would be just as it was in the times of Noah, that is, Noah went into the ark, the door was shut up after, and then the rains came.

Satan will be bound to the realm of the earth as a “prisoner in a dungeon” when he is cast down in the middle of the tribulation. If the prophecy of Jesus Christ, “The days before the coming of the son of man shall be exactly as in the days before Noah entered the ark”, is literal, what events would take place before God’s judgment in the coming tribulation? Would the rebel angels manifest once again on the earth, “breeding” with the daughters of Adam, corrupting and deceiving mankind to prevent the promise of redemption? . . .yes. . .We, the modern day sons and daughters of Adam know Satan’s angelic aerial host. . as “Aliens”.

WHY IS SATAN SO CONCERNED WITH A PARTICULAR AREA OF EARTH?

The focal point for all the events of the final seven years, the Tribulation, is the Temple Mount in Jerusalem. God has redeemed man in human form, and His promise is to dwell with man, ruling the Millennial Kingdom from Jerusalem. The fulfillment of God’s promise will only occur on one place on Earth…in Jerusalem, the center of attention for God’s sentient creation, both human and angel. From man’s perspective the events that occur in Israel today are of little significance. What meaning is there to a man who has not heard the promises of God, that in Jerusalem there are plans to rebuild a temple? But to the student of Bible prophecy the news is astounding.

According to Biblical prophecy, all end time events begin with the signing of a treaty. To the world, this treaty may seem insignificant. The “covenant” of Daniel 9:27 will reinstitute sacrifice on the temple mount in Jerusalem.

This king will make a seven-year treaty
with the people, but after half that time,
he will break his pledge and stop the Jews
from all their sacrifices and their offerings;

With the stroke of a pen the world will enter into a time of unparalleled upheaval lasting seven years until the return of Jesus Christ, Daniel’s 70th Week. There will be much more transpiring behind this treaty than two parties promising to resolve a land squabble. In fact, the importance of the last seven years of this present age is nearly unfathomable to the greater majority of mankind. It shall be the time of judgment declared by God, not only of man, but of all the rebel angels of the universe.

In the vast cosmos with all its billions of stars and untold myriads of worlds, earth will be the stage for the meting out of God’s judgment. Why the earth? Because it is the very world God ransomed on a cross in Jerusalem c. 30 A.D.

Satan’s Deceptive Plan Centers on Jerusalem


The Dome of the Tablets is the likely location of the Holy of Holies and features exposed bedrock.

The signing of the treaty reinstating sacrifice in Jerusalem will set into motion Satan’s last effort to “be like the most high”. Satan’s attempts to thwart the promises of God have long been directed at the children of Israel, and at the land of their promise. Satan knows how significant Jerusalem is to God. Ezekiel saw a vision of God speaking to him FROM THE TEMPLE:

…son of man, the place of My throne and the place of the soles of My feet, there where I will dwell among the sons of Israel forever… Ezekiel 43:6
King David knew God’s plan to live in Jerusalem (Mount Zion) forever, Psalm 48,
Great is Jehovah, and exceedingly to be praised
in the city of our God His holy mountain.
Beautiful on high,
the joy of all the earth, is mount Zion,
in the sides of the north, the city of the great King.
Satan is very clear about his ambitions in his “I will…” speech quoted in Isaiah 14:13:
I will go up to the heavens,
I will raise my thrown above the stars of God, and
I will sit in the mount of meeting, in the sides of the north.
I will rise over the heights of the clouds:
I will be compared to the Most High.
If God’s holy mountain is “Zion, in the sides of the north”, that is where Satan will focus his energies, “to be compared to the most high”. That is why Satan’s plan is centered on Jerusalem, on the temple mount.

If Satan’s goals could be summed up and prioritized, they would appear this way:
#1 Stop the redemption of man by preventing the atonement of Jesus on the cross.

#2 (since #1 has failed), prevent human kind from ever hearing or understanding the gospel .

#3 Prevent at all cost, the resurrection of the dead.

#4 Since the gathering together of all the rebel angels and their imprisonment on earth for judgment is declared by God, great preparations must be made to utilize this event for the continuation of deception.

#5 prevent the eventual reign of God in human form on the earth.

The epitome of Satan’s rebellion is demonstrated by his desolation of God’s temple and the midpoint of the Tribulation.

To read more:

http://watchervault.com/2012/10/16/why-disguise-demons-as-aliens-a-watcher-original/

Nephilim Among Us: Human-Animal Hybrids, Eugenics, GMOs & Transhumanism-video

An Open Letter To Our “Elite” Rulers

The battle being waged here is clearly for the souls of men and is at the forefront at this time of earth’s history as Satan’s earthlease is coming to an abrupt end when the Lord Jesus Christ returns at the Battle of Armageddon. It is also apparent “as in the Days of Noah, so shall it be in the end” of the latter days of the Church Age, Nephilim have already cohabitated with the daughters of men, and their agenda is being supernaturally fueled to destroy creation as we now know it. Geoengineering, nanotechnology, transgenics all support evidence of demonic geno activity with humankind for its procreation, not man’s!

Attention: Military and Police

 Brothers and Sisters of our ruling class, Royal Family members, Bloodline Family members, Heads of State, Heads and High Officers of Multinational Corporations, High Officers and Heads of Banking Organizations, to you all, Greetings!
By Richard Sacks
Monday, October 14, 2013 at 01:27pm EDT

“Elites:” This Letter Is Real, Your Attention Required

The multitudes of the world look at you with awe and wonder.  They believe what you have taught them to believe, that you are benevolent people, always on guard to protect our welfare and to decide and do what is best for us.  They see you as beautiful, powerful, and mysterious, they believe that your appearance, your facade that you show to the public, is who you really are.  The media, which you own and control, and to whom you dictate the “news” and the values to convey to the people, that media puts your faces on the covers of magazines, your regal presences looking down on us with compassion and wisdom beyond what we can understand.

So the public celebrates the birth of royal babies, the inauguration of presidents and prime ministers, the choosing of central bank spokespeople,  and the coronation of kings and queens, the heads of government agencies.  They are grateful that you and your staffs, your brilliant scientists and your insightful economists are there to preside over so many aspects of our lives that ordinary mortals can no longer understand or properly manage.  They are grateful as you allocate resources, or tell us how to use and conserve ours, to save us from the plagues and shortages that only modern medical and economic science can overcome or prevent, and they cheer as you decide for us where our military protectors should be sent to save us from the invading and violent savages who might attack us at any moment.

You are indeed celebrated and revered by our masses like gods among us, given the power of life and death over us, along with free reign to use our assets as you see fit, to protect us now and our children and descendents into the future.  Millions idolize you and long to rise even to positions of your minor servants, and thus share in the aura of your power and mystery, as well as the physical wealth.  But in all this glory of your status among us, there is one problem.

It’s What You Do

That problem is your actions, the realities behind the masks.  Your camouflage is sophisticated, complex and layered.  But there are those among us that see through at least some of the layers.  They see royal family members, attending polo matches and other high society affairs with the most meticulous of mannerisms suitable to the upper class, but they also see those same family members hiding child kidnapping, torture operations and eugenics plans in the shadows beyond the reach of the limelight.  They see heads of international pharmaceutical companies, backed up by prestigious medical organizations,  announcing their plans to cure disease with the latest miracle drug or vaccination, but they also see the numbers of  deaths these miracle drugs and vaccines are designed to cause already calculated for each area of the world and each demographic group to whom they will be promoted.  And they see that the more drugs and vaccines and invasive “therapies” are used by the people, the sicker everyone gets, the more rampant is medical drug addiction, and the more income flows to the health care system as the population sinks farther into disease and an unnatural, torturous process of contrived “aging,” which we are told is inevitable.  They see presidents and prime ministers take solemn oaths of office after long campaigns full of lofty promises, and the promises and oaths are broken with disdain immediately after taking office.  They see the high level global banking representatives  promising to save the world from economic downturns, followed by not only downturns but disasters and progressive  loss of value as wealth is transferred step by step from those who earn it to those who play the game of the banking scam, manufacturing pretend wealth out of nothing.  They see the armies of your servants, scurrying about following your direction to craft laws with language so deceptive as to be unintelligible to the average person, yet full of more and more infringements of the rights all people are endowed with at birth, those rights which governments can at best recognize and affirm, but which come to all people from their Creator, not from any head of state.

Deception and Assault on Us From Multiple Directions

And these people see the skeletons in your closets, the dark side of your activities that show you may pretend to be our friends but are really working as our enemies, and deadly ones at that, bereft of remorse or compassion, taking enjoyment from our pain.   Growing numbers of us are waking up to what you are really doing to us and our world, which you think belongs to you.   We see that you have been systematically destroying us economically and stealing all of our hard earned resources by way of financial tricks.  One of the most prominent of these tricks is the scam of central banking.  You have used this maneuver to take over countries and wreck their economies, including the U.S. and many other nations around the world. It is a simple trick, yet your deception and skillful promotion are so subtle that the majority of people still don’t understand how you do it, or that you are doing it at all.  Your modus operandi is to come into a country, like you did in the U.S. in 1913, and make a deal with those in power, who are usually quite open to the usual bribes and threats, the carrots and sticks that you use.  You set up your own company and give it the right to issue the country’s money simply by printing it or entering numbers on a computer.  You get the legitimate government to give its sole right to this function to you in exchange for whatever payoffs are needed to buy the votes.  This takes the country into debt as the government borrows its money from this new exclusive money issuer called a “central bank.”  Once this process starts, the economic fate and destruction of the country are assured, unless the central bank is abolished in time, which rarely happens.  New taxes are instituted to pay your central bank for the borrowed currency, and even then, when the inflow of new money and its associated debt outpaces the taxes, an unpayable obligation  is predictably created, and you own the government which agreed to this scandalous deal.  Deceptively labeled “free trade” agreements at the same time guarantee the death of the very industries that keep any country strong, and in the U.S., this has turned a once strong and independent nation of free people into a subservient land of slaves, with no way to earn our own way as a nation, or to reclaim even a piece of real national security, dependent as we have now become on industries outside our borders, giving the rulers and bankers of other nations the license to dictate our terms of life.

And since government uses force to control the people of the country, you own the general population too.  If the U.S. government had been honest and not receptive to bribery or threats, your central bank here could never have gotten  started.  If the people of the nation had been awake and aware of the incredible danger of allowing a central bank to exist, you would have been quickly thrown out of the country, perhaps indicted for your attempted financial coup, which unfortunately has become reality.  But neither of those conditions existed, so you and your scam got in and took root.  The same scam, in some variation, is in play in every country with a central bank in your system is issuing the currency.  This is exactly why Mayer Rothschild famously said “Give me control of a nation’s currency, and I care not who makes it’s laws.”

How Will You Kill Us?

And now, as the time you have waited for approaches, and with it your long planned culling, you have set in motion many options.  Which will you choose?  What will you do to us, to remove us from this world and have the planet to yourselves, as has been your plan since ages past?  Will you unleash one of your bioweapons on us while you hide underground or take your antidotes, promised by your masters in the system above you?  Will you unleash deadly global weather patterns (that are already underway), patterns you are controlling with the chemtrails that your news minions say do not exist?  Will you unleash horrors in every land using the HAARP system, either to cause earthquakes, tsunamis and other Earth disasters, or simply to broadcast frequencies so intolerable that you will drive us mad, rushing to our own destruction just to end the pain?  Will you finish us off with poisoned food, no option but deadly GMO’s and pesticides in every grocery store item, so that we die in agony as the biotech industries’ weapons tear apart our bodies from the inside, as they were always designed to do?  Or will you leave it to economic ruin, already in progress, to drive us into desperate war with each other, no way to get food or stay warm (or cool), and just watch us kill each other in a famine-induced civil war?  And there are more options you have set for yourselves.  So many more it would take many pages to list them even briefly.  You are so proud of them, anxiously awaiting the time when all will be in readiness and the decision will have been made on which ones you choose to unleash.

1776 Still Lives

There are those among us, brave souls, informed and well read, who understand the spirit of freedom that started America, and which burns in the heart of freedom loving people everywhere, for which so many were willing to risk their lives fleeing tyrants to come here to live free of oppression.  The spirit of 1776 still lives, and those in whose hearts this fire burns are ready to die resisting you.  They love their lives and their families, and they have so much they would rather do, in a more peaceful world, but they are ready to give up these things to know they gave everything for freedom as a gift to future generations.

Your Preparations For War

Yet, many of us also know that in the arena of physical violence, you have prepared long and well.  With unending malice, arrogant faith in your own superiority, and meticulous and organized planning to create and unleash your version of hell on Earth,

you have simultaneously set the wheels in motion for our demise from within while building up your arsenal, your weapons of hell.  You weaken us, your adversaries, on many fronts, to prejudice the final confrontation in your favor, as you think, beyond question of victory.  You dumb us down in our school systems.  From pre-school to post PhD programs, you teach us that we as individuals are nothing, the collective is the only one with rights, and those rights are best determined by experts designated as such by our rulers, to make all decisions for us.  You teach us and you teach our children that we all are stupid, you compartmentalize our learning so understanding the big picture and even our real history, become less than a memory to us, now dependent on authorities to explain and direct our lives.  You have poisoned our water with fluoride and other poisons that hurt our bodies very badly, and hurt our minds as well, so we can no longer think and feel normally.  You poison and over process our food with toxic chemicals, you kill the life in our soil, and now you do it not just from the ground but also from the air.  Even those of us able to procure good food for our families, fresh organic foods with live nutrients to prevent disease and the disintegration of unnatural aging,  even those people cannot buy organic air, and almost nowhere is left to find it as it once was.  While the deadly chemtrails damage our planet’s natural weather patterns, on which all life depends, the fallout from the spraying of these high altitude flights is poisoning our soils to the point where normal life will not exist on them, and only deadly GMO species of every type will be left to replace what used to be nature.

You Want Us To Act First

While most of us have been busy living our lives and caring for our families and those we love, you have spent your time preparing to murder us all, and you have built an awesome machine of destruction that is already at work.  So I will speak for those of us that understand why you desire us to depend on violence to set things right.  We know that you want to see us break under pressure, and kill each other and millions of your servants while you sit on the sidelines, enjoying the show you have waited all your lives to see.  At the right moment, you will eliminate whoever survives, perhaps dropping your bioweapon from the same planes that drop the slow kill poisons on us every day.  We have gotten used to them over our heads for many years now, and at the end, you can change what they drop on us from slow kill to fast.  We understand this.  We know that although we will never give up our God-given right to firearms and any kind of self-defense we can muster, this confrontation with you will not be ultimately won that way.   Even in “victory,” if such were allowed us by Providence, most would die in the process, or with they had.  It is not a road of choice, if other options exist.

And exist they do, but not where you have been looking.  I will tell you what they are, but first, a few words to specific groups.

Your Choice Lies Before You

To those working in your myriad of bureaucracies, we understand your need to feed your families and take care of yourselves the best you can.  We do not ask you to leave your jobs.  But we ask you to become quickly conscious of the effects of your work personally.  You are individually responsible for anything you do in the performance of your duties, and you must look for creative ways to prevent harm coming to others as a result of what you do in your job.  Where there is a will, there is always a way of some kind, if you are determined.  Join with others in your organization who care about the future of humanity, and educate yourselves about what your agency really does and what are the effects on people’s lives.  The time to follow orders blindly, caring not for the results in others’ lives, if it ever really existed, is definitely over now.  Time is short for humanity if a change does not happen very quickly.  We invite you to be part of that change, finish what remains of your life with pride by becoming aware of the implications of your actions, and do what will best serve humanity.

Military and Police

The same applies to police and military personnel, and you will have to face the choice in a unique way as you are asked to physically and violently turn against your brothers and sisters, against your neighbors, against those who trusted you to watch out for them.  You will be asked to use force against them, to put them into the concentration camps that are now staffed and ready, and you will be asked to hurt them, and to kill them, men, women and even the little children.  You are being trained and conditioned to that end now.  You must not obey these illegal and immoral orders, and you must do what you can so that others will not commit these atrocities either.  You have all taken an oath to protect and defend the Constitution, and you must honor your oath.  Join the Oathkeepers organization, and let God and the world know you will not betray your sacred promise, or turn your back on your country to follow illegal orders.  The time has come for you to be true to your higher purpose, come what may.   Your job is to protect, not to betray.  Be true, and help bring your country back to life, as a place of personal freedom for all.  Let the camps remain empty, let the sound of freedom ring out above the chaos, and bring back peace.

Even Not To Act Is To Make Your Decision

To every man and woman totally immersed in your daily routines as this drama unfolds, educate yourselves and awaken.  Turn off your television, permanently and escort it from your home.  In place of its urgings to live the most superficial life possible, addicted to medical drugs and the latest style, listen to real news to learn what is happening around you.  Infowars.com and naturalnews.com are some of your best daily full spectrum globally televised, radio and print news, and they will wake you up enough to know which others are also telling the truth.   Learn the truth about health care and how to take care of your body.  This will help clear your mind and remove the fog.  Most disease, sickness and premature aging can be prevented and even cured if you learn the basics of detoxification and nutritional modalities that also use sunlight, fresh air, clean water, Earthing, and positive mental and emotional redirection.  Heal your bodies.  The way to do this and live free from disease in good health until death has been known well for thousands of years.  Rediscover it.  Teach your children at home or in local group facilities with other parents, to save them from the ravages of public and even many private schools.  They are the future of the world, do not lend them to the government brainwashing facilities, which is like throwing the finest diamonds into rock crushing equipment.  You brought them here, now do what they need you to do, and live a life that will inspire them to be true and to love and serve others.  It is your contribution to eternity, not an interruption of your time.

Persons Running Corporations, Banking, Media, Government Agencies, You Are All Deceived

To heads and officers of corporations, banks and government agencies, media outlets,  you may have been thinking what you do to others, especially if indirectly, does not matter, as you are only here to promote your own interests, and those few other people you may care about.  You may be thinking you are in a position of great power, a member of the privileged “elite.” Listen carefully, and take this very seriously.  You have made a false assumption, and have bet your life unwisely.  Those in the power structure above you have made you think you will be saved when most of humanity will be “culled.”  They lied to you.  As soon as your usefulness to them is finished, and it will be soon now, you will be thrown aside like the worthless trash they think you are.  You have an opportunity because of your position.  But it is not the one you think.  Your opportunity is to use whatever power you have in your position to make sure the evil agenda of destruction is stopped, and does not complete as planned.  You once knew you had a heart.  Once long ago, you cared for others.  Once long ago, you played as a child, with no awareness that you would stray onto a path of evil and harden your heart.  This is your turning point.  This is your wake up call.  Your time is short.  Use your power.  Use it to block the implementation of martial law, the mistreatment of your fellow human beings, the spreading of division by race, class, and the other imaginary dividing lines between people, and in all areas, the broadcasting of false information.  Much hope lies with those in positions of power who remember themselves as they once were, become human again, and use their intelligence to help turn the tide.  You can be part of that.  You can start to redeem yourself now, before your life is ending, and make your gift to humanity.  That power is in you still, and no one can stop it, if you allow it to come back to life.

Even the Families Themselves Must Reconsider

Heads of State, Bloodline family members, Foundation leaders, hear me now.  You are all thinking your are among the elite to be saved, for whom the world will become a private and personal playground.  A few human slaves, or just robots are to serve your every need and desire, and instead of dying you are to merge with machines in a kind of hybrid human-computer immortality.  This is your wake up call.  You have been lied to by those who issue your directives.  You are not the top level of this structure, there are those above you.  We are well aware of them, their motives, and their real plans.  They do not plan to save ANY humans.  They know that you cannot become immortal by the grace or use of a machine.  They laugh at you for believing that nonsense, and consider you idiots.  When it is time for you to die, nothing can stop that, even a computer.  Let that truly sink into your consciousness.  You are not to be saved by those above you, you are to be thrown away as garbage, by those who have deceived you all these hundreds and indeed thousands of years.  The motive at the top of your system is pure malice, not a new world, but annihilation, followed when your life is over, by the stored and recorded results of your actions, which you will finally realize when it is too late.  Your only hope is to change your paths now.  You do have a real chance to come back to human status, and to reconnect with your hearts, but time is short and you must make your decisions now.  Do not take your last minute opportunity lightly, but muster all the power and will that you can, and give your best effort to help humanity now.  Make up even a little for all you have done in ignorance and trusting in evil, which is about to destroy you.  Your brothers and sisters need you now, and the fable that you are other than one of us was always a lie.  Dwell on this in your hearts, throw away violence and fear and separation from your fellow beings. If enough of you turn away from the violent and heartless plan, you will help save not only the rest of humanity, but yourselves also.  Do not miss this chance, as it can save your life.  Now you know the “option” I referred to earlier.  It is an option for those of us who will give our lives for the cause of love and freedom, and to bring back a place we love.  That option is, instead of hatred and fighting you, we can first give you an honest invitation to change, to join us, to play your part in saving our world, and yourselves in the process.

How Strong Are You?  Can You Turn From Your Own Destruction Or Not?

In closing, there are many who are ready to die to resist the final culling of humanity, and to give their lives for our last chance to return to freedom, the respect for life and nature, the return of love and healing of our world.  But they know that if the final planned conflict actually occurs, most or all of us may not make it through.  In addition, those with the most inner maturity understand that war is not the way to healing, even if everyone is convinced they are fighting for what is right.  We have a last chance to mount our campaign not on violence and the desire to kill the servants of evil, but on universal Love, and the desire for even the current servants of evil to wake up and come back to us as our brothers and sisters, to turn from the path of darkness, and help us at this time of greatest need.  Stop the evil plan, which will otherwise betray you as well, and let your defection from its ranks help grind the gears of evil to a halt.  If you are reading this, the offering of peace, of love, of return to your deeply buried real self is being offered to you in earnest.  Thank good fortune you have yet this chance, this one hope to turn while there is time and a chance for you to serve.  Your dark masters have deceived you, one and all.  They have no qualms about terminating you as soon as your temporary usefulness is over, and that will be soon.  Your real family is offering you a chance to come back.  Thousands or millions of former servants of the dark side, turning away from their deceptive masters, could change the outcome of this play.  To paraphrase a famous movie line, we know there is good in you so we had to try.  Do you have the incredible courage it would take to turn at the last minute to light and real service, or are you truly already dead?  The decision is yours, consider well.

To read more:

http://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/an-open-letter-to-our-elite-rulers/#more-13383

James Corbett's JFK: A Conspiracy Theory-video

Connecting the Dots, So You
Don't Have To!

ForbiddenKnowledgeTV
Alexandra Bruce
November 24, 2013

Everything you wanted to know about the JFK assassination in under 5 minutes. The Warren Commission: connecting the dots so you don't have to!

TRANSCRIPT:

JFK: A Conspiracy Theory
by James Corbett
corbettreport.com
November 22, 2013

Lee Harvey Oswald was your typical America-hating communist from Louisiana, and like every Russkie-loving pinko from the South he grew up watching American spy dramas, volunteered for a Civilian Air Patrol run by a CIA contract agent and joined the US Marines. Nicknamed Oswaldski for his tendency to speak Russian and spout pro-Soviet propaganda, he was given special training and assigned to one of the most sensitive facilities in the world running the radar for the U2s spying on the Russkies and the ChiComs. After contracting gonorrhea in the line of duty, Oswald was tested for Russian proficiency before being honorably discharged to take care of his mother who wasn’t ill and flew to Europe using money he didn’t have on planes that didn’t exist to arrive at Helsinki, where he stayed at the most luxurious hotel in town before waltzing into the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. While there he kept a detailed log of Soviet facilities, made notes about microdots, and carried a CIA standard-issue Minox camera, before getting bored and returning to the United States on a military jet using money loaned to him from the US Embassy.

After waltzing back into the United States after supposedly defecting to the enemy at the height of the Cold War he settled back in New Orleans where he appeared in radio and TV interviews, got into fistfights on the street and handed out leaflets from a pro-Castro Cuban group sharing office space with an ex-FBI agent involved in government-sponsored anti-Castro Cuban groups. Moving to Texas and befriending a millionaire Russian oil man who helped get him a job at the Texas School Book Depository, Oswald made sure to let his murderous intent be known by attempting to assassinate a right-wing general in the area thus potentially jeopardizing any plot to kill the President and sent vanity photos of himself posing with his rifle to his close friends.

Luckily, on the morning of November 22nd, Lee Harvey Oswald went to work in the School Book Depository where the President just happened to be driving by. After somehow getting the secret service to stand down before entering Dealey Plaza, Oswald set up a makeshift sniper’s nest he got off three shots in six seconds leaving four bullets without leaving any nitrate on his cheek (a feat that has never been duplicated), including one bullet that managed to cause seven entry/exit wounds (a feat that has never been duplicated) penetrating 15 inches of tissue, 4 inches of rib and a radius bone to come out in almost perfect condition on a stretcher in the hospital while no one was looking. He then ran downstairs and got himself a Coke from the vending machine within seconds of the assassination before heading home, grabbing his things, walking down the street, shooting a police officer, ducking into a movie theatre and waiting to be arrested. After jumping up and pulling his gun on the police officers who swarmed the theatre, he was led out the front door (or the back) and taken into police custody. There he was not charged with the murder of the president, and, like any America-hating communist grandstander who just killed the President of the United States in a pinko rage, denied he had anything to do with it. Before being transferred to county jail he was shot on live tv by a two-bit union mafia stooge, supposedly torn by grief at the death of the President (whose brother he personally hated), later claiming that it was part of a conspiracy the world will never know.

Luckily, the crusading journalists of the unbiased media told the public the straight truth about what happened.

Hoover wrote a memo that weekend demanding that the public be convinced that Lee Harvey Oswald was the lone assassin, LBJ appointed a commission, telling Commissioner Warren that he had to find that Lee Harvey Oswald was the lone assassin, and as luck would have it, that commission concluded exactly that.

This is the story of the JFK assassination as brought to you by the truth tellers in government and the media and if you have any questions about it you are a woo-woo, grassy-knoll, tin-foil, lizard-fearing America-hater.

If you love Jesus, sunshine, ponies, monster trucks, mini-skirts and the American flag, you will never ask any questions about any part of this story to anyone. Ever.

This message has been brought to you by the CIA, Joint Chiefs of Staff, Warren Commission, and the MSM. Because Ignorance is Strength!

SOURCES: http://www.corbettreport.com/?p=8262

Don't Be the CIA's Next Patsy - A 10-Step Program-video

Published on Nov 24, 2013
With all the dangers and possible pitfalls of modern life, none is so worrisome as possibly being selected to be the shadow government's next patsy. This short video should help with finding the warning signs, and what to look for when avoiding this potentially dangerous situation...

Article written by Henry Makow, Ph.D.. Used with permission. Edited for video by "Betsy McGee"

http://www.HenryMakow.com

This article at http://henrymakow.com/2013/05/How-to-...

FEMA drill info: http://www.fema.gov/media-library-dat...

Witness Disputes Police Account of Tamerlan Tsarnaev Shootout:

http://larouchepac.com/node/26388

Welcome to Zionist History…Now Bend Over (Part II)-by Jonas E. Alexis (Demonic beings controlling US)

(The US military, the shadow government inside the US government, pentagon, congress and more are being controlled by chief fallen angels and their hundreds of legions of demonic rebel angels who get their energy from fear, torture, terror, rape, killing, suicides, starvation and war in general which kills innocent humans. These so called soldiers in Abu Gharib including the female soldiers who enjoy torturing and humiliating other humans males for example will be eventually tortured by demons and then burned in the Lake of Fire. the puppet masters on down to the top bankers - 'banksters', through the white house traitors in congress and other top agencies have special places reserved for them where they will be taken for eternal torture while some will be burned to death body and soul. Sol-War),


Beelzeboul or
Beelzebub

Ruler of Demons Destroys Kings; Aids Foreign Tyrants; Sets Demons upon Men; Makes Men Envious & Murderous & Warlike and commit Sodomy; will Destroy the World
(Sol-War)

1 Peter 5:8 ESV

Be sober-minded; be watchful. Your adversary the devil prowls around like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour.
(Sol-War)




Studying Jewish intellectual ideologues never ceases to fascinate me because those ideologues always pretend that they are the party of reason and logic but they always end up contradicting themselves, confusing their devoted followers, and implicitly and indirectly finding themselves in a swamp of Talmudic mores and discourse.
Jewish psychologist Steven Pinker is a classic example. He keeps telling us in The Better Angels of our Nature that violence has declined, despite the fact that Pinker never talks about the Israeli crimes in the Middle East, despite the fact that terrorist cells have increased since the invasion of Iraq,[1] despite the fact that Israel has been sterilizing Ethiopian women against their will, which resulted in a fifty percent decline in their birthrate,[2] despite the fact that Israeli authorities were engaged in systematically torturing four to six thousand Palestinian prisoners every year,[3] despite the fact that at least thirty thousand of them had gone through that new gulag process since 1987,[4] despite the fact that car bombings and explosions are killing people virtually every day in Iraq, Afghanistan, and Syria.[5]
Less than three days ago, USA Today reported, “Official: Al-Qaeda in Iraq Strongest since 2006.”[6] In other words, America spent billions of dollars in Iraq and what does the average American get in return after more than ten years? Al-Qaeda is stronger!
We are left with two competing explanations: either Al-Qaeda is extremely smarter than the neo-Bolsheviks and the entire Zionist kingdom, including the NSA and the Israeli regime, or terrorism is largely a Zionist invention.
The former explanation seems to be implausible for the very fact that the Zionist regime, with the help of the NSA, is virtually ubiquitous. We have even recently learned that the C.I.A., “under the same law that the National Security Agency uses for its huge database of Americans’ phone records,” even “collects global data on transfers of money.”[7]
If the latter is the case, then Zionism, at its eventual ideological root, cannot exist without terrorism. Let us hear from Israeli military historian and philosopher Avner Cohen: “Hamas, to my great regret, is Israel’s creation.”[8]
If you think Cohen is just pulling your leg, never forget that the Bush administration supported the radical terrorist group the MEK. Never forget that it was the MEK that helped assassinate Iranian scientists.[9] Never forget that the Israeli regime has been involved in the assassination business from time immemorial.[10] Never forget that the Obama administration supported and probably is still supporting Al-Qaeda through the Syrian rebels/terrorists.
—————————————-
GeorgePinker does not want to talk about those issues because that would ruin his thesis in The Better Angels of our Nature. What is more interesting is that Pinker shifts the blame on Christians for centuries of crimes. He writes,
“By sanctifying cruelty, early Christianity set a precedent for more than a millennium of systematic torture in Christian Europe.
“If you understand the expressions to burn at the stake, to hold his feet to the fire, to break a butterfly on the wheel, to be racked with pain, to be drawn andquartered, to disembowel, to flay, to press, the thumbscrew, the garrote, a slow burn, and the iron maiden, you are familiar with a fraction of the ways that heretics were brutalized during the Middle Ages and early modern period.”[11] [Italics in original].
Just to show how honest Pinker is in his historical scholarship, he continues, “During the Spanish Inquisition, church officials concluded that the conversions of thousands of former Jews didn’t take. To compel the conversos to confess their hidden apostasy, the inquisitors tied their arms behind their backs, hosted them by their wrists, and dropped them in a series of violent jerks, rupturing their tendons and pulling their arms out of their sockets.”[12]
One of Pinker’s sources for this ridiculous notion is A. C. Grayling, one of the foremost historians of all time. Actually, I meant to say Grayling is a militant atheist philosopher of the New Atheist camp. Pinker does not lack the academic expertise to look at history and see what actually took place, but his ideology does not allow him to look beyond stage one.
Leaving this aside, how many deaths are accounted for during the Spanish Inquisition? According to erudite British historian Henry A. Kamen, the number is around two thousand. Other historians have estimated it to be between fifteen hundred and four thousand.[13] That indeed is a lot, but keep in mind that this happened over a long period of time: around 356 years, from 1478-1834.
Now consider this: the estimate of lives lost in the war in Iraq alone is between 100,000 to 600,000, including thousands of civilians. In 2003, at least 12,000 civilians lost their lives.[14] The first three years of the war produced between 104,000 and 223,000 civilian deaths.
When it was over, 2.3 million Iraqis had been forced to flee their homes and towns; by 2008, another 2.7 million Iraqis were displaced, and nearly half a million civilians ended up losing their lives.[15] Thousands upon thousands of other people went missing by 2008.[16] This is out of a total Iraqi population of about 30 million people![17]
Torture at Abu Ghraib
Torture at Abu Ghraib
When the war was over, sectarian violence and car bombings were rampant—almost every day. When Mark Kukis went to Iraq to report on what happened, he said he heard two to five car bombs every day.[18] The Iraq war, says Kukis, shook the entire nation and created havoc even by 2006.[19] Factions of society that once coexisted were dismantled.
In a nutshell, Iraq was in exponential decay. Buildings and farmlands were destroyed.[20] And the fringe benefits of the war? Between 300,000 and 360,000 veterans returned home with brain injuries,[21] some of which went untreated.[22]
In 2005, more than 6,000 suicides took place among our soldiers serving in Iraq.[23]
By 2012, more soldiers committed suicide than died in combat,[24] making it the year with the highest suicide rate since 2001.[25]
In addition, we have already seen in the previous article that the war has sent the American taxpayers a bill of $6 trillion,[26] combined with a debt ceiling keeps rising every six months or so.[27] The U.S. national debt had reached $16 trillion by the end of 2012.[28]
Because of this wrecked economy, suicides in America’s civilian population have increased at an alarming rate as well.[29] And if you are a student trying to get an education to get out of this economic sinkhole, the government is going to profit from your student loan. It was reported that the government made a profit of $51 billion in 2013 off student loans.[30]
Of course, it doesn’t take a genius to figure out that this contributes to the economic growth. Shane Gill, a thirty-three-year-old high school teacher in New York, found himself in an economic matrix where escape is not an option. Gill owes the federal government nearly $45,000, and his parents $40,000. Gill does not have a car, does not own a home, and is not married precisely because he cannot afford the luxury. He laments,
“There’s this anxiety: what if I decided I wanted to get married or have children? I don’t know how I would. And that adds to the sense of precariousness. There’s a persistent, buzzing kind of toothache around it.”[31]
Since apparently we need to police just about every country in the Middle East, we need to assign billions of dollars for defense. Therefore, by the end of 2012, Obama signed a defense spending bill for 2013 that will cost $633 billion.[32]
Homelessness among Iraq and Afghanistan veterans has more than doubled over the past two years, and by the fall of 2012, it was reported that at least “26,531 were living on the streets, at risk of losing their homes, staying in temporary housing or receiving federal vouchers to pay rent.”
In addition, about 307,000 soldiers want to leave the military.[33] About 360,000 Iraq and Afghanistan veterans are also dealing with injuries, many of them severe.[34]
In less than two years of the war in Syria, more than 60,000 people lost their lives.[35] At the end of December 2012, refugees in Afghanistan were the ones to suffer from the terrible cold weather with no place to go.[36] It is the same thing with the Syrian refugees.[37]
By January 2013, it was reported that around half-million Syrians were refugees.[38] By the middle of the same month, a bomb blasted the campus of Aleppo University, which was under the control of the government. It was estimated that eighty-two people were killed and one hundred and ninety-two wounded.[39]
In the Jewish Century, this is “The Better Angels of Our Nature,” but during the Spanish Inquisition where 2,000 people died, it was one of the most horrific crimes in the history of mankind. Something fishy is going on here.
—————————————-
Rodney Stark
Rodney Stark
There is more to Pinker’s lack of historical balance and honesty than meets the eye and ear. He declares that slavery in much of the Western world “has been abolished, and people have lost their thirst for cruelty.”[40]
Little does Pinker know that the people who were in favor of slavery during Roman times and in the twentieth century were largely Jews.[41] In fact, twentieth-century American slavery was almost impossible without a cadre of Jewish masters.
Moreover, the people who were instrumental in proposing a full frontal attack on slavery—both theoretically and practically—were largely Christians.[42] But, according to Pinker, any progress made with regard to slavery should be accredited to the Enlightenment and other ideas, which made “explicit arguments that institutionalized violence ought to be minimized or abolished. And some of it was propelled by a change in sensibilities.”[43]
Pinker could never tell us what those ideas were, for this would force him to say that those ideas were proposed by Christians. For Pinker, “Medieval Christendom was a culture of cruelty. Torture was meted out by national and local governments throughout the Continent.”[44]
Long before Pinker made these vacuous and historically ridiculous statements, noted sociologist and historian Rodney Stark pointed out,
“Few topics have prompted so much nonsense and outright fabrication as the European witch-hunts. Some of the most famous episodes never took place, existing only in fraudulent accounts and forged documents, and even the current ‘scholarly’ literature abounds in absurd death tolls.”[45]
Stark sifts through nearly all the scholarly literature showing that people like Andrea Dworkin and Norman Davies exaggerated some of their claims and were wrong about attributing millions of witch-burnings to Christian Europe.
For almost three centuries, the scholarly literature and documents show that only about 60,000 people were executed during the witch-hunts.[46] In other words, only “two victims per 10,000 population” were actually executed.[47]
It was believed for years that 600 witches were executed in Spain in the seventeenth century, but the figure turned to be between 30 and 80. The same thing happened in Sweden. It was told that 99 were executed, but it turned out to be 17.[48]
Henry Kamen
Henry Kamen
What about the twentieth century alone? What about the torturous nature of Soviet Stalin? What about Pol Pot? What about Mao? What about the Armenian genocide? More recently, what about Abu Ghraib?
By spring of 2013, the Guardian released a report detailing other torture camps such as Nama in Iraq. A British witness who was at that particular camp testified, “Everyone’s seen the Abu Ghraib pictures. But I’ve seen it with my own eyes.”[49]
He continued, “I remember talking to one British army officer about what I had seen, and he replied: ‘You didn’t see that—do you understand?’ There was a great deal of nervousness about the place. I had the impression that the British were scared we would be kicked off the operation if we made a fuss.”[50] It is reported that
“when the military finally was permitted to investigate Nama, its agents received threats from personnel at the camp, while DIA interrogators had their vehicle keys confiscated and were ‘ordered’ not to discuss what they had seen with anyone…
“One interrogator had his photos confiscated after taking pictures of injured detainees, and others complained that task force commandos forbade them from leaving the camp without permission, even for a haircut, and from talking to outsiders; they threatened them and screened their emails.”[51]
Despite all of this, the truth got out, but the U.S. denied all the claims. Military intelligence officers released a report saying that “between 70% and 90% of the persons deprived of their liberty in Iraq had been arrested by mistake.”[52] By mistake?
But how does Pinker, the Harvard professor, respond to all these Jewish invasions?
“But the sporadic, clandestine, and universally decried eruptions of torture in recent times cannot be equated with the centuries of institutionalized sadism in medieval Europe…[Torture] did not erupt from a frenzied crowd stirred up in hatred against a dehumanized enemy.”[53]
Nonsense! Stalin alone was responsible for torturing millions, resulting in the deaths of some 100 million people.[54] This was so cruel and brutal that historians called this chapter in history “The Red Holocaust.”[55] Mao—within the span of four years alone!—tortured and executed at least 45 million,[56] and even Protestant churches ended up suffering a lot of consequences.[57]
If the testimony of history is not enough, right after the war in Iraq, more than 9,000 people were held by the U.S. authorities without a trial and against the Geneva Convention, and most of them were tortured.[58]
SODOMY AT ABU GHRAIB
Torture at Abu Ghraib
Torture at Abu Ghraib
We have already seen that torture was routine in Abu Ghraib, and forcing prisoners to have sex with one another and sodomizing teenagers was fair game. One prisoner testified that he saw one officer
“fucking a kid, his age would be about 15-18 years. The kid was hurting very bad and they covered all the doors with sheets. Then when I heard the screaming I climbed the door because on top it wasn’t covered and I saw [name blacked out], who was wearing the military uniform putting his dick in the little kid’s ass. I couldn’t see the face of the kid because his face wasn’t in front of the door. And the female soldier was taking pictures.”[59]
What’s more even interesting, “150 inmates were crammed into cells designed for 24.”[60] Abu Ghraib, as one writer put it, was “a hell-hole.”[61] Janis Karpinski, who was in charge of Abu Ghraib at the time, said she was not aware of the many abuses at Abu Ghraib.[62] Whether she was telling the truth or not has not been fully documented.
But she said as late as 2003 that prisoners were treated humanely and fairly at Abu Ghraib. Not only that, “living conditions now are better in prison than at home.” She continued, “At one point we were concerned they wouldn’t want to leave.”[63] Either Karpinski was completely oblivious of what was going on or she was she was being used by the neo-Bolsheviks and Zionist gangsters for political ends. The latter seems to be the case. Historian Alfred McCoy of the University of Wisconsin writes,
Torture at Abu Ghraib
Torture at Abu Ghraib
“Karpinski began seeing mysterious operatives, whom she called ‘disappearing ghosts,’ around the prison in late 2003, who masked their identities with aliases and civilian clothes. Besides employing the usual psychological tactics, these interrogators reportedly introduced the practice of forced nudity and explicit photography, on the theory that ‘Arabs are particularly vulnerable to sexual humiliation.’”[64]
There are more indications which point to the direction that Karpinkis was being used, as she indicated that Donald Rumsfeld was largely an accomplice in torturing detainees at Abu Ghraib.[65]
But what did Tammy Bruce, the other version of Ann Coulter, have to say about all these tortures in Abu Ghraib? Listen to her gems:
“I believe when it comes to Al-Qaida leadership and operatives, anything goes. I don’t care if you put women’s underwear on their heads, or frankly, even pull out a few fingernails of those responsible for mass murder, to unmask their continuing plans for the genocide of civilized peoples.
“It’s called ‘torture lite,’ it works, and I’m all for whatever it takes to get information, and yes, to punish and annihilate terrorist leadership around the world.”[66]
Then the same Bruce seemed to seemed to find herself in an intellectual and moral logjam when she concluded, “That said – I consider the vast majority of what happened at Abu Ghraib to be hazing – nothing more, nothing less.”[67]
—————————————-
Torture at Abu Ghraib
Torture at Abu Ghraib
Torture was also routine in Afghanistan, where adolescents were beaten with hoses “and pipes and threats of sodomy.”[68] These acts were not done in the dark. Cambridge University published similar reports in a book that is more than 1200 pages long.[69] These acts were also testified to by psychiatrists such as Terry Kupers.[70]
What we are seeing here is that the Soviet/Jewish Gulag is over, but the Jewish Gulag shifted geographical locations.
In a nutshell, Pinker is attached to his Jewish tradition whether he likes its implications or not, and if Pinker denies this point, Rabbi Eric H. Yoffie would say that Pinker is delusional in the sense that there is not really a secular Jew.[71]
Karl Marx did not like the Talmud any more than Pinker, but as Jewish writer Bernard Lazare pointed out, Marx indirectly ended up having a Talmudic mind, whether he liked it or not.
As Lazare put it, Marx “had that clear Talmudic mind which does not falter at the petty difficulties of fact. He was a Talmudist devoted to sociology and applying his native power to the criticism of economy.”[72]
It is the same thing with Freud, who raised his six children as Jewish but attacked Christianity as an atheist. Freud called himself “a fanatical Jew,” continuing, “I have often felt as though I inherited all the obstinacy and all the passions of our ancestors when they defended their temple, as though I could throw away my life with joy for a great moment.”[73] In a letter to his fiancée dated in 1882, Freud unapologetically subscribed to Judaism and went on to declare that Judaism “will not be absent from our home.”[74]
——————————————-
What, then, is the essence of what Pinker is implicitly telling us here? Political and literary discourse has progressively become Talmudic, which is another way of saying that much of the West, particularly America, has fallen into Talmudic bondage.
In this Jewish Century, people like Steven Pinker need to tell us what Jesus meant when He said, “If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned” (John 15:6). For Pinker, Jesus meant literal burning, and Pinker’s evidence is that of burning heretics![75]
Moreover, Pinker quotes passages such as Matthew 10:34-37 to say that Jesus advocated violence. But the same “biblical” scholar, who sets himself up as an interpreter of what Jesus meant in passages that have been seen by New Testament scholars—both Christians and critics—as metaphors to teach eternal truths, cannot tell us what the Talmud means when it declares that Jesus, Titus, and Balaam are all in hell burning in excrement.[76]
SEX IN THE MIDDLE EAST AFTER THE NEO-BOLSHEVIK INVASIONS
Tammy BruceWhen the war in Iraq was over, Iraqi women began to engage in prostitution. Since thousands upon thousands of Iraqis suffered after the war, many of them began to abandon their children and even sold them to sex slavery. One sixteen-year-old girl by the name of Nada who got caught in this dilemma told BBC News in 2007,
“I have no one there and in my case I am afraid for my life. My family has abandoned me.”[77] The girl was forced into the sex business in Syria “after her father dumped her at the border, and was facing deportation when the story aired.”[78]
Other women who found themselves in the dilemma were former nurses, sales clerks, students, etc. Once the war was over, that was the end of their economic lives. A thirty-four-year-old whose home was bombed and who also lost her mother during the same event lamented,
“I have no home anymore, no family, no piece of land.” The report declared of her,
“She was shot twice while working for the U.S. military in the Green Zone. When she fled to Jordan penniless and couldn’t find a job, she turned to prostitution.”[79]
Other stories are simply heart-breaking:
“An Iraqi interviewed by the Associated Press in July said she doused herself and her 14-year-old daughter in gasoline in an attempt to end it all after she gave a smuggler her life savings—$18,000—to take them over the border from Turkey to Greece.
“The smuggler vanished. She said she would have killed herself rather than sell her body, which seemed her only option. But her daughter’s tearful pleas prevented her from lightening the match. ‘She was in my arms, soaked with gasoline, and shivering from fright,’ she said. ‘I was so desperate, and there was no way out.’”[80]
Carole Laleve, who worked for UNHCR in Damascus, declared, “The situation is getting out of hand. We see a lot of women who haven’t necessarily become prostitutes, but they were kidnapped, raped repeatedly, and they are in Syria all alone. That’s quite clear. We did a survey of trauma and we found incredible rates of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Among children, among women, and the population in general.”[81]
Yanar Mohammed, founder of Women’s Freedom in Iraq, added,
“In Syria, we hear that some women reach the point where they are begging strangers passing by to exploit them sexually so they can feed their children. You know, women of Iraq were not in this situation, I would say, six years ago. We did not have to do this. We did not have to go through humiliation. Through prostitution.”[82]
Other parents who could not cope with the post-war situation sold their children to countries as far away as India, Syria, Jordan, Lebanon, United Arab Emirates, and Saudi Arabia.[83]
The same sex business was still vivid in 2009 in the same regions. Yanar Mohammed said that many of the traffickers have “very good ties with the police. It turns out [the cops] were loyal customers.”[84]
The girls in those places were as young as 11 and 12, and once a girl reached 20 years old, she was considered too old.[85]
The sex business once again cropped up in 2010 and 2011.[86] Fast forward to 2013, Iraq was still facing trouble with the sex trafficking business.[87] The brothels in some of those regions
“have been established purely to meet the demand created by United States service personnel…While sexual exploitation existed in Iraq, as anywhere, long before the war began in 2003, ‘the invasion and instability that followed led to an environment where young women and girls became much more vulnerable to trafficking,’” one study found out.[88]
Heather McDonald
Heather McDonald
Arab society traditionally values female virginity,[89] but the Jewish war forced them into sexual slavery. Just seven years after the war, “about 4,000 women, one fifth of them aged under 18, disappeared.”[90]
Atoor married her 19-year-old sweetheart, a policeman called Bilal, when she was 15. Three months later he was dead, killed during one of the many bloody episodes in Iraq’s brutal war.
After the obligatory four-month mourning period dictated by Islamic Shari’a law, Atoor’s mother and two brothers made it clear that they intended to sell her to a brothel close to their home in western Baghdad, just as they had sold her older twin sisters.
Frightened, she told a friend in the police force to raid her home and the nearby brothel. His unit did, and Atoor spent the next two years in prison. She was not charged with anything, but that’s how long it took for her to come before a judge and be released. She said,
“I wanted to go to prison—I didn’t want to be sold. I didn’t think it would happen to me. My mother used to spoil me. Yes, she sold my sisters, but she regretted that. I thought that she loved me.”[91]
The perpetual wars also produce a form of sexual calculus in the military—the likes of which we have never seen before. The Washington Post declared that three rapes happen every hour in the military now.[92]
This issue has been going on since 2003.[93] The Washington Post broke another story saying that an Air Force recruiter was facing charges of forcibly performing sodomy on eighteen young women, whom he had tried to recruit, over a three year period.[94]
People in charge of programs designed to stop sexual harassment were arrested for involvement in sexual harassment.[95] Moreover, at least one Army sergeant ran a prostitution ring on the military base,[96] and even forced others into prostitution.[97] The sergeant was later identified as Sergeant First Class Gregory McQueen.[98]
It is estimated that 26,000 people were sexually assaulted in 2012. 19,000 were assaulted in 2010.[99] These figures could be higher, since many victims fail to report that they were assaulted.[100] When the facts became widespread, Zionist puppet John McCain said that women should avoid the military.[101]
Moreover, when thousands of those women got back home, they had to face the horror of living with guilt and some began to deteriorate into a life of drugs and homelessness.[102]
Those women excelled in the army, but going home was not always a pleasant thing because there were fewer jobs.[103] This problem is still going on—and it is affecting both male and female soldiers.[104]
Jennifer Cortez, then 26 years old, provided excellent service as an Army sergeant and received 12 medals within eight years. When her time was up, she got back home only to be offered a job at minimum wage—sweeping floors. The only home Cortez had was her own car.
At least 53 percent of those who had been sexually assaulted were homeless when they went back home.[105] And when those same people could no longer work, they got their pension funds looted by “predators,” to use the New York Times’ own words.[106]
In addition, people who have been disabled due to the war are finding that it is very hard to get their disability benefits. There were at least 600,000 of those cases in spring 2013.[107]
—————————————-
bush_joker2It is not just women who have been raped in the military. The Washington Times declared that at least 10,700 men were sexually abused in the military in 2010. Navy Petty Officer Third Class Brian Lewis testified that he “was raped by a petty officer…told by a commander not to report it, and later was diagnosed with a personality disorder and discharged.”[108]
The Washington Times stated, “The Defense Department estimates 19,000 sexual assaults occur each year, but only 17 percent are ever reported. In 2010, there were an estimated 19,300 sexual assaults—8,600 victims were female and 10,700 victims were male, according to Anu Bhagwati, executive director of Service Woman’s Action Network.”[109]
In other words, those people who gave their all in the military and who eventually were sexually abused are now trapped in a neo-Bolshevik matrix which gives them no chance. The only escape is to follow the Zionist/neoconservative heaven on earth.
Neoconservatives such as Heather MacDonald know that there is a problem here,[110] but MacDonald could not bring herself to the point of admitting that the war in Iraq in particular brought about these sexual assaults.
In fact, Augusto Ruiz of the Center for Deployment Psychology asked the same provocative questions, implying that the war in Iraq may have escalated the massive rape and suicides that are rampant among our precious men and women in the military.[111] This problem is still going on.[112]
Scholars Judith A. Reisman (who was kind enough to send me a number of valuable charts about Kinsey’s sexual activities) and Thomas R. Hampson document that 5,200 employees brought pornography into the U.S. military.[113]
This is the freedom the neoconservatives/neo-Bolsheviks/Zionists have unleashed upon the West and the Middle East. If that is not hell on earth, then it is close enough
WHAT ARE WE TO DO?
What, then, are we supposed to do? Should we throw in the towel in despair as if the war is over? No. Moreover, is America or Western culture finished because Western culture is surrounded by a formidable foe? No.
If the fall of the Roman Empire teaches us anything, it is the fact that the West rose again from the ashes—against all odds!
No one would have thought that the West would see light of day once it quickly got deteriorated through moral and economic corruption and then literally collapsed. The West was gone and history seemed to have sealed shut. The barbarian tribes ruled.
Yet, when all hope seemed to have faded, faith triumphed: monks, nuns, and monasteries—under the guidance of St. Benedict—put Western culture back on its historical, intellectual, scientific, and religious feet.[114]
As E. Michael Jones rightly puts it, “Had there been no Benedict to confront the Goths, Europe might have evolved along lines similar to Africa before the arrival of Christianity, which is to say a continent of warring tribes, Islamic at one end, Christian at the other and pagan/animist in out-of-the-way places in between.”[115]
The carnal man could not understand Benedict’s radical approach largely because the carnal man was blinded by what he could only see and touch; the carnal man was blinded by the here and now. Just like a number of philosophers were blinded by logical positivism in the 1920s, the carnal man during Benedict’s time was blinded by the destruction of the Roman Empire.
But since Benedict was not limited by what the eyes could see and by what reason alone could dictate, he looked beyond the here and now and saw something in the gospels that the carnal mind could not see, an issue we shall discuss fully when we examine Capitalism. In short, Western Culture is Western Culture largely because of one man.
Later, scholars of various stripes began to thank the Church for her role in elevating Western culture to its moral and historical proper place.[116]Nearly all Western universities got their start from that historical tradition.[117]
And if the story behind the fall of the Roman Empire is not enough, consider this.
Paul wrote in the middle of what seems to be a hopeless situation:
“We are troubled on every side, yet not distressed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; persecuted, but not forsaken; cast down, but not destroyed” (2 Corinthians 4:8).
Yes, the Church is in a terrible situation right now because its teachings were subverted by Jewish revolutionary movements. Those revolutionary movements took years to bear fruit. The Church began to be subverted by sexual ideologies since Wilhelm Reich, Abraham Maslow, Carl Rogers, and others.[118]
But there is hope. Never let the here and now blinds you to higher truths: though Zionism/neo-Bolshevism/neoconservativism is winning, lies cannot triumph forever.
If this statement seems to be vacuous, think about Russia during the Bolshevik Revolution. Jewish revolutionaries and movements ruled that country for more than twenty years, but look at Russia today. Would anyone in the 1920s think that Russia would later become a crux in the Zionist nest?[119]
If Alexander Solzhenitsyn is correct, that “one word of truth shall outweigh the whole world,”[120] then we can be certain that truth will win in the end. Yes, lies and fabrication outweigh the truth at this present time; lies, fabrications and Jewish subversions are so pervasive that the Church has lost her historical and religious pillars.
But one must go beyond this present time and see that Jewish revolutionary movements in all their manifestations can be challenged. That challenge must never come through violent revolution or even physical persecutions of the Jewish people, who are part of humanity and who have as much a redemptive purpose as anyone else.
Moreover, history tells us that political violence always ends up in vicious circles and perpetual wars. Those who are of the truth should never let their enemies turn them into something that they are not. If enemies of the truth want revolution by any means necessary, and if we follow that pattern, then we are as wicked as they are. Never let your enemy bring you down to his level. Never!
How, then, should we deal with enemies of the truth—revolutionaries who want to subvert virtually everything that the West represents?

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/11/16/welcome-to-zionist-history-now-bend-over-part-ii/

Black Rappers Call on Blacks to Murder & Rape Whites Exterminating White People

(Attention men & women:

Men learn how to protect your family

Women & girls; Learn from a karate master the quickest way to main or kill a man or several men at once. do not bother to take a year long course as you will be overloaded with too much. I teach in 3 hours a lifetimes worth of aggressive self defense.

These crimes described below have been going on for decades but now Hollywood which is filled with demons is pushing the demonic agenda faster. Sol-War)

Excerpts:

Here's what black rappers say, and what their followers do.

And they are recorded and paid and released by MAJOR Corporations!!! Time Warner, EMI, Sony Music Entertainment, Electra, Polygram, Philips etc.....Why, Why, Why, Why, Why!!!!!! ---Because it's ALL part of a plan to create chaos, hatred and fear to Divide and Conquer, pitting blacks against whites and thus make it impossible to fight TOGETHER for a better society! Who just owns these Corporations? Perhaps THAT should give us a clue as to WHY they would do this to us whites!!! And what's even more disturbing is that NONE of the self-important black leaders such as Jesse Jackson or Al Sharpton or the majority of black ministers ever protest against it and apologize to the white community. And yes, there are in deed white bands which have produces hateful material towards other races but they are NEVER published by large labels nor are they ever readily available at most stores which carry CD discs. But these black "artists" are ARE READILY AVAILABLE at most places and are bought therefore by a large amount of blacks. How do I know this? Because I live in the South and I hear it blasting from cars daily! Gives you a wonderful feeling doesn't it? What a great world we live in indeed!

Kill the white people; we gonna make them hurt; kill the white

people; but buy my record first; ha, ha, ha"; "Kill d'White People";
--Apache, Apache Ain't Shit, 1993, Tommy Boy Music, Time Warner, USA.

---------------------------------------------------------------------
Denver, CO- A white female teenager, Brandy DuvaI, is raped, sodomized, tortured with a broomstick and stabbed 28 times by a gang of six blacks and Hispanics. Her skull is caved in and corpse dumped into a ditch. Police confiscate a blood soaked mattress as evidence. The murder trial started on the same day as the James Byrd trial!

Flint,Michigan - Three white teenagers, Michael Carter, Dustin Kaiser and (girl's name withheld by police) are attacked by six black youths. Carter is shot and killed. Kaiser is beaten and shot in the head, but recovers. The girl is forced to perform oral sex on her black attackers, pistol whipped and shot in the face.

South Carolina - A white female, Melissa McLaughlin, is raped, tortured and skinned alive in a tub of bleach by seven blacks

Alexandria, VA - An eight year old white child, Kevin Shiffiet, is killed when his throat is slit by a black who also stabs his 80 year old great grandmother and punches her in the chest. Police find a hand rambling note stating. "Kill them raceess whiate kidd's anyway".

Burlington, NC - A ten year old white child, Tiffany Long, is raped, sodomized, sexually tortured and murdered by two black males and a black female. The black female rams a broomstick up her vagina and rectum. The parents were prohibited from seeing their dead daughter's body.

Fayetteville, NC - Two white women, Tracy Lambert and Susan Moore, are carjacked by a group of seven blacks and Hispanics and shot execution style in the head. This murder was part of a gang initiation. The bullets found in the victims' heads were painted blue, the Crips' gang color.
Cleveland, OH - A five year old white girl, Devon Duniver, was stabbed to death by a black teenager who said after the murder, "She got what she deserved."

Kansas City, MO - A six year old white child, Jake Robel, is dragged to death by a black carjacker who drove away even as the boy being dragged screamed outside of the car door while still partially attached to the seat belt.

Salt Lake City, UT - A black man breaks into the house of two white women, Amy Clinton and Aaron Warren. The black man stabs both women, killing Amy Clinton and seriously injuring Aaron Warren.

Bloomington, IL - A white female, Patricia Stansfield is dragged two miles to her death during a carjacking by a black male.

Bloomington, IL - A white female, Patricia Stansfield is dragged two miles to her death during a carjacking by a black male.

Boulder, CO - A white college student, "Jane Doe", is gang-raped at gun-point by six blacks. Because of court proceedings and fear of retaliation by the "Crips", she is referred to as "Jane Doe". The blacks admit to raping the girl "because she was blonde and white".

Racine, WI- A black gang member, Nazeer Ghani, fires into a crowd of white concert-goers while shouting racial epithets, killing father of two Joe Rowan. Although identified by 30 witnesses, police release the killer for "lack of evidence."

Miami, FL - Seven whites are murdered by the Yahweh Cult whose leader orders the members to cut off and return the ears of the victims as proof of the murders. The trial was conducted at the same time as the Rodney King trial!

If you are like us, your exposure to rap or hip-hop “music” may have thus far been limited to hearing it—at maximum volume—from neighboring automobiles stopped at traffic lights. While even this much exposure may seem unendurable at times, we owe it to ourselves to investigate this often hate-filled medium to see just what these performers and, perhaps most especially, their well-heeled capitalist record companies have in mind for us. We are grateful to the Violently Racist Music website for the list of violent rap and hip-hop lyrics below, each of them recorded by performers who have earned a Grammy award, the music industry’s highest honor. We must warn you that the passages quoted below are not intended for children or the faint-hearted.

To read more:

http://www.gnosticliberationfront.com/black_rappers_call_on_blacks_to.htm

Also read:
The Hollywood Film Industry & the Music Industry Are Conducting Psychological Satanic Warfare Against the Population This Includes the Global Music and Video Game Industry.

The Race War of Black Against White by Paul Sheehan

The longest war America has ever fought is the Dirty War, and it is not over. It has lasted 30 years so far and claimed more than 25 million victims. It has cost almost as many lives as the Vietnam War. It determined the result of last year’s congressional election. Yet the American news media do not want to talk about the Dirty War, which remains between the lines and unreported. In fact, to even suggest that the war exists is to be discredited. So let’s start suggesting, immediately.

No matter how the crime figures are massaged by those who want to acknowledge or dispute the existence of a Dirty War, there is nothing ambiguous about what the official statistics portray: for the past 30 years a large segment of black America has waged a war of violent retribution against white America. And the problem is getting worse, not better. In the past 20 years, violent crime has increased more than four times faster than the population. Young blacks (under 18) are more violent than previous generations and are 12 times more likely to be arrested for murder than young whites. Nearly all the following figures, which speak for themselves, have not been reported in America:

* According to the latest US Department of Justice survey of crime victims, more than 6.6 million violent crimes (murder, rape, assault and robbery) are committed in the US each year, of which about 20 per cent, or 1.3 million, are inter-racial crimes.

* Most victims of race crime - about 90 per cent - are white, according to the survey "Highlights from 20 Years of Surveying Crime Victims", published in 1993.

* Almost 1 million white Americans were murdered, robbed, assaulted or raped by black Americans in 1992, compared with about 132,000 blacks who were murdered, robbed, assaulted or raped by whites, according to the same survey.

* Blacks thus committed 7.5 times more violent inter-racial crimes than whites even though the black population is only one-seventh the size of the white population. When these figures are adjusted on a per capita basis, they reveal an extraordinary disparity: blacks are committing more than 50 times the number of violent racial crimes of whites.

* According to the latest annual report on murder by the Federal Bureau of Investigation, most inter-racial murders involve black assailants and white victims, with blacks murdering whites at 18 times the rate that whites murder blacks.

These breathtaking disparities began to emerge in the mid-1960’s, when there was a sharp increase in black crime against whites, an upsurge which, not coincidentally, corresponds exactly with the beginning of the modern civil rights movement. Over time, the cumulative effect has been staggering. Justice Department and FBI statistics indicate that between 1964 and 1994 more than 25 million violent inter-racial crimes were committed, overwhelmingly involving black offenders and white victims, and more than 45,000 people were killed in inter-racial murders. By comparisons 58,000 Americans died in Vietnam, and 34,000 were killed in the Korean war. When non-violent crimes (burglary, larceny, car theft and personal theft) are included, the cumulative totals become prodigious. The Bureau of Justice Statistics says 27 million non-violent crimes were committed in the US in 1992, and the survey found that 31 per cent of the robberies involved black offenders and white victims (while only 2 per cent in the reverse).

When all the crime figures are calculated, it appears that black Americans have committed at least 170 million crimes against white Americans in the past 30 years. It is the great defining disaster of American life and American ideals since World War II. All these are facts, yet by simply writing this story, by assembling the facts in this way, I would be deemed a racist by the American news media. It prefers to maintain a paternalistic double-standard in its coverage of black America, a lower standard.

To read more:

http://www.gnosticliberationfront.com/black_rappers_call_on_blacks_to.htm

The Best Three MInutes In (American) Television-From the HBO show, The Newsroom: (A must watch)

Secret Space War XI: Comet Ison Gambit by Preston James PhD - videos

NASA has designated 2013 as the Year of the Comet. What would lead NASA to do so?
A Gambit is a strategic move, often in chess but also in politics or business, where a player sacrifices something up front for future gain.
Numerous stories are now appearing in the alternative internet mass media that suggest the Comet Ison is approaching Planet Earth and the Earth will intersect its trajectory and run into the debris field following the comet.
Is Comet Ison a real threat or will it be used as cover for another “National Security State” staged mass death event? That is the question and it is one we will have an answer too by the end of January 2013. The Planet X event (aka Nibiru pass-by close to earth) predicted for last December 21, 2012 never occurred, but Ison is different because we have acknowledgement from NASA that it exists and we have general timelines disclosed for its trajectory.

To read more:

http://www.veteranstoday.com/2013/10/22/secret-space-war-xi-comet-ison-gambit/

JFK Assassination: Classic CIA Execution Plan

COVERUP: Conspiracy of silence overseen by all the usual suspects

Almost everything we know about the assassination of John F. Kennedy has been planted in our minds over years of mainstream media (MSM) programming. Virtually every theory advanced has been either conjured up or promoted by those who control the MSM. Therefore, just like all the false leads which were published during November of 1963, much of this ‘official’ information is highly suspect.

However, as far as the much more expansive JFK assassination coverup is concerned, many of those accused parties had either a direct or indirect hand. No matter what the degree of participation, a conspiracy of silence is always the most deafening. And always the most successful over the long term.

MO of the JFK Assassination

The most obvious hallmark of the ‘execution’ of the assassination plot is that it was a classic CIA implementation plan. Whoever it was necessary to directly involve in the conspiracy to murder JFK was inserted into this extremely compartmentalized operation, and done so on a strictly need-to-know basis. This same modus operandi applies to the coverup as well.

Therefore, it can be stated with absolute certainty, that certain elements within the CIA, Secret Service, FBI and Dallas Police Department had to have had a direct hand in both the assassination plot and subsequent coverup. Over the course of time, there were other law enforcement agencies which were drawn into the coverup phase by necessity. All law enforcement agencies are run according to military-style pyramidal hierarchies, so it was very easy for them to control the flow of information over the many intervening decades.

lbj-kennedy

Lyndon B. Johnson had both the motive and the power.

There is no question that Lyndon Baines Johnson (LBJ) had both the incentive and the position of power to ensure a relatively seamless operation. He also enjoyed the protection and influence of the southern good-ole-boy network. Both Big Oil and the Military-Industrial Complex money stood squarely behind him. So did the entire Texas political machine. After all, isn’t that why Dallas why chosen as the site of the very public execution. Simply put, LBJ and his many cronies had “the whole place wired” right down to Dealey Plaza and the Texas School Book Depository.

It was common knowledge at the time of John Kennedy’s election that LBJ was chosen as Vice President only because of his political prowess in Congress and his ability to deliver Texas. However, what is less well known is that the level of animosity between the Kennedy and Johnson camps was as intense as it was toxic with a capital “T”. The personal animosities likewise ran so deep that many wondered how the sentiments would play out in the day-to-day outworking of the Kennedy Administration.

Quite unfortunately, the disdain that each side had for each other fed the silent participation in the JFK assassination as much as it did the subsequent coverup. Which is exactly how this whole sordid scenario played out from beginning to end.  It is also how many other rogue elements were co-opted or associated with the assassination, whether there was any involvement or not.

JFK did have many enemies in high places, because of his plans for world peace.

For instance, the list of alleged conspirators includes everyone from Cuban exiles to Russin KGB agents, from Fidel Castro to Nikita Khrushchev.  Did these accused parties have an axe to grind with JFK, or were they purposely offered up to the MSM as red herrings?  Would either of them ever attempt an assassination of a sitting US president? Not very likely at all. However, just like these examples, there are many others who have been proposed as co-conspirators because of having been on the wrong side of the fence with the Kennedy brothers, both John and Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy.

When you examine the list below of the “disaffected” you quickly grasp how easy it would be for LBJ et al. to oversee a coverup with great ease by way of a conspiracy of enforced silence.

• CIA — JFK fired Director Allen Dulles
• FBI — JFK was spied on by J. Edgar Hoover
• Chicago Mafia — JFK had a run in with Sam Giancana; RFK took on organized crime
• Roman Catholic Church — JFK refused to follow their ‘orders’ particularly regarding the Viet Nam War
• Israel – JFK rebuffed David Ben Gurion’s request for nuclear weapons
• Federal Reserve — JFK issued an executive order which re-established the Treasury’s power to print money
• Military-Indusrtial Complex — JFK was intent on winding down the Viet Nam War
• Republican Party — They believed that JFK’s father stole the 1960 presidential election
• Secret Societies — JFK revealed their existence in a high profile speech

Who killed JFK? And why did they do it?

This list goes on, but what we have here is a group of extremely formidable foes of the Kennedy clan. Not only are ALL of them natural friends in the political world; in JFK they saw a common enemy. His policies were quite contrary to their shared desire and notion of the perpetual war economy. Consequently, there was but one solution.

lyndon-b-johnson-swornin

Cui bono?  Was LBJ complicit?

Not only did all the aforementioned parties gain from the coup d’etat which abruptly removed Kennedy from power, so did many other silent powerbrokers and influence peddlers, financiers and bankers, industrialists and corporate magnates. All told, the political/economic bloc of players who would rather see JFK gone was so large and extensive that the conspiracy of silence really needed no enforcement. Who, after all, would want to leave the reservation knowing that they would never get back on it. That is, if they even lived to tell their story.

When the global power structure is so heavily weighted toward an outcome, there is no stopping it. Such was the case with JFK’s unseemly dismissal. Those in power at the time, who were sympathetic to the war economy cause, were enlisted to what ever degree appropriate depending on their official positions. In the case of LBJ, he controlled all the right assets to ensure an efficient and wrinkle-free coup d’etat. His contacts throughout Congress, the state of Texas, industry and commerce, as well as law enforcement guaranteed that he would get off scot-free. And so it appears that he did, until Nixon aide Roger Stone appeared on the scene.

Nixon aide Roger Stone’s claim: LBJ arranged the murder of JFK

There is perhaps no more damning and believable evidence of a personal LBJ motive than Stone’s quotes from the mouth of Richard Nixon.

“Stone said Nixon described the Warren Commission as “the greatest hoax ever perpetrated”, telling him: “The difference between LBJ and me was we both wanted to be president but I wouldn’t kill for it.”

Stone has also asserted that:

“Johnson, Stone claims, was facing media and Senate corruption investigations that threatened to end his career and land him in jail, which he avoided by becoming president. “The assassination cut him free from all of his previous sins.”

Everything Points to LBJ and the Texas Mafia Connection

Clearly, LBJ had all the motivation in the world to eliminate his competition in the political marketplace. Doing things “Texas-style” was quite natural for him, as his behavior following the assassination boldly demonstrated. What has been observed is that not only LBJ, but there were many others who were operating completely without conscience, so intent were they to change the game of personal enrichment in their favor.

The man to the left in the bowtie is Congressman Albert Thomas, winking at LBJ

This analysis is not without other very serious backup. For instance, the father of George W. Bush’s press secretary Scott McClellan further exposed the truth about LBJ with an unprecedented and convincing perspective on the whole matter. As follows:

“The father of the White House press secretary claims in his upcoming book, “Blood, Money & Power: How L.B.J. Killed J.F.K.,” that former President Lyndon B. Johnson was behind the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

Barr McClellan, father of White House press secretary Scott McClellan and Food and Drug Administration Commissioner Mark McClellan, is preparing for a Sept. 30 release of a 480-page book by Hannover House that offers photographs, copies of letters, insider interviews and details of fingerprints as proof that Edward A. Clark, the powerful head of Johnson’s private and business legal team and a former ambassador to Australia, led the plan and cover-up for the 1963 assassination in Dallas.”[1]

In the same article the author is further quoted:

“[Johnson] had the motive, opportunity and means,” said McClellan, 63, who was a partner in an Austin law firm that served Johnson. The book, McClellan said in an exclusive interview at his Orange Grove home, is about “[Johnson's] role in the assassination. He was behind the assassination, how he was and how it all developed.”[1]

Then you have Phillip F. Nelson weighing in on the matter with an equally compelling account with his book “LBJ: The Mastermind of JFK’s Assassination“.

LBJ: The Mastermind of JFK’s Assassination by Phillip F. Nelson

“The premise of the book, and the term “Mastermind”, is that there had to have been one key person who was the single most important catalyst behind the JFK assassination who would have provided the “critical mass” required to bring all other elements together and held them together throughout the planning and execution of the 1963 coup d’etat. That person would have necessarily been someone who had the power to assure the others that they would succeed and be protected from discovery and prosecution afterwards; he would have to be someone who recruited and marshaled all the others and he would had to have influence across the federal government bureaucracy as well as the Texas state and local judicial and law enforcement agencies. Lyndon Johnson was uniquely positioned to fulfill all of these requirements and be able to provide the unifying “driving force” required to pull of “The Crime of the 20th Century.”[2]

In fact, LBJ’s long list of actions and inactions immediately before and following the assassination tell a story that has rarely been told before in the MSM.

“The day after Kennedy’s funeral, on November 26, 1963, Lyndon Johnson signed national security resolution no. 273, which completely reversed Kennedy’s plan for a withdrawal from Vietnam. Then Johnson fraudulently used the gulf of Tonkin resolution as a blank check to fund the massive military buildup in Vietnam, an agreement Johnson apparently made with the CIA in exchange for them taking out Kennedy, and handing the presidency to him.”[3]

There is much anecdotal evidence that has found its way into the public domain regarding LBJ’s involvement in the assassination of John F. Kennedy. So much has come to light that it is truly a wonder that the MSM has either actively suppressed it or ignored it altogether. Perhaps the following quote sums up what many were aware of at the time, but chose to ignore for their own safety and the protection of their families.

Madeleine Brown, Lyndon Johnson’s mistress and mother of his illegitimate son, Steven, made the following statements:

“Lyndon Johnson told me, because he was angry,
that the Kennedy’s would never embarrass him again.
That is not a threat. That is a promise.”

He hated them with a passion. They were stumbling blocks to him.
He had always seeked the presidency of the United States
and John Kennedy definitely had become a stumbling block to him.”
(Per jfktruth.org)

Screen Shot 2013-11-18 at 6.45.08 AM

“The arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends toward justice.” ~ MLK

As Martin Luther King implies with these words of wisdom, justice will be always served in the end. In the final analysis, as this nation moves further away from the tragic events of November 22, 1963, a more objective and unjaundiced eye will be used to view them. As the great majority of individuals who were a part of the original plot pass on to other realms, it will be more difficult for those who continue to disseminate the false narrative to maintain the ‘official’ lie.

This article is just one more exposé which has unveiled, once and for all, the coup d’etat which occurred in broad daylight in Dallas, Texas in the fall of 1963. May these revelations contribute to a new atmosphere of full disclosure on the part of the US Government. The federal government is now viewed with unparalleled and deep distrust. Perhaps now is the time for it to come clean concerning so many government secrets and clandestine programs which do not serve the best interests of the American people.

Michael Thomas
State of the Nation
November 18, 2013

Author’s Note:

Because of the degree of obfuscation perpetrated by the actual assassination plotters, it is impossible to say with absolute certainty who exactly did what, when and where.  The level of interference, which has been run incessantly for 50 years, is both intensely deliberate and misleading.  Therefore, the actual incriminating conduct on the part of LBJ with respect to the JFK execution is difficult to pin down.
However, the coverup is an altogether different matter.  Because of LBJ’s actions and inactions regarding the Warren Commission, it can be stated categorically that he directly participated in the coverup.  Whether this occurred due to his complicity, or because he was forced to support the coverup by TPTB, is known only by those few individuals at the very peak of the decision-making process.
Could LBJ have been set up to become an eventual fall guy as has now happened?  Yes!
Nevertheless, he chose at some point to fully participate in the coverup and never look back.  In either case, there is no question that his very life depended upon it.

Editor’s Note:

The following quote from Robert F. Kennedy may be the most
compelling evidence of all where it concerns the culpability of
LBJ in the eyes of the Kennedy family.

Robert F. Kennedy to Lyndon B. Johnson:
“Why did you have my brother killed?”

Special Note:

Here we are at the very end of an article on the assassination of John F. Kennedy and still no mention of the Lee Harvey Oswald, the officially named assassin by the US Government?!

“The Last Words Of Lee Harvey Oswald”

“Insiders have always known that the JFK assassination was done by the Joint Chief of Staff, authorized by a signed finding by LBJ and Richard Nixon that JFK was a national security threat to America because of his involvement with Ellen Rometsch and Mary Meyer.  [They] allegedly used LSD with him, fully recorded by James Angelton, to be shared with J. Edgar Hoover, LBJ, Nixon, Bush and the USAF generals involved. It was a fully authorized OP40 sanctioned hit. Nixon started Op40, Room 40 at Langely, which mimicked a British special operations team. Oswald was undercover, working for Bobby Kennedy, a set up patsy that actually tried to stop the Assassination. Witnesses have talked about Op40 but this has been largely ignored.

To this very day, the official CIA filming of the JFK Assassination (the real film, not the morphed Zapruder-hoax tripod-taken film) is used in some special observation group (e.g. special ops, SOG) training classes on how to carry out a successful triangulated political assassination. The controlled mainstream media (MSM) is paid millions each year to keep pumping out absurd, false trails, and stories detracting from the truth. JFK was covertly injected with tuberculosis in his spinal area disguised as pain injections and his doctor Admiral Burkeley was a first class traitor that gave him steroids for this imaginary Potts (or was it really Addison’s) disease that never existed. Steroids made JFK hyper-sexual and then they fed him “willing women”, who were ops or mob dolls that were mind-controlled.”

Of course, this is what they would have you believe.
And some of it is most definitely true, except that
JFK knew exactly what time it was as explained at
the following revealing link:
John F. Kennedy: Scarlet Pimpernel of the 20th Century

References:
Warren Commission Report: The Most Absurd Investigation In US History

CTKA: Citizens for Truth about the Kennedy Assassination

A LOOK AT THE MYSTERIOUS DEATHS OF THOSE INVOLVED

Endnotes:

[1] LBJ Behind JFK Killing - New Book – Remember ‘The Wink’ By Hye Jeong; Knight Ridder Newspapers (8-21-3)

[2] LBJ: The Mastermind of JFK’s Assassination by Phillip F. Nelson

[3] THE TRUTH BEHIND THE JFK ASSASSINATION by R.J. Erickson (hnstarzone.com)

© 2013 State of the Nation

Permission is granted to post this essay as long as it is linked back to the following url:
http://stateofthenation2012.com/?p=2613

RFK to Johnson: "Why did you kill you have my brother killed

To read more:

http://stateofthenation2012.com/?p=2613

The Pentagon, The CIA, Vietnam and JFK

Why the CIA cooperated
in the killing of JFK
He was at war with them
and they killed him before he could kill them

One of the parties

The Secret Service stood down.

Dallas and Texas law enforcement stood down.

Military intelligence, which is normally enrolled to provide presidential security, stood down.

The FBI stood down.

These elements opened the door to the assassination, but did not have the resources to deliver the shooters and the complicated cover story and witness elimination program that followed.

Corrupt elements of the CIA and their long term friends and colleagues in organized crime did.

And they did it because their very survival was at stake.

After decades of non-investigation by the epically corrupt J. Edgar Hoover, organized crime was on the receiving end of a massive attack by Robert Kennedy - the president's brother and Attorney General.

At the same time, his brother was going after organized crime, JFK was going after the criminal elements that had taken over the CIA.

Few people understand that organized crime and the CIA (and its predecessors) work closely together both inside the US and outside and by the time of the Kennedy assassination had done so for decades. (Watch for our upcoming program "The Curious Case of George White.")

Neither of the Kennedy brothers were choirboys, but what they were undertaking was a heroic effort on their parts and one done for the good of the country. Had they succeeded, they would have averted many of the catastrophes that have befallen the US - and other countries (effecting many hundreds of millions of people) - in the last 49 years

The Kennedy brothers knew the risks involved in their operations. What they attempted required great moral and physical courage the likes of which have rarely been seen in the history of this country.

It's noteworthy that this story, one of the most important in post-war 20th century history, has been completely erased from the public mind and the mass media, through bullshit books (ex. Vincent Bugliosi's latest) and endless snarky gossip pieces designed to diminish President Kennedy's stature.

Operation Terror - Trailer (2012) [HD]-9-1-1 ( video trailer)

Operation Terror, the 9/11 Hollywood Thriller banned from Theaters, came to Berkeley Saturday, October 19

ploaded on Dec 23, 2011
Based on actual under-reported 9/11 events. Go to http://www.OperationTerror.com/order.... for the DVD.

Operation Terror, the award winning 9/11 story you are not supposed to know.

James McCullough from the mysterious "Council" gives a special assignment to CIA agent Aaron Delgado to attack the World Trade Center and the Pentagon and pin the blame on Muslim Terrorists. Delgado and fellow agents, Phillip Singer and Chase Jordan, work with a group of unsuspecting engineers to develop unmanned jets that will hit their assigned targets.

The Army and the FBI begin to uncover the plot, forcing Delgado to intervene. The CIA agents also have to deal with an increasingly suspicious George Poole, the lead engineer working on the drones, who becomes skeptical on how the remote controlled planes will be used. A battle between good and evil ensues as the plot to attack America becomes a hard-hitting reality.

9-11_Mysteries-Directed by Sofia Smallstorm 911weknow.com-video documenatary

(911weknow.com has been disappeared. This may be the only link now for this 911 documentary. All other links I found have had the documentary disappeared. Sol_war).

To read more:

https://archive.org/details/9-11_Mysteries

Jackson Browne - Lives in The Balance-video song

Philippines Typhoon linked to ‘Man-Made’ Microwave Pulses-videos

A prolific weather-watcher known as ‘Dutchsinse’ has linked the latest storm formations in the Philippines to man-made microwave pulses, including Typhoon Haiyan…

In recent years, weather modification has been forced into the spotlight by many independent investigators as well those from scientific fields, including admissions by well-known personalities in science. One such scientist who has acknowledged that this technology exists is theoretical physicist Dr. Michio Kaku…

The world has seen many anomalies in weather patterns increase in the recent past, such as Hurricane’s Sandy and Katrina, both are said to have been controlled, hovering over land masses via modification.

On the Weather Modification Association’s own website, they admit such programs have existed for over 60 years in conjunction with other agencies:

“The Weather Modification Association (WMA) was organized in 1950 to cultivate a better understanding of weather modification techniques, impacts, and expectations among program sponsors, program operators, and the scientific community, and to promote ethical professional conduct and a free exchange of information.”

Government installations are already conducting ‘atmospheric heating experiments’ around the globe, including operational centers and radar observation stations in the immediate vicinity of what has been dubbed this week as “the world’s largest ever storm”.

Weather-watcher, Dutchsine, discovers data relating to microwave pulse activity linked to this most recent Typhoon Haiyan (named “Typhoon Yolanda” in the Philippines) event in South East Asia. He also suggests that the storm system known “Zoraida” is also a man-made microwave directed storm.

Watch the video below…

"Weather Modification 101" = Dutchsinse video response to Dr. Mahar Lagmay and ABS-CBN News (ANC)

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/

I’ve produced a 1.5 hour long MAGNUM OPUS video response , to the Philippines National News CBN , and Dr. Mahar Lagmay (Executive Director of the Philippines NOAH , their version of NOAA).
Titled “Weather Modification 101″, it is a point by point response to each question raised, also I address their ad-hominem attacks, while using their attempted ‘smears’ to bring forth the data from .gov and .edu sites, showing military releases, along with LABORATORY EXPERIMENTS, current Main Stream Media coverage, and then finishing with the current Typhoon examples prior to Typhoon Haiyan / Yolanda (as the doctor asked for in their attempted/failed debunk news piece).
I had to request, and receive permissions of use from main stream media outlets, thus the delay on this video. Links will be provided for each, as well as permissions.
This is more or less a documentary on the subject now, my original video had ALL the same information below it (in the video description field), literally every link provided PREVIOUSLY. However, it appears some people , or most people it seems, do not check anything, or read anything provided. I wouldn’t have to make this video if the Doctor or the Philippines news had followed even one single links to verify.
Instead, met with total denial, labeled as a quote ‘conspiracy theorist’, and they even went so far as to make the FALSE claim that I am “anonymous” , saying no one knows who I am etc.. which is totally false.
EVERYONE knows my name, its on my website , beneath my most popular post, my “who is”. They also could have checked my facebook, or just searched even the TROLL pages to find out who I am. LOL @ searching troll sites to find someone, but even then they would have found my name at least. Seriously, news media doing ZERO investigation before spouting off.. need someones name, he has a facebook page.. lol.. why not check it??!!
Video forthcoming when it finishes processing, and uploaded to youtube, hope you all find useful information.

This video should really open up doors , and prove to the science community that (for a long while now) this information has been obfuscated / hidden . Hidden for good reason! Due to the power of the devices, their cheap construction, their EASY operation, and the ‘new’ physics doors opened up by generating zero-point / zero-vector energy at a distance. It throws certain aspects of the inverse square / thermodymanics laws into an “x – factor” , in essence, moving the goal posts on what is “possible” through the use of “radio waves”.
Radio frequency (RF) , is now proved to be capable of generating energy at the distance from the transmitter (energy means heating or plasma). The plasma is generated via a literal “stripping” of electrons from the earths magnetosphere / ionosphere / or atmosphere. This is called “electron precipitation”. The electron precip accumulates rapidly into what we would call a “precursor” to plasma. The same thing that happens before a lightning bolt developing, electrons building up to the point of a ‘static discharge’ , however, with a targeted beam of RF, electrons precipitate in a controlled area, and quickly forms into VISIBLE plasma.
The plasma , once it is formed, has been experimented with. They have found that using ANOTHER targeted beam of High Frequency(HF) Radio Frequency, that this 2nd beam can “control” the area of plasma generated. Using the 2nd beam, the plasma area can be MOVED, it can be INCREASED in size / power, through a process called a “frequency pump” or “pumping”. Quite literally, using devices like RADAR, HF or VHF, to target the plasma generated, and “pump it” to thousands of degrees Fahrenheit. There are other experiments done, where the reverse is performed, and what is called a “cold plasma” can be “pumped down” , to make a cooler area (relative cooler compared to surrounding areas in the upper atmosphere into ionosphere where temps are measured in Kelvin rather than Fahrenheit or Celcius).
The heated or cooled “pumped” plasma can be “moved”, as demonstrated (and talked about by the director of HAARP in Alaska) through Project Shiva. Shiva was the use of what are called plasma Torroids , which could really just be called “fast moving balls of controlled plasma”. Like ball lightning, but not electric, plasma. These “torroids” can be moved at speeds nearing the speed of light (speed of magnetism). Bragged about by the US Military as a missile defense weapon that has already been tested , and is ready/capable along with HAARP. Furthermore , the director of HAARP claimed HAARP itself would now function as the “new” Shiva. Capable of generating the plasma torroids. Then, using other RADAR / RF facilities to move said torroids across the Atmosphere / Space.
The other use for this heated, or cooled plasma, is weather modification. The US Aiforce, US Navy, NASA .. just to name a few agencies, the list actually numbers in the MULTIPLE dozens of groups involved….. all these agencies have done fully documented experiments, and now, deployments of these practices .. specifically for the purpose of weather modification.
Full documents, going back to the late 1990′s, showing the intended use for such RF producing facilities to aid in the battlefield, generate cloud banks, instantly move fog onto airfields, shoot down incoming missiles, look into the earth, search out submarines in the ocean, search for tunnels under ground, search for oil / natural gas, and even to take down aircraft / generate large EMP (electromagnetic pulse blasts).
Capable of generating actual lightning, plasma (heated or cooled), and capable of generating VLF in addition to all other aforementioned capabilities.
You might ask, how can a HF facility generate LOW frequency. There is a natural process, known as “efficiency scaling”. Experiments have been done by Stanford along with HAARP, and the US Navy, which proved that when a High Frequency pulse is emitted from a facility (such as HAARP for instance, but could be any facility on earth), when that HF pulse goes out into the upper atmosphere / ionosphere .. this HF pulse NATURALLY cross modulates into VLF. Simply put, the HF turns into VLF when it reaches a high point in its “arch” of transmission.
I say “arch of transmission”, because the signal, when sent out — travels out to a point (determined by the power of the antenna transmitting the signal), once it reaches its zenith, the HF pulse (along with its electromagnetic potential) travels to a “conjugate point” on the south pole. A conjugate point , they have found via experiments at HAARP, is a corresponding point, magnetic point, on the opposite pole from the transmission source. Again, simply put, if you send out a signal from the north pole, it goes up into space, and then goes back down to a point on the south pole. HOWEVER, they have found that when the signal reaches the South pole, that planet earth actually REPELS the charged signal back to the North pole ! This happens before the signal actually reaches the planets surface. This all happens at the speed of light / magnetism, and the signal ‘bounces’ on this magnetic ‘string’ back and forth for several days. Assuming that no more “pumping” is done into the “string”, the “resonance” happening on this string eventually settles out to electromagnetic ground, which in essence is the core of the Earth.
The VLF and HF waves have different effects. HF for plasma, heating, missile defense, weather modification. VLF, for earth penetrating tomography, long range communications, even as far as inducing earthquake activity, volcanic eruptions, and even the potential for influencing objects in space.
Summed up, weather modification is a large aspect of the potential uses for RF devices. A high frequency , or microwave pulse can surely be counted in as a culprit for inducing tropical storms / typhoons / tornadoes / flooding storms / Hail and Damaging winds. Also generation of physical lightning, aurora borealis, animal disruptions, and negative health effects on the human body.
Everything I’ve said is an indisputable fact.
Hope this description of the series of discoveries helps you understand my thinking going into making videos on this touchy subject, weather modification via frequency. I want everyone involved to know, I’ve put a couple years, and all my spare time into researching this, I don’t take any of this lightly, it is NOT a popular topic to discuss (people literally laugh and shun the discussion of the aforementioned topics). I’ve literally put all I am into finding out all I can on this. I hope my words are not falling upon empty ears (eyes in this case lol)
Cheers to all, much love.
Michael Janitch ==dutchsinse==

WEBSITE: http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/
YOUTUBE: http://www.youtube.com/user/dutchsinse
FACEBOOK: https://www.facebook.com/pages/Adepto-Perfectus-dutchsinse/133205960090078?hc_location=timeline


ALL LINKS ARE BELOW! Want to read a written response? Check here: http://dutchsinse.tatoott1009.com/111...


Here is the original video I made in regards to Typhoon Haiyan / Yolanda forming as the result of a pulse, leading the MSM + "expert" Dr. Mahar Lagmay of NOAH to go on the air, and engage in a smearing / attempted "debunking" :

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LzxTXk...
__

For the record, the REASON I made the above video was because of THIS video below, from youtube video maker Montagraph, who asked the original question... "is it possible? Asked in his video titled "Winds of punishment".

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yYruVP...
__

Here is the very long post (2 very long pages) , that should take a few months to go over... regarding weather modification:

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2012/...

__

Video covering a fourth new microwave event, storm called "Zoraida".

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wCOZD1...

Full post here: http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...

and here:

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
__

All morphed microwave background images (MIMIC/SSEC ) shown in all the videos can be found here:

Global:
http://tropic.ssec.wisc.edu/real-time...

http://tropic.ssec.wisc.edu/real-time...

West Pacific:

http://tropic.ssec.wisc.edu/real-time...

http://tropic.ssec.wisc.edu/real-time...
__

Dr. Michio Kaku Confirms weather modification via frequency recently on ABC News:

http://dutchsinse.tatoott1009.com/926...
__

The Weather Channel covers the topic of storms created via Microwaves:

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
__

US Navy creates plasma in the atmosphere using HF:

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
__

CNN in 1985 discussing weather modification via frequency:

http://dutchsinse.tatoott1009.com/611...
__

Watch the whole weather modification playlist here:

http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=...
__

2013 cloud seeding results from Kansas (just one of many states reporting):

http://dutchsinse.tatoott1009.com/616...
__

National Weather Service denies any knowledge when asked :

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V32iTB...
__

Current US Military Directed Energy Warfare Office (DEWO):

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
__

Previous Microwave pulse produces two tropical typhoons Francisco and Wipha:

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
__

2nd Microwave pulse produces Typhoon Krosa:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2f7lcG...
__

3rd microwave pulse creates typhoon Lekima:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mv1bV1...
__

Earthquake beneath Typhoons Francisco and Lekima :

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M_ZQbE...

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
___

Earthquake beneath Taiwan / Philippines typhoon Krosa :

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s6nUxI...
___

Storm control via microwave pulse .. seen during other Hurricanes such as "Sandy / Frankenstorm", Hurricane Irene, and Chantal.

"Sandy / Frankenstorm":

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2012/...

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2012/...

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2012/...

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3Dgcuw...

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_MRRKA...

___

"Chantal":

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2013/...
___

"Irene":

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eH9XQt...

http://tropic.ssec.wisc.edu/real-time...
___

SPEAR RADAR heater:

http://sincedutch.wordpress.com/2012/..


http://globalvoice2012.us/blog/2013/11/12/weather-modification-101-dutchsinse-michael-janitch/

MI6 spy Gareth Williams death 'probably an accident', police say- {WRONG!}

(Attention: Metropolitan Police Deputy Assistant Commissioner Martin Hewitt : You are an obvious liar and reprobate bastard. You also tarnish the name of the victim insinuating he was a homosexual by apparently planting female clothes and wigs in his home. Any 9 year child would be able to see though these lies let alone a retired police investigator like myself. Who do you people think you are fooling? And why do you British spooks have no balls to speak up?
Detective Chief Inspector Jackie Sebire stated it is highly likely the victim died at the hands of a third party but obviously she has been ordered to shut up and threatened with being fired. The coroner agree with with her. Yet you Mr Hewitt insult the worlds' readers as do the dozens of whore pressitute news organizations who repeat this garbage. The hit team (killers or the MI 6 clean up crew) cleaned the apartment leaving no trace of the victims DNA yet all kinds of other DNA was found that you people claim you can't identify.You people involved in the killing and cover up are the lowest form of scum on earth. You are on the dark side and are the human Sons of Darkness. God will have his revenge on you all. . Edward Schooling, Los Angeles Police Department, retired whistelblower & proud to be one of the human sons of light. -Sol-War)

___________________________________________________________________________________________________


MI6 spy Gareth Williams death 'probably an accident', police say

The death of MI6 spy Gareth Williams, whose body was found in a padlocked sports bag, was probably an accident, police have said.

Last year, a coroner said it was likely Mr Williams, 31, from Anglesey, had been unlawfully killed in August 2010.

But the Metropolitan Police said an evidence review had found "it was more probable" no other person was present when he died in his London flat.

Scotland Yard's conclusion is not only different to that of the coroner - but also to that of Detective Chief Inspector Jackie Sebire, who led the original inquiry.

After the inquest she said it was "highly likely" a third party was involved in Gareth Williams's death.

So what has changed? There doesn't appear to have been any stunning revelation or startling piece of new evidence.

What has happened is that a re-evaluation of the material and fresh interviews with the MI6 officer's colleagues have led detectives to make different "inferences" from those made before.

The police's new findings are likely to fuel theories of a successful cover up by the intelligence agencies - but DAC Hewitt said it was "beyond credibility" that he, as an experienced investigator, had had the wool pulled over his eyes.



http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-24927078

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Metropolitan Police Deputy Assistant Commissioner Martin Hewitt said the death of Gareth Williams, whose remains were found inside a bag in his bathtub in August 2010, was "most probably" an accident.

http://www.foxnews.com/world/2013/11/13/uk-police-spy-whose-body-was-found-in-padlocked-gym-bag-probably-died-by/


_________________________________________________________________________________________________

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-11-13/u-k-spy-found-zipped-in-locked-bag-died-by-accident-police-say.html

A collection of 15,000 pounds ($24,000) worth of women’s clothing, including shoes and a collection of wigs, that were found in Williams’s apartment had nothing to do with his death, according to police. Williams was a “conscientious and decent man” who liked cycling and climbing, the detective said.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

http://www.usatoday.com/story/news/world/2013/11/13/uk-spy-locked-gym-bag/3513975/


LONDON — It's a classic spy whodunit. How did a British mole, found dead inside his own locked gym bag in his own apartment in 2010 with no one else apparently involved, really die?

A coroner's inquest in the United Kingdom previously determined that MI6 espionage agency worker Gareth Williams was mostly likely killed in a "criminally meditated act," but on Wednesday police here said that Williams' death was "most probably" an accident.

Williams was working for the GCHQ eavesdropping service when his naked and decomposing remains were discovered in his central London home, but the case has baffled British investigators because post-mortem tests consistently failed to produce any credible DNA traces — or even evidence that his apartment was "cleaned" to remove such evidence.

They are also concluded that it would have been impossible for Williams to lock himself inside his own gym bag.

The unusual and contradictory circumstances around Williams' death led to a number of conspiracy theories and the case received media attention from around the world.

Williams' relatives said in a statement Wednesday that they were disappointed that the facts were still not clear, but still believed it was likely he had been killed.

"We consider that on the basis of the facts known at present the coroner's verdict accurately reflects the circumstances of Gareth's death," the statement said

__________________________________________________________________________________________________


Will MI6 spy death mystery never be solved? Scotland Yard reveal Gareth Williams 'probably' DID lock himself in bag... but also admit 'we will never know exactly how he died'

He once had to be rescued by his landlady after he apparently tied himself to his bed wearing only boxer shorts and was unable to free himsel
Foreign spies, the Russian mafia, a sex game gone wrong... or just a tragic accident?

Others suspected that his death might have been the result of a sex game gone wrong, after it was claimed that he had close links with London's drag and bondage scenes.
A collection of women's designer clothes and shoes worth £15,000 was found in his closed, raising the possibility that he may have been a cross-dresser, although friends insisted that he had bought the clothes as gifts for others.
Mr Williams' relatives have previously suggested that incriminating items were planted in his flat after his death to cast doubt on his character

THE MYSTERY CONTINUES: KEY QUESTIONS THE MET COULDN'T ANSWER
Despite the Metropolitan Police's conclusion that the death of Gareth Williams was probably an accident, a number of questions surrounding the mystery remain unanswered.
Scotland Yard claims that no one else was present in the spy's flat when he died, but investigators were unable to identify the DNA of 10 to 15 people which was found at the property.
By contrast, there were no traces of Mr Williams' own DNA on the padlock of the bag he was found in, nor were his palm prints found on the bathtub which held the bag.
The central heating was turned on in the Central London flat where the spy was living, even though it was August, a mystery not explained by the police investigation.
Moreover, it remains unclear why MI6 failed to report Mr Williams missing for a week after he repeatedly failed to turn up to work, a failing for which his manager publicly apologised during his inquest.
Attention initially focussed on a Mediterranean-looking couple believed to have visited the spy's home around the time of his death, but they have never been found or identified.

6 Secrets “They” Don’t Want You to Know

Even the dumbest person knows that the world is controlled by certain individuals. Some say they are the richest families, some say secret organizations with members posing as a president’s right hand, some even say aliens in disguise.
The truth is, no matter who, the 99% is controlled by the 1% and there are things that the 1% would be happy if the 99% never find out of. But, be that as it may, the Murphy ’s Law still stands even for those individuals who steer the wheel and as the law says “Anything that can go wrong, will go wrong”.

People with humanity still in their hearts leaked some information, people who see things as they really are revealed conspiracies, and some with a little logic still in the head discovered the truth hidden from the 99%. Here are some of the greatest secrets “They” don’t want you to know of:

illuminati
6. They Control the Earth’s Environment

You have probably heard about the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP). It is a project funded by The US Navy and The US Air Force and its cover is technology that can allow US military to communicate with its fleet of submarines through very long distances. How this works? There is an instrument in HAARP called “Ionospheric Research Instrument” which is a facility that transmits high-power radio frequency directly into a limited area of the Ionosphere.

This instrument manipulates the Ionosphere, the place where free electrons exist, and has a potential to create radio waves that will manipulate the earth’s magnetic field. You get yourself a control of the earth’s magnetic field and you control the earth.

Even more frightening is the fact that HAARP has a potential to control emotions through wave frequencies and manipulate human minds. Who knows, maybe they are responsible for our sudden mood swings. Project HAARP was shut down in May 2013, or was it?

5. Tap Water Makes You Poor

There is absolutely no need for fluoride in tap water, well for us, but for the ones who want to control the world and make sure no one rises above them, fluoride in tap water is essential element. Why? Let me explain a little bit.

Fluoridation was recommended by Edward Bernays, nephew of Sigmund Freud. Mind manipulation is written all over their foreheads. Fluoride is a chemical that has an effect on the Pineal Gland of our brain, some call it “The Third Eye”. This gland is responsible for majority of our emotions, as well as our serotonin and melatonin level.

Fluoride damages this gland and promotes apathy, depression, and low vibrations. This results in lack of motivation, bad health and boredom. To survive in the world today we must earn money to buy the necessary things like food, water, shelter, medicine.

Instead of following our dream and escaping the system, we are depressed and unmotivated which forces us to work for someone just so we can survive. These 2 forces, The survival instinct and apathy, limit us to follow the system and never rise above it. We are scared for our survival but unmotivated to go our own way, so we let others lead our whiny ass to safety. Their safety. Just like sheep in the herd.

4. Chemtrails Spray Us With Fluoride

When you look up in the sky and say look a con trail you may be wrong, it may be a chemtrail. Don’t worry, it’s nothing, it’s just some guys spraying you with Aluminum, Arsenic, Barium, Boron, and yes Fluoride. Why? Because you ask too much. Now shut up and keep doing what “They” tell you.

Fluoride is now also being added to almost every food product made with water. Fluoride is also in insecticides and other poison products, toothpaste, mouthwash, and many psychotropic medicines, and if we are good we may even get houses made of fluoride, yay!

3. GMO is Destroying All Humanity

Genetically Modified Organisms or GMOs are plants or animals created through the gene splicing techniques of biotechnology. This experimental technology merges DNA from different species, creating unstable combinations of plant, animal, bacterial and viral genes that cannot occur in nature or in traditional crossbreeding.

In other words GMO is taking God’s dice in our own hands. It is the greatest disbalance nature has ever seen. The Universe has one divine rule and that is that whatever happens it must always keep balance, every action has its own opposite reaction. We make disbalance to nature, but as we know The Universe will always find balance, so our action will result in conflict between us and nature.

The dumbest man knows that we come from Nature and the conflict will be between ourselves resulting in us becoming something else that is not Nature or our extinction, because let’s face it, we cannot go on the opposite side of the scale with such force and expect balance.

2. Sacred Geometry is The Language of The Universe and Beauty

What is Beauty? Victoria’s Secret Angels, I know, but what is the definition of beauty? The combination of elements like shape, color, size that pleases the sense of sight. But, we know that music has a beauty too, smell also, so if you ask me I would say that beauty is a harmony between elements and forces.

Sacred geometry is found where elements meet The Golden Ratio (1.618033989…) and it exists through all The Universe between gravity of planets, Nature, design of flowers, shape of animals, proportions of land, crop circles, it also exists in many manmade objects or famous arts like the works of Leonardo DaVinci, Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony, Greek and Roman architecture… Almost everything we find harmonious, beautiful, and with that x-factor we cannot explain has The Golden Ratio shinning through it.

Why is this kept a secret? Well, it’s like a magic show. We find magic in things with The Golden Ratio but we don’t know why or how. The magician knows the trick and in order to manipulate the audience nobody else is allowed to know how it’s done.

1. The Music Makes You Competitive

Do you know that in 1955 The International Standardization Organization made 440 Hz a general tuning standard for musical pitch? Before that was 432 Hz. As you may know sounds have the biggest impact in our thinking. 432 Hz makes the sound of music more harmonious, calm, promotes happiness and deep understanding, passion. 440 Hz is more energetic, faster, it is almost like racing. It is more competitive and focusing on the details, the understanding of the things we can see. So why would someone and most importantly how, decides that 440 Hz is better than 432 Hz?

Because music touches us where nothing else can, where the essence of our Emotional Being is, and if you control what emotions/thoughts the music promotes, than your work of controlling the world is 99% done. “They” don’t want people to understand Our True Nature and Our Higher Self. They want us to be in a hurry, to believe only what we see and be competitive about material things.

This way The 99% will live in the reality The 1% will create for them. This whole article is about that, the purpose of The 1% is to shape the reality of The 99% and through various of things “They” have accomplished that, and “They” are damn good in keeping the control.

By Dejan Davchevski, HumansAreFree.com | Image: unomoralez;

Dejan Davchevski is an International Marketing Manager, though his passion is sharing a way of living that he calls ‘The Code Of Life.’ He discovered ‘the code’ while he was in a dark period of his life and it helped him recover. You can contact Dejan on his Facebook page or website.

To read more:

http://www.pakalertpress.com/2013/12/19/6-secrets-they-dont-want-you-to-know/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+pakalert+%28Pak+Alert+Press%29&utm_content=Yahoo%21+Mail

http://humansarefree.com/

Busted–HUGE LIES! Government Files Ripped Wide Open On H.A.A.R.P! More Dangerous and Deadly Than Ever-6 videos

“And the nations were angry, and your wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that you should give reward to your servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear your name, small and great; and should destroy them which destroy the earth.” Revelation 11:18
HAARP as we know it is a very evil government organization and is more than likely responsible, I believe, for the tsunami in 2011 that caused the entire Fukushima incident (video provided).  Why? In order to poison our water and part of our food supply! The videos I will share expose the truth of what exactly HAARP is, and the power they hold in their hands—they could literally destroy us if they so choose to!
The government elite is purposely messing with our weather, and with the entire earth for pretty wicked purposes—control!  This explains all the mysterious mass animaly deaths everywhere, as well as bizarre weather patterns, strange sounds, and more.  Not to mention, they also have the ability to utilize this ‘weapon’ for mind control, which is also mentioned in the below videos.

According to Wikipedia, HAARP is:

The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) is an ionospheric research program jointly funded by the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Navy, the University of Alaska, and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA).[1] It has allowed the US military to communicate with its fleet of submarines by sending radio signals over long distances, via the ionosphere. The ocean acts as the antenna, and submarines are able to pick up the signal.[2][3]

Designed and built by BAE Advanced Technologies (BAEAT), its purpose is to analyze the ionosphere and investigate the potential for developing ionospheric enhancement technology for radio communications and surveillance.[4] The HAARP program operates a major sub-arctic facility, named the HAARP Research Station, on an Air Force–owned site near Gakona, Alaska.

The most prominent instrument at the HAARP Station is the Ionospheric Research Instrument (IRI), a high-power radio frequency transmitter facility operating in the high frequency (HF) band. The IRI is used to temporarily excite a limited area of the Ionosphere. Other instruments, such as a VHF and a UHF radar, a fluxgate magnetometer, a digisonde (an ionospheric sounding device), and an induction magnetometer, are used to study the physical processes that occur in the excited region.

Too bad they could not tell the whole truth! However, I am providing this information to you so you are aware what is going on, and how it relates to end time events.

God’s Word says the weather will be bizarre in these times, but does not say how it happens. His Word says mass animals will die, but we are not told exactly how. It says water will be turned to blood, and there will be signs in the heavens; again, how and why was not shared with us.

The NWO can and will destroy the earth ‘as we know it’.  Not to fear, prophecy must be fulfilled! Time is short.

Unsealed Government Secret Files on H.A.A.R.P

Weather Warfare Documentary History Channel HAARP Sura

SOUND of HAARP WEAPON IN ACTION !!! SCARY Lights &

HAARP Holes In Heaven (Full Length Documentary)

This documentary examines the controversial military program based on Tesla technology – its possible effects on weather and use in mind control. H.A.A.R.P. is a scientific research facility, located near Gakona, in the remote Alaskan outback and is a joint Navy and Air Force project. This facility is used to study the earth’s Ionosphere, the electrically-charged belt surrounding our planet’s upper atmosphere, ranging between 40 to 60 miles from its surface.

More specifically, H.A.A.R.P. is a controversial high frequency radio transmitter, or “ionospheric heater”. The military intends to use this billion-watt pulsed radio beam in our upper atmosphere, which will create extremely low frequency waves, or ELF waves. This technology will enhance communications with submarines and will allow us to “see” into the Earth, detecting anything from oil reserves to hidden underground military targets. H.A.A.R.P.’s roots can be traced back to work of Nikola Tesla, a Yugoslavian scientist, who’s achievements include the Tesla Coil or “magnifying transmitter” which is still used in televisions and radio today.

HAARP Tsunami 2013–Illuminati Movie Messaging

The above is taken from a movie in which the Illuminati left their message. To find out more about this movie, follow the links given below.

YouTube Links:

Celebrity Illuminati Members: http://church-of-illumination.com/ill…

More Info About The NWO: http://church-of-illumination.com/art…

HAARP IN TSUNAMI JAPAN EARTHQUAKE

2013 IS STRANGE Part 21 OCTOBER

Many strange things have been happening, and many people’s lives shaken to the core. Oh, you don’t believe tragedy will come to the strong, powerful, and ever-so-mighty USA? Ha! Just wait and watch. I promise you—it is coming! Sooner than you think!

To read more:

http://www.pakalertpress.com/2013/11/06/busted-huge-lies-government-files-ripped-wide-open-on-h-a-a-r-p-more-dangerous-and-deadly-than-ever/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+pakalert+%28Pak+Alert+Press%29&utm_content=Yahoo%21+Mail

Planetary Weapons and Military Weather Modification: Chemtrails, Atmospheric Geoengineering and Environmental Warfare

Rady Ananda

Developed in 1988 by the United Nations Environment Programme and the UN’s World Meteorological Organization, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) just published its Fifth Assessment Report [1] and maintains its silence on military weather modification applications which continue to skew the data.

“Extreme weather and climate events” are linked to climate change while no mention is made of government programs deliberately aimed at modifying the weather and inducing earthquakes, drought, rain, and tsunamis.

The modern weather modification program, at least in the US, is over 70 years old. Public service announcements printed in newspapers back in the 1960s warned of government intention to modify the weather.

Life Magazine, back in the 50s and 60s, continually covered US weather modification programs, including Project Stormfury which redirected and reduced hurricane intensity from 1962 to 1983. The IPCC’s continuing and absolute silence on such programs is deafening.

With insider knowledge, a chapter in the 1968 book, Unless Peace Comes: A Scientific Forecast of New Weapons, predicts the development of technologies that will use the planet itself as a weapon. The chapter, “How to Wreck the Environment,” [2] was penned by geophysicist and member of President Johnson’s Science Advisory Committee, Dr. Gordon J.F. MacDonald, wherein he states:

“The key to geophysical warfare is the identification of the environmental instabilities to which the addition of a small amount of energy would release vastly greater amounts of energy.”

The chapter envisions four planetary weapons which MacDonald predicted would be fully developed by the 21st century, based on the then-current state of research:

Climate modification;
Earthquake generation;
Tsunami generation and direction; and
Mass behavior control via electromagnetic manipulation of the ionosphere.
The idea is carried forward in several geoengineering schemes detailed in Eli Kintisch’s Hack the Planet, in a chapter entitled “The Pursuit of Levers,” explained as “small changes in Earth’s system that can have profound global effects.” [3]

As LBJ’s Science Advisor, MacDonald surely knew of the military’s weather modification program known as Operation Popeye, which ran from 1967 thru 1972 in Vietnam, Laos and Cambodia. By seeding clouds, the US military caused torrential downpours that inhibited enemy truck and troop movements. Initially exposed by investigative journalist Jack Anderson, the existence of the project was later corroborated in The Pentagon Papers.

In 1996, world renowned scientist Dr. Rosalie Bertell, who served on the Bhopal and the Chernobyl Medical Commissions, and was a recipient of the Right Livelihood Award, published “Background on HAARP,” [4] describing Dr. Bernard Eastlund’s brainchild, the US High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project, as follows:

“It would be rash to assume that HAARP is an isolated experiment which would not be expanded. It is related to fifty years of intensive and increasingly destructive programs to understand and control the upper atmosphere. It would be rash not to associate HAARP with the space laboratory construction which is separately being planned by the United States. HAARP is an integral part of a long history of space research and development of a deliberate military nature.”

In 2000, reports Prof. Michel Chossudovsky, Dr Bertell told The Times of London, “US military scientists … are working on weather systems as a potential weapon. The methods include the enhancing of storms and the diverting of vapor rivers in the Earth’s atmosphere to produce targeted droughts or floods.” [5]

HAARP’s use of the ionosphere through radio frequencies, explains Dr. Nick Begich, co-author of Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, also triggers earthquakes and volcanoes. [6] Begich quotes Clinton’s Secretary of Defense William S. Cohen, who said in 1997 at a conference on terrorism:

“Others are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves.” [7]

Pragmatically, the US wouldn’t be worried about such weapons unless they knew with certainty that they were feasible and had, in all likelihood, already developed them itself.

In “Atmospheric Geoengineering: Weather Manipulation, Contrails and Chemtrails,” which was named the 9th most censored story in 2012 by Project Censored, a brief history of known geoengineering events was published. [8] From that report, the IPCC’s co-founder, the World Meteorological Organization, complained six years ago, in 2007, that:

“In recent years there has been a decline in the support for weather modification research, and a tendency to move directly into operational projects.” [9]

But the IPCC remains mum on these projects, except to deny they exist, while at the same time urging in its Summary that they must continue or global warming will spike. The 2013 IPCC report states:

“Theory, model studies and observations suggest that some Solar Radiation Management (SRM) methods, if practicable, could substantially offset a global temperature rise and partially offset some other impacts of global warming, but the compensation for the climate change caused by greenhouse gases would be imprecise (high confidence).” [emphasis in original]

To claim that solar radiation management methods (which include chemtrails and HAARP-induced changes) are “unimplemented and untested” is patently absurd, and contradicts a library of evidence.

Geoengineering Patents

On March 26, 2013, the US Patent and Trademark Office granted a patent to Rolls-Royce PLC to prevent contrails from forming. [10] By using an electromagnetic wave generator, contrails would not be visible, nor would artificial clouds develop.

It’s not the first such patent. Back in 1962 the US Air Force wanted to add caustic chemicals to hide contrails and prevent unintentional cirrus cloud formation. Patent No. 3,517,505 was granted eight years later, in 1970. Patent, No. 5,005,355, granted in 1988 to Scipar, Inc., used various species of alcohol, which effectively lowered the freezing point of water to avoid contrail formation. The 2013 patent characterized both of these earlier patents as environmentally inappropriate for commercial purposes.

For a partial list of patents for stratospheric aerial spraying programs from 1917 thru mid-2003, see Lori Kramer’s “Patently Obvious: A Partial History of Aerosol and Weather Related Technologies.” [11] Weather Warfare by Jerry Smith also includes an appendix of HAARP-related patents. [12]

A Note on Persistent Contrails

What some see as chemtrails, the IPCC and others recognize as persistent contrails that are a normal effect of today’s jet exhaust.

In the 2006 book, Weather Warfare, Jerry Smith explains that persistent contrails are not necessarily chemtrails. From the 1990s on, he explains, all jet engines were modified with a “high bypass turbofan” which increased fuel efficiency and, as a side effect, left persistent contrails that hazed into cirrus clouds after several hours. This is the timeframe when chemtrail sightings begin.

The reason today’s jets now form persistent contrails, explains Marshall Smith, a former NASA-Ames aeronautical engineer, is that the sooty particulates in older jet exhaust provided a nucleus around which ice crystals would form (giving us a contrail). But because of its dark color, the sooty particulate absorbed solar energy which melted the ice crystals, dissipating the contrail. Today’s cleaner and thus clearer jet exhaust allows solar energy to pass right through it, and so contrails persist and spread into high cirrus clouds lasting 24-36 hours.

Smith admits that this development does not disprove chemical, biological or metallic dispersants from jets, and he also states that such dispersants can be sprayed without leaving a chemtrail, depending on the particulate, and on the humidity and atmospheric temperature. But, later, in 2009, he published the following:

“‘Chemtrails’ theory then, is that ‘normal’ jet aircraft contrails disappear in a few minutes, whereas ‘chemtrails’ persist for hours, and therefore are not ‘normal’ and must contain some covert element to make them persist…. Persistent jet contrails can be entirely explained by science without having to resort to a ‘conspiracy theory’ scenario. They appear to be no more than the natural result of the introduction of the hi-bypass turbo fan, improved jet fuel (JP-8) and ‘global warming.’” [13]

The transition to more efficient jet fuel and cold-flow additives supports this explanation, but none of that can explain the following image, taken earlier this year in Raglan, New Zealand:

Environmental Warfare ” href=”http://abact.files.wordpress.com/2013/11/ragland-al-2013nov3.jpg” rel=”lightbox[5356630]“>



The dot-dash effects seen in the sky, Smith explains, are the result of the jet exhaust passing thru sections in the atmosphere that are warmer, creating a broken line or dotted contrail. The following image makes that explanation implausible. Instead, it illustrates that as the plane passed, an on-off switch was thrown several times. It’s hardly likely the ambient temperature and humidity uniformly varied where the plane traveled.

Environmental Warfare ” href=”http://abact.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/chemdots1.jpg” rel=”lightbox[5356630]“>


The dot-dash effects seen in the sky, Smith explains, are the result of the jet exhaust passing thru sections in the atmosphere that are warmer, creating a broken line or dotted contrail. The following image makes that explanation implausible. Instead, it illustrates that as the plane passed, an on-off switch was thrown several times. It’s hardly likely the ambient temperature and humidity uniformly varied where the plane traveled.

Environmental Warfare ” href=”http://abact.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/chemdots1.jpg” rel=”lightbox[5356630]“>chemdots

The IPCC specifically addressed the impact of global aviation on the atmosphere in a 2000 report, noting that aircraft were then responsible for up to a half a percent of all of Earth’s cirrus cloud coverage, and that cirrus clouds tend to warm the surface of the planet. [14]

Environmental Warfare ” href=”http://abact.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/1992-radiative-forcing-from-contrails.jpg” rel=”lightbox[5356630]“>Global distribution of net instantaneous radiative forcing at the top of atmosphere in daily and annual average for present (1992) climatic conditions, analyzed contrail cover, and 0.55-µm optical depth of 0.3 (Minnis et al., 1999).

However, the high-bypass turbo fan and better grade fuel do not explain the grid pattern often seen which is clearly not normal air traffic lanes. Below are two images showing the grid pattern. The first, a generic one found on the web , is one of many such images uploaded by concerned citizens who reasonably fail to recognize a normal set of flight lanes.

ChemtrailBAM

This next image is a satellite view looking down at the Celebes Sea, showing chemtrails and their shadows. (NASA)

Satellite view of Celebes Sea showing chemtrails and their shadows. (NASA)

Finally, the fine dusting of web-like filaments referred to as chemwebs can be explained by a natural arachnid phenomenon known as Gossamer Showers or Gossamer Filaments. Spiders are known to balloon, spreading their webs over the land for miles. Referred to throughout history, naturalist Henry Christopher McCook wrote about them in his 1890 book, American Spiders and Their Spinningwork. [15]

Unless lab results prove otherwise, these webs are natural and should remain outside the chemtrails discussion.

Impossible to Regulate?

Weather Warfare also spends a good deal of time covering the international agreements against environmental modification (ENMOD). The first major one came in 1978, after the US was exposed for weaponizing weather during the Vietnam War. Smith points out that none of these agreements cover “national defense” which is how governments are able to avoid the ban.

That 1978 agreement specifically objected to hostile use of ENMOD. In 2010, the UN banned friendly ENMOD. [16] The 193-member Convention on Biodiversity agreed by consensus to a moratorium on geoengineering projects and experiments, which governments promptly ignored. With no teeth to that moratorium, it’s not too surprising that such programs continue unabated.

Not two months later, in Cancun, Mexico, at the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, the IPCC opened the 2010 conference by promoting geoengineering options. [17]

On a practical level, notes the International Risk Governance Council:

“Countries and firms routinely fly various aircraft in the stratosphere, or send rockets through the stratosphere into space. These activities release significant quantities of particles and gases. A requirement for formal prior approval of small field studies, just because they are directed at learning about SRM and its limitations, is probably unenforceable because judging intent is often impossible.” [18]

In Hack the Planet, Kintisch opposes an outright global ban on geoengineering, fearing that governments will simply go underground with it. This is bad, he stresses, because it will “worsen perceptions that [geoengineering is] a quasi-military strategy or a technocratic means of control.” Going further, he states:

“A vibrant community of conspiracy theorists is under the belief that geoengineering is already being deployed by governments by releasing so-called chemtrails in the sky.”

But de facto moratoria already exist for such projects, as mentioned above, and Kintisch lists some others, including the London Protocol, the London Convention and a German restriction limiting iron-seeding to coastal waters only. The only element missing in Kintisch’s reasoning is his refusal to believe that governments have already gone underground with it and that geoengineering is already underway.

Kintisch, like all government propagandists, wields the “conspiracy theorist” label like a club, without once offering any logical counter-argument to explain what thousands of sky watchers have observed and documented with photographs, videos, and soil and water tests.

Conspiracies are argued and decided by the thousands in courts all over the world, every day. Most crimes are not committed by lone actors, yet condemning those who recognize a conspiracy pattern has become a simple and lazy way to crush investigation into inconsistencies in government position statements. Bradley Manning, Edward Snowden and Wikileaks, along with Daniel Ellsberg, Karen Hudes and W. Mark Felt, certainly prove that governments are the most dangerous conspirators facing humanity today.

Though he offers dozens of reasons why geoengineering the planet would be a bad idea, Kintisch comes out in support of the notion, likening it to a terrarium, “an enclosed controlled garden,” leaving the reader with a sense that planet hacking is a necessary evil that should be regulated.

Modifying the Weather for Profit

In related news, the ecocidal giant, Monsanto, just dropped nearly a billion dollars to get into the weather insurance game, buying Climate Corporation. Forbes reports, “The idea is to sell more data and services to the farmers who already buy Monsanto’s seed and chemicals.” [19]

Already closely tied to the military, how easy would it be for Monsanto to know in advance of a geoengineered drought or deluge? Monsanto expects its climate insurance business to generate $20 billion in revenue beyond its seed and chemical business.

Likewise, how easy would it be for a nation with decades of experience in modifying the weather and in triggering geophysical events to create the problem of climate change (or exaggerate its significance) to induce the world into approving, even demanding, geoengineering? With decades of patents providing a history of capabilities, could this entire drama, including “extreme weather events” be orchestrated for the simple pursuit of profit?

Isn’t this precisely how the Hegelian Dialect works? Problem→Reaction→Solution (Thesis→Antithesis→Synthesis). In other words, those in a position of power invent a problem, anticipating the public’s reaction to it, and use that reaction to generate demand for the “solution” which was the intended program power-holders wanted to implement in the first place.

At the very least, while the veil may be lifting on geoengineering practices, there is still an apparent effort to conceal the extent to which the planet is already being engineered.

To read more:

http://www.pakalertpress.com/2013/11/06/planetary-weapons-and-military-weather-modification-chemtrails-atmospheric-geoengineering-and-environmental-warfare/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+pakalert+%28Pak+Alert+Press%29&utm_content=Yahoo%21+Mail

Clifford E Carnicom Stock Photography Images 1999 and Now (CHEMTRAILS)

Then and Now
Clifford E Carnicom
June 28 2013
The following is a comparison between stock photography images that predate the year of 1999 and environmental photographs that have been published by the public on the internet after that same date. The reader can make his or her own determination, from both environmental and health perspectives, as to the source and impact of the significant changes that have taken place. Please show this page to your children so that they may understand what has been stolen from them.

To read more:

http://aircrap.org/clifford-carnicom-stock-photography-images-1999/338421/

Chemtrails: The US Government Commits Chemical Assault Against Its Citizens & of the World